HomeMy WebLinkAboutPrava Construction Services Inc; 2015-07-20; PWS15-87FAC - Dove 1CITY OF CARLSBAD
CARLSBAD DOVE LIBRARY
New Construction and Renovation
1775 Dove Lane
Carlsbad, CA 92011
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
BID SET
AprU 10, 2015
VOLUME I:
DIVIDION 1 thru DIVISION 14
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
211 Linden Avenue
South San Francisco, CA
(650) 871-0709
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
DOCUMENT 000110 - TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP:
DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
BY OWNER
DOCUMENT OOOO 10 PROJECT TITLE PAGE
VOLUME I;
SPECIFICATIONS GROUP:
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP:
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 01352 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01423 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION 01524 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
SECTION 01630 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
SECTION 01730 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING
SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP:
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
SECTION 024119 SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
SECTION 030100 FIBERWRAP
SECTION 031000 CONCRETE FORMS & ACCESSORIES
SECTION 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING
SECTION 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 033130 LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE
SECTION 033900 CONCRETE CURING
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
SECTION 042200 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU)
DIVISION 5 - METALS
SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
SECTION 051210 WELDING
SECTION 053100 METAL DECKING
SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
000110-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
SECTION 057300 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
SECTION 060121 FINISH CARPENTRY RESTORATION
SECTION 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
SECTION 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY
SECTION 064100 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 072729 UNDERLAYMENTS
SECTION 076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
SECTION 078400 FIRESTOPPING
SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS
SECTION 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
SECTION 081116 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
SECTION 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
SECTION 083113 ACCESS DOORS
SECTION 083300 COILE^JG COUNTER FIRE & SMOKE RATED SHUTTER
SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE
SECTION 088100 GLASS GLAZING
SECTION 089100 WALL LOUVERS
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAME^iG
SECTION 092400 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTEIONG
SECTION 092900 GYPSUM BOARD
SECTION 093000 TILING
SECTION 095123 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
SECTION 096123 CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
SECTION 096433 SPRUNG WOOD FLOORS
SECTION 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING
SECTION 096813 TILE CARPETING
SECTION 098100 ACOUSTIC INSULATION
SECTION 099100 PAINTING
SECTION 099300 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
SECTION 099729 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIES
SECTION 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES
SECTION 101400 SIGNAGE
SECTION 102226 OPERABLE PARTITIONS
SECTION 102623 IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
SECTION 104400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
SECTION 115116 BOOK DEPOSITORIES
SECTION 115123 LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
000110-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS - NOT USED
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - NOT USED
SECTION 139300 FIRE DETECTION FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT - NOT USED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
000110-3
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
VOLUME II:
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP:
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
SECTION 210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
SECTION 211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
SECTION 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
SECTION 220523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 220529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT
SECTION 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT
SECTION 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION
SECTION 221100 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION
SECTION 221300 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE
SECTION 221400 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE
SECTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES
DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
SECTION 230501 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
SECTION 230529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT
SECTION 230548 VIRBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPEMG &
EQUIPMENT
SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT
SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR HVAC
SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION
SECTION 231123 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING
SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING
SECTION 232116 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES
SECTION 233100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS
SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
SECTION 233400 HVAC FANS
SECTION 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS
SECTION 233700 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
DIVISION 24 - NOT USED
DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION - NOT USED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
000110-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
SECTION 260503 EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS
SECTION 260519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES
SECTION 260526 GROUNDING & BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 260529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS & BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 260534 FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS
SECTION 262716 ELECTRICAL CABINETS & ENCLOSURES
SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES
SECTION 262819 ENCLOSED SWITCHES
SECTION 265000 LIGHTING
SECTION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION 271343 DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM
DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
SECTION 280529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFFETY & SECURITY
SECTION 280533 CONDUITS & BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY &
SECURITY
SECTION 280553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY
SECTION 283111 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP:
DIVISIONS 30 - 35 - NOT USED
PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP:
DIVISIONS 40 - 48 - NOT USED
END OF DOCUMENT OOOl 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
000110-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
000110-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data,
Samples, and other submittals.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01200 - Price and Payment Procedures: Submitting Applications for Payment and
the Schedule of Values.
B. Section 01310 - Project Management and Coordination: Submitting and distributing
meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings.
C. Section 01458 - Testing Laboratory Services: Submitting test and inspection reports.
D. Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Submitting operation and maintenance manuals,
warranties, and Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data;
demonstration and training requirements.
E. Divisions 2 through 35 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive
action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive
action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.5 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES
A. Distribute copies of the Submittal Schedule to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and
other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the temporary field
office. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same
locations.
B. Updating: Revise Schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been made.
Issue the updated Schedules concurrently with report of each meeting.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 1
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
B.
General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be
provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
a. Architect reserves Architect reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are
received.
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled
performance of related construction activities.
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals,
as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No
extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals
enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect Construction
Manager will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed
for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same
manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
1.7 ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS
A. Transmit each electronic submittal in conformance with requirements of this section.
1. Provide paper submittals only when requested by Architect or City.
B. Submittals for all items requiring color selections will not be accepted as an electronic
submittal.
C. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed Portable Document Format
(PDF) file. File format licensed by Adobe Systems.
D. Transmit electronic submittals as PDF files via Architect's Project Collaboration Site
address or designated email address.
E. Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:
1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating
submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with
links enabling navigation to each item.
SUBMIHAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision
identifier.
a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number
followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., CGCL-
061000.01).
b. Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point
(e.g., CGCL-061000.0I.A).
3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval
markings and action taken by Architect.
F. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to Architect,
containing the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name of Construction Manager.
e. Name of Contractor.
{. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
g. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
h. Category and type of submittal.
i. Submittal purpose and description.
j. Specification Section number and title.
k. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for
each of multiple items.
1. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate,
m. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate,
n. Related physical samples submitted directly,
o. Indication of fijll or partial submittal,
p. Transmittal number[, numbered consecutively],
q. Submittal and transmittal distribution record,
r. Other necessary identification,
s. Remarks.
2. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal
file metadata:
a. Project name.
b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
c. Manufacturer name.
d. Product name.
G. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.
H. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the
Contract Documents on submittals.
I. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial
submittal may serve as final submittal.
1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number
of copies to Architect.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action
taken and will be retumed.
J. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of
revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "Reviewed, Make Corrections Noted, No
Resubmittal Required".
K. Distribution: Fumish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for
performance of constmction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
L. Use for Constmction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating "Reviewed" or
"Reviewed, Make Corrections Noted, No Resubmittal Required" taken by Architect.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES
A. General: A limited amount of CAD backgrounds will be provided for reference only.
Contractor is required to verify all conditions in the field. All submittal/shop drawings are
required to be created by the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification
Sections.
B. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Project Web site specifically
established for Project.
1. Architect will retum annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an
electronic Project record document file.
2. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted
certificates and certifications where indicated.
C. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of constmction
and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data
are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
{. Application of testing agency labels and seals,
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
SUBMIHAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
h. Availability and delivery time information.
3. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other constmction, if not indicated on accompanying
Shop Drawings.
4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
5. Submit Product Data in the following format:
6. Retain one of two subparagraphs below unless default submittal format
a. PDF electronic file.
D. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not
base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the
following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring.
f. Shop work manufacturing instmctions.
g. Templates and pattems.
h. Schedules.
i. Design calculations.
j. Compliance with specified standards.
k. Notation of coordination requirements.
1. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
m. Relationship to adjoining constmction clearly indicated.
n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
0. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-
installed wiring.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger
than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm).
3. Number of Copies: Submit two opaque (bond) copies of each submittal.
Architect, through Constmction Manager, will retum one copy.
4. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
E. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattem, and texture for a check of
these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics
between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories
together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of constmction activity. Sample sets may
be used to determine final acceptance of constmction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at
time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's
property, are the property of Contractor.
4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units
or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and pattems available,
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color,
pattem, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from
manufacturer's product line. Architect, through Constmction Manager, will
retum submittal with options selected.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated,
prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner
specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that
show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are
not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated
components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used
materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattem; color range sets; and
components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two
Sample sets; remainder will be retumed. Mark up and retain one retumed
Sample set as a Project Record Sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, installation, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are
to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattem, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in
material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of
paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
F. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written
summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract
Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.
2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
3. Number and name of room or space.
4. Location within room or space.
5. Submit product schedule in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
G. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Constmction Schedule."
H. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Price
and Payment Procedures."
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
I. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section " Price and
Payment Procedures."
J. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply
with requirements specified in Section 01458 "Testing Laboratory Services."
K. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements
specified in Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures."
L. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01770 "Closeout
Procedures."
M. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for
each portion of the Work, including those who are to fumish products or equipment
fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying
products.
2. Number and titie of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect will retum two copies.
a. Mark up and retain one retumed copy as a Project Record Document.
N. Sustainabiiity Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Sustainable Design Requirements."
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification
Sections.
B. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Project Management and Coordination."
A. Contractor's Constmction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1
Section "Constmction Schedule".
B. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and
experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and
addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
C. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding
Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms.
Include names of firms and personnel certified.
D. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is
authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
F. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
G. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
H. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance
with requirements in the Contract Documents.
I. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency,
or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
J. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in
effect for Project. Include the following information:
1. Name of evaluation organization.
2. Date of evaluation.
3. Time period when report is in effect.
4. Product and manufacturers' names.
5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.
7. Limitations of use.
K. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1
Section "Quality Requirements."
L. Preconstmction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before
installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract
Documents.
M. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests
performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and
substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
N. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either
during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for
compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
SUBMIHAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
O. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instmctions and procedures for operation
and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified
in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."
P. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of
loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any,
used for calculations. Include page numbers.
Q. Manufacttirer's Instmctions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number
of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
R. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative
making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of
product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
S. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits
of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
T. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner; do not
submit to Architect.
1. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will retum the entire
submittal for resubmittal.
2.3 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria
indicated.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,
submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other
required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electtonic file, signed and sealed by the
responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to
Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.
1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in
the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in
performing these services.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination
with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 01770
"Closeout Procedures."
C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project
name and location, submittal number. Specification Section titie and number, name of
reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been
reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp
and will retum them without action.
B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
corrections or modifications required, and retum it. Architect will stamp each submittal
with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:
1. "Reviewed": Submittal has been reviewed only for general conformance with the
design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in
the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for compliance with the
requirements of the plans and specifications. Review of a specific item shall not
include approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is
responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, information
that pertains solely to the fabrication process or to the means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures of constmction, coordination of the work of all trades and
for performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. No comments have been
recorded and no resubmittal is required.
2. "Reviewed, Make Corrections Noted, No Resubmittal Required": Submittal has been
reviewed in accordance with the above. When the Contractor has made the
corrections noted in the review comments, the submittal will be considered to have
the same status as if it had been marked "Reviewed". No resubmittal is required and
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
no action resubmittal shall be made. However the Contractor, Agency or Architect
may request that a record copy be submitted as an Informational Submittal for any of
the concemed parties.
3. "Revise and Resubmif: The Conttactor shall revise the submittal based on the
review comments provided and shall resubmit the entire submittal until a mark of
'Reviewed' or 'Reviewed, Make Corrections Noted, No Resubmittal Required' is
obtained.
4. "Rejected": The submittal does not comply with the Contract Documents. Resubmit
in conformance with the Contract Documents.
5. "Reviewed, Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit Only Specific Items Indicated": This
action will be used in conjunction with either "Make Corrections Noted", as listed
above. The item indicated in the submittal review comments shall be resubmitted or
submitted—if it is missing in the first place—as a separate resubmittal. All items not
specifically indicated to be resubmitted shall be considered as falling under the other
action marked and SHALL NOT be resubmitted with the indicated item. The
complete submittal will consist of the original submittal plus subsequent submittals
of the specific items indicated that have been submitted and/or resubmitted until they
have received a 'Reviewed' or 'Reviewed, Make Corrections Noted, No Resubmittal
Required' mark.
6. 'Not Reviewed': Submittal was not required and therefore not reviewed.
C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not retum it, or will
retum it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to
appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be retumed
without review.
E. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
retumed for resubmittal without review.
F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be
discarded.
END OF SECTION 01330
SUBMIHAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 1 0, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 01352 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, CALGREEN COMMERCIAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with Califomia Green
Building Standards Code - CALGreen Section 703.1 Documentation.
B. 2013 Califomia Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen): This project is subject to all
mandatory measures of CALGreen and any additional amendments as may have been adopted
by the local AHJ.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 01524 - Constmction Waste Management: Administrative and procedural
requirements for salvaging, recycling, and disposing of demolition and constmction
waste.
2. Section 01810 - General Commissioning Requirements.
3. Divisions I through 35 Sections for CALGreen requirements specific to the Work of each
of those Sections. These requirements may or may not include reference to CALGreen.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CALGreen: Califomia Green Building Standards Code 2013, Califomia Code of Regulations,
Title 24, Part 11.
B. Chain-of-Custody (COC): A tracking procedure for a product from the point of harvest or
extraction to its end use, including all successive stages of processing, transformation,
manufacturing, and distribution.
C. Chain-of-Custody Certification: Awarded to companies that produce, sell, promote, or trade
forest products after audits verify proper accounting of material flows and proper use of the
Forest Stewardship Council name and logo.
D. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used
to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to
comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an
FSC-accredited certification body.
E. Recycled Content: The proportion, by mass, of pre-consumer or postconsumer recycled
material in a product (ISO 14021).
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1. Postconsumer Recycled Content: The percentage of material in a product that was
consumer waste. The recycled material was generated by household, commercial,
industrial, or institutional end-users and can no longer be used for its intended purpose.
2. Preconsumer Recycled Content (formerly known as postindustrial content): The
percentage of material in a product that is recycled from manufacturing waste.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Respond to questions and requests from Architect regarding CALGreen compliance that are the
responsibility of the Contractor, that depend on product selection or product qualities, or that
depend on Contractor's procedures until the AHJ has made its determination on the project's
CALGreen compliance. Document responses as informational submittals.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit additional CALGreen submittals required by other Specification Sections.
B. CALGreen submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is identical to that
submitted to comply with other requirements, submit duplicate copies as a separate submittal to
verify compliance with indicated CALGreen requirements.
C. CALGreen Division 5, Section A5.106.1: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP):
I. Submit SWPPP after contract award and before the pre-constmction conference.
a. Plan to include drawings and/or a written plan with specifications that detail the
proposed arrangements and methods for conttol of mnoff, sedimentation, and
pollutant conveyance in storm and other water resulting from constmction
activities. Show that the Storm water Pollution Prevention Plan conforms to the
State Storm water NPDES Constmction Permit or local ordinance, whichever is
stricter, as is required for projects one acre or more. Indicate parties responsible for
implementation.
b. Submit documentation over the course of the work activities indicating
implementation of the plan, through date-stamped photos, inspection logs or
reports with descriptions of corrective action in response to problems, etc.
D. CALGreen Division 5, Section A5.106.3: Low Impact Development (LID):
I. Submit documentation showing LID strategies to be employed during the course of
constmction to reduce impact of peak mn-off.
E. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.408.1: Constmction Waste Management: See Section 017419.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. CALGreen Compliance Documentation Submittals:
1. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.106.4.1.1: Short-Term Bicycle Parking: Product Data
for bicycle parking racks.
2. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.106.8: Light Pollution Reduction: Product Data for
interior and exterior lighting fixtures that stop direct-beam illumination from leaving the
building site.
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3. CALGreen Division 5, Section A5.106.11.2 Cool Roof Product Data for roofing
materials indicating Energy Star compliance for roof system for reduction of heat island
effect.
4. CALGreen Division 5, Section A5.106.11.2.1: SRI (solar reflectance index) values for
low-sloped and steep-sloped roofs.
5. CALGreen Division 5, Section A5.106.11.2.2: Thermal emittance values (CRRC) for
low-sloped and steep-sloped roofs.
6. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.303.1 Metering: Product Data for metering of water
usage throughout building.
7. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.303.2, 5.303.3, and 5.303.6 Indoor Water Use: Product
Data for plumbing fixtures, fittings, and appliances indicating water consumption.
8. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.304.3 Irrigation Controllers: Product Data for
automatic controllers showing that installed controllers and sensors are weather- or soil
moisture-based, work automatically, and have compliant rain sensors connected to the
conttollers.
9. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.408.1.4 Constmction Waste Reduction, Disposal and
Recycling: Submit constmction and demolition management plan and completed waste
management report showing that a minimum of 50% of nonhazardous constmction and
demolition debris has been recycled and/or salvaged for reuse. See Section 017419.
10. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.410.4.2 and 5.410.4.3 Testing Systems: Documentation
showing development of a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems,
with procedures listed demonstrating compliance with requirements of AHJ.
11. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.410.5.5: Building Maintenance and Operation:
a. Provide educational materials, operation and maintenance manuals to ensure
buildings and equipment are properly maintained.
b. Provide information pertaining to landscape design and maintenance, public
transportation options, recycling opportunities, special inspection reports and
energy incentive programs.
12. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.1.3 Temporary Ventilation during Constmction:
Product Data for methods used to control indoor chemical and pollutant sources.
13. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.3 covering of Duct Openings and Protection of
mechanical equipment during constmction:
a. Constmction indoor air quality management plan.
b. Product Data for temporary filtration media.
c. Product Data for filtration media used during constmction.
d. Consttnction Documentation: Six photographs at three different occasions during
constmction along with a brief description of the SMACNA approach employed,
documenting implementation of the lAQ management measures, such as protection
of ducts and on-site stored or installed absorptive materials.
14. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.4.1, Adhesives, Sealants and Caulks: Product Data
for adhesives, sealants and caulks used inside the weatherproofing system indicating
VOC content in g/L of each product used.
15. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.4.3, 5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and Coatings, and
5.504.8.3.2 Verification: Product Data for paints and coatings used inside the
weatherproofing system indicating chemical composition and VOC content in g/L of
each product used.
16. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems, 5.504.4.4.1 Carpet Cushion,
5.504.8.4.2 Carpet Adhesive: Product Data for carpet, carpet cushion, carpet adhesives
and resilient flooring products indicating VOC content in g/L of each product used.
a. Product Data for filtration media used during flush-out and prior to occupancy.
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
17. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.4.5 Composite Wood Products, and 5.504.4.5.2
Documentation: Product Data for composite wood and agrifiber products indicating that
products contain no added urea-formaldehyde resin. For CALGreen, submit at least one
of the following: product certification and specifications, chain of custody certifications,
or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency.
a. Include statement indicating adhesives and binders used for each product.
18. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.4.6 Resilient Flooring Systems: Product Data for
resilient flooring products showing resilient flooring materials meet pollutant emission
limits.
19. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.5.3 Filters: Product Data for air filtration media
installed in mechanical distribution system.
20. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.506.1 Outside Air Delivery and Section 5.506.2 Carbon
Dioxide (C02) Monitoring: Product Data and Shop Drawings for HVAC system
showing compliance with Califomia Energy Code and for carbon dioxide monitoring
system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERL\LS, GENERAL
A. Provide products and procedures necessary to meet CALGreen provisions required in this
Section. Although other Sections may specify some requirements that contribute to CALGreen,
the Conttactor shall determine additional materials and procedures necessary to meet
CALGreen provisions indicated.
2.2 RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERL\LS
A. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.408.1: Recycle and salvage for reuse a minimum of 50% of
nonhazardous constmction and demolition waste:
1. Cost of post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content
of an item shall be determined by dividing weight of post-consumer recycled content plus
one-half of pre-consumer recycled content in the item by total weight of the item and
multiplying by cost of the item.
2. Do not include plumbing, mechanical and electrical components, and specialty items
such as elevators and equipment in the calculation.
3. Recycled content of materials shall be defined according to the Intemational
Organizations of Standards document, ISO 14021, Environmental labels and declarations
- Self-declared environmental claims (Type II environmental labeling).
2.3 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. CALGreen, Division 5, Section 5.504.4.1, adhesives, sealants and caulks (Table 5.504.4.1): For
compliance, for field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use adhesives and
sealants that comply with the following limits for VOC content in compliance with the local or
regional air pollution control or air quality management district mles where applicable, or
SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits as shown (such products also shall comply with the Rule
1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds - chloroform, ethylene dichloride,
methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene - except for aerosol products as
specified in CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.8.1.2:
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. Architectural Applications:
a. Indoor Carpet Adhesives: 50 g/L.
b. Carpet Pad Adhesives: 50 g/L.
c. Outdoor Carpet Adhesives: 150 g/L.
d. Wood Flooring Adhesive: 100 g/L.
e. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L.
f Subfloor Adhesives: 50 g/L.
g. Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g/L.
h. VCT and Asphah Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L.
i. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L.
j. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L.
k. Multipurpose Constmction Adhesives: 70 g/L.
1. Stmctural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L.
m. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Adhesive: 250 g/L.
2. Specialty Applications:
a. PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L.
b. CPVC Welding Compounds: 490 g/L.
c. ABS Welding Compounds: 325 g/L.
d. Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 250 g/L.
e. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L.
f Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L.
g. Special-Purpose Contact Adhesive (contact adhesive that is used to bond
melamine-covered board, metal, unsupported vinyl, mbber, or wood veneer 1/16
inch or less in thickness to any surface): 250 g/L.
h. Stmctural Wood Member Adhesive: 140 g/L.
i. Top and Trim Adhesive: 250 g/L.
3. Substrate-Specific Applications:
a. Metal-to-Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L.
b. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.
c. Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L.
d. Wood Glues: 30 g/L.
e. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L.
4. Sealants:
a. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
b. Marine Deck Sealant: 760 g/L.
c. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L.
d. Roadway Sealant: 250 g/L.
e. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L.
f Other Sealants: 420 g/L.
5. Sealant Primers:
a. Architectural, Nonporous Substtates: 250 g/L.
b. Architectural, Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
c. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L.
d. Other Sealant Primers: 750 g/L.
B. CALGreen, Division 5, Section 5.504.4.3, Paints and Coatings (Table 5.504.8.3): Use paint and
coatings that comply with the 2007 Califomia Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure
unless local limits that are more stringent apply. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the
PWMIR limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions
on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
(d)(2) of Califomia Code of Regulations, Titie 17, commencing with Section 94520, and in
areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally
comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49:
1. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 50 g/L.
2. Non-Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L.
3. Non-Flat High Gloss Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L.
4. Specialty Coatings:
a. Aluminum Roof Coatings: 400 g/L.
b. Basement Specialty Coatings: 400 g/L.
c. Bituminous Roof Coatings: 50 g/L.
d. Bituminous Roof Primers: 350 g/L.
e. Bond Breakers: 350 g/L.
f Concrete Curing Compounds: 350 g/L.
g. Concrete/Masonry Sealers: 100 g/L.
h. Driveway Sealers: 50 g/L.
i. Dry Fog Coatings: 150 g/L.
j. Faux Finishing Coatings: 350 g/L.
k. Fire Resistive Coatings: 350 g/L.
I. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L.
m. Form-Release Compounds: 250 g/L.
n. Graphic Arts Coatings (Sign Paints): 500 g/L.
o. High Temperature Coatings: 420 g/L.
p. Industrial Maintenance Coatings: 250 g/L.
q. Low Solids Coatings: 120 g/L.
r. Magnesite Cement Coatings: 450 g/L. ^3
s. Mastic Texttire Coatings: IOO g/L. ""^"'^
t. Metallic Pigmented Coatings: 500 g/L.
u. Multi-Color Coatings: 250 g/L.
V. Pre-Treatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
w. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
X. Reactive Penetrating Sealers: 350 g/L.
y. Recycled Coatings: 250 g/L.
z. Roof Coatings: 50 g/L.
aa. Rust Preventative Coatings: 250 g/L.
bb. Shellacs:
1) Clear: 730 g/L.
2) Opaque: 550 g/L.
cc. Specialty Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
dd. Stains: 250 g/L.
ee. Stone Consolidants: 450 g/L.
ff. Swimming Pool Coatings: 340 g/L.
gg. Traffic Marking Coatings: 100 g/L.
hh. Tub and Tile Refinish Coatings: 420 g/L.
ii. Waterproofing Membranes: 250 g/L.
jj. Wood Coatings: 275 g/L.
kk. Wood Preservatives: 350 g/L.
II. Zinc-Rich Primers: 340 g/L.
5. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following:
a. Acrolein.
b. Acrylonitrile.
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
c. Antimony.
d. Benzene.
e. Butyl benzyl phthalate.
f Cadmium.
g-Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.
h. Di-n-butyl phthalate.
i. Di-n-octyl phthalate.
j-1,2-dichlorobenzene.
k. Diethyl phthalate.
1. Dimethyl phthalate.
m. Ethylbenzene.
n. Formaldehyde.
0. Hexavalent chromium.
P-Isophorone.
q-Lead.
r. Mercury.
s. Methyl ethyl ketone.
t. Methyl isobutyl ketone.
u. Methylene chloride.
V. Naphthalene.
w. Toluene (methylbenzene).
X. 1,1,1 -trichloroethane.
y-Vinyl chloride.
C. CALGreen, Division 5, Section 5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems: Carpet and carpet cushion must
comply with Carpet and Rug Institute's Green Label Plus Program.
D. CALGreen, Division 5, Section 5.504.4.5 Composite Wood Products: Do not use composite
wood and agrifiber products that contain added urea-formaldehyde resin. Laminating adhesives
used to fabricate on-site and shop-applied composite wood and agrifiber assemblies must not
contain added urea-formaldehyde resin.
E. CALGreen, Division 5, Section 5.504.4.6 Resilient Flooring Systems: No less than 80% of
floor area receiving resilient flooring material must comply with the Resilient Floor Covering
Institute (RFCI) FloorScore program.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
A. Comply with CALGreen, Division 5, Section 5.408.1 and Section 017419 "Constmction Waste
Management and Disposal."
3.2 CONSTRUCTION INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT
A. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.3:
1. Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during constmction.
2. During constmction, meet or exceed the recommended control measures of the Sheet
Metal and Air Conditioning National Trade Contractors Association (SMACNA) lAQ
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Constmction, 2"'' Edition 2007,
ANSI/SMACNA 008-2008 (Chapter 13).
3. Protect stored on-site and installed absorptive materials from moisttire damage.
4. If permanentiy installed air handlers are used during constmction, filtration media with a
minimum efficiency reporting value of MERV 8 must be used at each return air grille, as
determined by ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999 (with errata but without addenda). Replace
all filtration media immediately prior to occupancy.
B. CALGreen Division 5, Section 5.504.5.3:
1. Filters: in mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the
building with air filttation media for outside and retum air prior to occupancy that
provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value of MERV 8.
END OF SECTION 01352
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN
01352-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 01423 - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. Acceptable: Contractor is obligated to provide and install one of the named products.
Manufacturers with products having equivalent characteristics may be considered provided
deviations are minor and design concept expressed in the Conttact Documents is not
changed, as judged by the Design Professional. A substitution request is necessary for use
of any other manufacturer or products other than what is named.
C. Approve, Approved: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the
Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions ofthe Contract.
D. Accepted Equivalent: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the
Contractor's submittals and substitution requests, is as stated in the Conditions of the
Contract for Architect's responsibilities and duties as the Design Professional.
E. Basis of Design: Where specified these Specifications shall be interpreted to require the
named Basis-of-Design product or acceptable comparable product where additional
manufacturers are listed. If no other manufacturers are listed, the Specification shall be
interpreted to mean 'no known equal'. Substitutions will be handled and processed in
accordance with Section 01630.
F. Directed: Terms such as directed, requested, authorized, selected, approved, required, and
permitted mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases.
G. Experienced: When used with the term Installer, means having a minimum of five
previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special
requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of the authority having
jurisdiction.
H. Fumish: Means supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking,
assembly, installation, and similar operations.
I. Indicated: Refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings, or other
Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract
Documents. Where terms such as shown, noted, scheduled, and specified are used, it is to
^^^^ help the reader locate the reference.
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01423-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
J. Install: Describes operations at Project site including the actual unloading, unpacking,
assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
K. Installer: An Installer is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an
employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier for performance of a particular
constmction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform.
L. Project Site: Is the space available to the Contractor for performing constmction activities,
either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as part of the
Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be
identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built.
M. Provide: Means to fumish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
N. Regulations: Includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawfiil orders issued by authorities
having jurisdiction, as well as mles, conventions, and agreements within the constmction
industry that conttol performance of the Work.
O. Testing Laboratories: A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform
specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if
required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable constmction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Conttact Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in constmction on Project should be familiar
with industry standards applicable to its constmction activity. Copies of applicable
standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required constmction activity,
obtain copies directly from publication source.
D. Overlapping and Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more industry
standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those different standards
or requirements establishes 2 different or conflicting minimums or levels of quality, the
most stringent requirement (which is generally recognized to be also the most costly is
intended and will be enforced, unless specifically detailed language written into the contract
documents (not by way of reference to an industry standard) clearly indicates that the less
stringent requirement is to be fulfilled.
1. Refer apparently equal-but-different requirements, and uncertainties as to which of 2
levels of quality is the more stringent, to the Owner for a decision before proceeding.
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01423-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1 • Contractor's Option: Except for overlapping or conflicting requirements, where more
than one set of requirements are specified for a particular unit of work, the option is
intended to be the Conttactors' regardless of whether specifically indicated as such in
the text.
1.4 GOVERNING DICTIONARY
A. The definitions of the words used in these Specifications, which are not defined in the
Section, the General Conditions, or in referenced standards, are as given in "Webster's Third
New Intemational Dictionary", The Definitive Merriam-Webster Unabridged Dictionary of
the English Language.
1.5 ABBREVIATIONS AND NAMES
A. Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating
organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the
text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research
Co., available in most libraries.
B. Trades; Names: Except as otherwise indicated, the use of trade titles such as "carpentry" in
specification text, implies neither that the work must be performed by an accredited or
unionized ttadesman or the corresponding generic name (such as a carpenter), nor that the
specified requirements apply exclusively to work by ttadesmen of that corresponding
generic name.
1.6 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND LANGUAGE
A. These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Constmction
Specifications Instittite's 50-Division format and MASTERFORMAT 2012 numbering
system with the exception of Division 1.
B. Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words
that are implied, but not stated shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words
will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable and
the context of the Contract Documents so indicates.
C. Imperative language is used generally. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are
to be performed by the Contractor. The indicative mood is employed on occasion when
such sentence stmcture is necessary to convey the intended meaning in a more accurate or
understandable format. (The imperative and indicative moods of sentence stmcture are
defined in CSI's Manual of Practice.)
D. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe
responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so
noted.
E. Streamlining: Employs the colon as a symbol for the words "shall be", "shall have", "shall
conform with", "shall meet the requirements of, or "shall comply with".
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01423-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
F. A colon is also used to set off a paragraph title or heading from the text that follows. This is
the case when a grammatically complete sentence follows a heading and a colon. It is also
used as a punctuation mark in a sentence to direct attention to matter that follows. This is
not streamlining.
1.7 INTERPRETATIONS
A. In order to reduce the length of these Specifications, certain phrases are written without
objects and shall be interpreted as described below.
B. As indicated: Whenever "as indicated" is specified in these Specifications, it shall be
understood to read "as indicated on the Drawings".
C. As required: Whenever "as required" is specified in these Specifications, it shall be
imderstood to read "as required for a complete and finished installation" or "as required for
a complete and finished, operable installation".
D. As specified: Whenever "as specified" is specified in these Specifications, it shall be
understood to read "as specified herein" or "as specified in these Specifications".
1.8 STANDARD OF QUALITY
A. Where one certain kind, type, brand or manufacturer of material is named in these
Specifications, it shall be regarded as the required minimum standard of quality. Submit
requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01630.
1.9 SUBMITTALS
A. It shall be understood that the various submittals required by the individual specifications
sections are to be submitted to the Architect for review and approval as specified in the
General Conditions.
B. Unless "no substitute" is specified, these Specifications shall be interpreted to include the
words "or approved equal" after every product specified by manufacturer's brand name or
model number. Substitutions will be handled and processed in accordance with Section
01630.
C. Basis of Design: Where specified these Specifications shall be interpreted to require the
named Basis-of-Design product or comparable product where additional manufacturers are
listed. If no other manufacturers are listed, the Specification shall be interpreted to mean
'no known equal'. Substitutions will be handled and processed in accordance with Section
01630.
1.10 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND CERTIFICATES
A. For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection
reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments,
and similar documents, correspondence, and records established in conjunction with
compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work.
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01423-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1.11 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Latest edition of pertaining ordinances, laws, mles, codes, regulations, standards, and others
of public agencies having jurisdiction of the work are intended wherever reference is made
in either the singular or plural to Code or Building Code except as otherwise specified,
including but not limited to latest edition of those in the following listing.
1. 2013 Califomia Building Standards Administtative Codes (CBSAC) Califomia Code
of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 1
2. 2013 CaHfomia Building Code (CBC) Califomia Code of Regulations (CCR) Titie
24, Part 2
3. 2013 Califomia Electrical Code (CEC) Califomia Code of Regulations (CCR) Titie
24, Part 3
4. 2013 Califomia Mechanical Code (CMC) Califomia Code of Regulations (CCR)
Titie 24, Part 4
5. 2013 Califomia Plumbing Code (CPC) Califomia Code of Regulations (CCR) Titie
24, Part 5
6. 2013 California Energy Code California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 6
7. 2013 Califomia Fire Code (CFC) Califomia Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24,
Part 9
8. 1990 State Fire Marshal Regulations Califomia Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 19
(As amended to date)
9. 2013 Califomia Green Building Standards Code(CGBSC) Califomia Code of
Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 11
10. 2013 State Referenced Standards Code Califomia Code of Regulations (CCR) Titie
24, Part 12
11. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and
Facilities (ADAAG)
12. Green Book- Standard Specifications for Public Works Constmction, latest edition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01423
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01423-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01423-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. City of Carlsbad General Conditions. Where conflicts between the General Conditions and
this Section occur, provisions of the General Conditions shall take precedence.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control
services.
B. Testing and Inspection Service: As required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality control requirements for individual constmction activities are
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections
may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality
control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services required by
Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of
this Section.
C. Contractor's quality conttol.
D. Pre-constmction conferences.
E. Repair and protection of ongoing constmction.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Progress cleaning, protection of installed Work,
correction ofthe Work.
B. Section 01731 - Cutting and Patching: Requirements for repairs after cutting and patching
operations.
C. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 1
City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
C.
1.5
B.
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
B.
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and
during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that
proposed constmction complies with requirements.
Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and
after execution of the Work to evaluate and confirm that completed constmction complies
with requirements. Services do not include conttact enforcement activities performed by
Architect.
Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are
different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly
with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within
reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties
to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
DELEGATED DESIGN
Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria
indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,
submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other
required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed
or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in
compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and
other factors used in performing these services.
Qualification Data: For entities and agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
1. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the
testing agency by a recognized authority.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, LEED Action Plans,
Progress Reports, and Documentation Submittals per Section 01352, and similar
documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on
performance of the Work.
D. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other
Sections. Include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing
and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies
with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
E. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information
documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in
other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substtates and their acceptability for installation of
product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
F. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information
documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and
inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative
making report.
2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library
City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.8 INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCY SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:
1. Specification Section number and title.
2. Description of test and inspection.
3. Identification of applicable standards.
4. Identification of test and inspection methods.
5. Number of tests and inspections required.
6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples.
9. Unique characteristics of each quality conttol service.
B. Submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, to the Architect,
in ttiplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is
responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or
similar service through the Contractor, in duplicate.
I. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the goveming authority,
when the authority so directs.
C. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not
be limited to:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete inspection or test data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies
with Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as
sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or
assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in constmction with a record of successful in-service performance.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
«st,^, C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
D. Manufactiirer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance.
E. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is ttained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project.
F. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies,
including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with
"Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American
Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and
tests to be performed.
1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be
authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State of Califomia.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct
testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E548, and that specializes in
types of tests and inspections to be performed.
H. Provide inspection and testing services as required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Conttactor of responsibility for
compliance, nor are they intended to limit the Contractor's quality conttol procedures that
facilitate compliance with Contract Documents requirements.
l.IO QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Specific quality control requirements for individual constmction activities are specified in
the Sections that specify those activities.
B. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality control services are indicated as Owner's
responsibility. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. Owner will fiimish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they
are engaged to perform.
2. Costs for retesting and re-inspecting constmction that replaces or is necessitated by
work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to
Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
C. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests
and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
—^ 1. Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and
'\^^. deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library
City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and
similar quality control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities
having jurisdiction.
3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at
Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether
tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
5. Testing agency will retest and re-inspect corrected work.
D. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality control services
specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing
agency to perform these quality control services.
2. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in
writing by Owner.
3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
4. Where quality conttol services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a
certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality control service.
5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.
E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and
similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.
Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel.
Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at
Project site.
F. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including
service connections. Report results in writing.
G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-
assurance and quality conttol services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of
removing and replacing constmction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1.11 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY SERVICES
A. Provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services, except where they are
specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility. Include costs for these services in
the Contract Sum.
B. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing and inspection of
a part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or
related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless
otherwise agreed in writing with the Owner.
C. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance
of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in
the Work during performance of its services.
2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected
work complies with or deviates from requirements.
3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality control service through Contractor.
4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
5. Do not perform any duties of Conttactor.
D. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality control services, including retesting and re-
inspecting, for constmction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with
requirements established by the Contract Documents.
1. Cost of retesting constmction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the
Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original
constmction.
1.12 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers. Products, services, site conditions,
and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instmctions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instmctions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification
from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more
stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more
precise workmanship.
E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce worlcmanship of specified quality.
F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand
stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library
City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.13 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES
A. Convene a pre-constmction conference after execution of the Agreement and prior to
commencement of constmction activities. Review responsibilities and personnel
assignments.
B. Attendees: The Owner, Architect, the Contractor and his superintendent, subcontractors,
suppliers, manufacturers, and other concemed parties shall be represented by persons
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
C. Agenda: Discuss significant items that could affect progress, including the tentative
constmction schedule, critical sequencing, use of the premises, procedures for processing
Change Orders and equipment deliveries.
D. Review progress of other activities and preparations for the activity under consideration at
each conference, including time schedules, manufacturers' recommendations, weather
limitations, substrate acceptability, compatibility problems, inspection and testing
requirements, and LEED requirements.
E. Use conferences to assure accurate coordination among ttades where appearance of
intersecting materials is critical. Follow agendas laid out in individual Sections.
F. Record significant discussions, agreements and disagreements of each conference, along
with the approved schedule. Distribute the meeting record to everyone concemed,
promptly, including the Owner and Architect.
G. Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfiilly concluded. Initiate necessary
actions to resolve impediments and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services, repair damaged
constmction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including
deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes.
1. Comply with Contract Document requirements specified in Section 01 7329 for
cutting and patching.
B. Protect constmction exposed by or for quality conttol service activities, and protect repaired
constmction.
C. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of
these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a
manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services.
END OF SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
01450 - 9
Blank Page
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 01524 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging non-hazardous demolition and constmction waste.
2. Recycling non-hazardous demolition and constmction waste.
3. Disposing of non-hazardous demolition and constmction waste.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01352 - Sustainable Design Requirements: Constmction waste management
Credits.
B. Section 01731 - Cutting and Patching: Protection measures to be instituted during
constmction.
C. Section 02224 - Selective Stmcture Demolition: Disposition of waste resulting from partial
demolition of buildings, stmctures, and site improvements.
1.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT GOALS FOR THE PROJECT
A. The Owner has established that this Project shall minimize the creation of constmction and
demolition waste on the job site. Contributing factors include over-packaging, ordering
error, poor planning, improper storage, breakage, mishandling, and contamination. Recycle
as many ofthe waste materials as economically feasible. Minimize waste sent to landfills.
B. Diversion Goals: A minimum of 75% of total project waste shall be diverted from landfill.
The following waste categories, at a minimum, shall be diverted from landfill through
recycling or salvage:
1. Clean dimensional wood, pallet wood
2. Plywood, OSB, and particleboard
3. Concrete
4. Cardboard, paper, packaging
5. Metals
6. Gypsum drywall (unpainted)
7. Paint
8. Glass
9. Plastics
10. Carpet and pad
CONSTRUCTION WASTE AAANAGEMENT
01524 - 1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
11. Beverage containers
C. Salvage may include donations of materials to charitable organizations.
1.5 PERFORMANCE GOALS
A. Use sustainable or renewable materials.
1. Select Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified wood products for framing,
flooring, finishes, fumishings and temporary constmction applications such as
bracing, concrete formwork and pedestrian barriers.
2. Select rapidly renewable materials that sustainably replenish themselves in a less
than 10-year cycle (e.g. linoleum: cork and linseed).
3. Select materials that minimize damage to natural habitats.
B. Use resources efficiently.
1. Reuse existing building materials from demolished buildings where possible.
2. Select materials that use resources efficiently.
3. Use constmction practices that achieve the most efficient use of resources and
materials.
4. Recycle minimum 75% (by weight) of constmction, demolition and land-clearing
debris.
5. Select recycled content materials (target is 20% of building materials that contain in
aggregate a minimum average the post-consumer recycled content and 50% post
industtial recycled content).
6. Select materials that can be recycled at the end of their useful life (e.g. metal
products, carpet).
C. Use durable materials.
1. Select materials with the longest usable life.
2. Select materials with the least burdensome maintenance requirements.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Within 1 week of contract award, the Contractor shall submit to
the Owner a Waste Management Plan. The Plan shall contain the following:
1. Designation of the party who will implement the plan
2. Analysis of the estimated job-site waste to be generated, including types and
quantities
3. Proposed Altematives to Landfilhng: a list of each material planned to be salvaged
or recycled during the course of the Project and the proposed destination of each
material
B. Progress Reports: Submit bi-monthly, a Waste Management Progress Report. The report
shall contain the following information:
1. Project title, name of company completing report, and dates of period covered by the
report
2. Amount (in tons or cubic yards) of material landfiUed from the Project and identity
ofthe landfill
3. For each material recycled or salvaged from the Project, provide the following:
a. Amount (in tons or cubic yards)
CONSTRUCTION WASTE AAANAGEMENT
01524 - 2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
b. Date(s) removed from the job site
c. Receiving party
d. Cost: Bin rental, hauling, and facility fees
e. What was done with the material
4. Include legible copies of on-site logs, manifests, weight tickets, and receipts.
Manifests shall be from recycling and/or disposal site operators who can legally
accept the materials for the purpose of reuse, recycling, or disposal.
C. LEED Submittals: See Section 01352 for additional requirements; provide the following:
1. Documentation for Credit MR 2.1 and Credit MR 2.2 showing implementation of
waste management plan.
D. Project Completion Report:
1. Submit a letter at project close out tabulating the total waste material, quantities
diverted and the means by which diverted, and declaring that the waste management
goal has been met. Calculations may be done by weight or volume, but must be
consistent throughout.
1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. Waste management plans and implementation shall be discussed at the following meetings:
1. Pre-bid meeting
2. Pre-constmction meeting
3. Regular job-site meetings
1.8 QUALIFIED CONSTRUCTION WASTE RECYCLING SERVICES
A. Constmction waste shall be delivered to appropriate, qualified recycling services
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. Coordinate waste materials handling and separation for all trades, and document results of
the Waste Management Plan.
B. Provide separation, handling, transportation, recycling, salvage, and landfilling for all
demolition and waste materials.
C. Designate a specific area for separation of material for salvage and recycling. Recycling
and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid
contamination or mixing materials.
D. Maintain an on-site log, which includes for each load of materials removed from site: type
of material, load volume and/or weight, recycling/hauling service, date accepted by
recycling service or landfill, and facility fee.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE AAANAGEMENT
01524 - 3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Do not handle, separate, store, salvage, or recycle hazardous materials with other materials.
Follow material-specific instmctions any hazardous materials. Contact Project Manager if
no instmctions are evident.
F. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management
procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concemed within three days of
submittal retum.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site.
Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and
disposal.
G. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure
minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied
and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials
that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. Comply with Section 01500 for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection,
and noise control.
3.2 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused,
remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or
incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of
accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.
B. Buming: Do not bum waste materials.
C. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 01524
CONSTRUCTION WASTE AAANAGEMENT
01524 - 4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 01630 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. City of Carlsbad General Conditions: Article 3.13 Trade Names, Substitutions. Where
conflicts between the General Conditions and this Section occur, provisions of the General
Conditions shall take precedence.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01250 - Contract Modification Procedures: Administrative and procedural
requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.
B. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submitting comparable product
submittals for proposed substitutions.
1.4 PRODUCTS
A. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the
Project or taken from previously purchased stock.
B. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model designation indicated in the manufacturer's product literature.
C. "Materials" are products that are shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise
fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
D. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated,
that requires service connections such as wiring or piping.
1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting
those standards or description.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers
named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01630 - 1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for
Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution, during Bidding only, for any manufacturer
not named.
1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from
a single source.
B. When the Contractor has the option of selecting between two or more products, the product
selected shall be compatible with products previously selected.
C. Semi-proprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more products or
manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated. No substitutions will be
permitted.
D. Where products are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or approved equal"
comply with provisions herein for substitution submittals to obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.
E. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product, listing
characteristics required, with or without use of a brand name, provide a product that
provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with requirements.
F. Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of constmction
required by Conttact Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are
considered requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions:
1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted prior to award of
Contract.
2. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect.
3. Specified options of products and constmction methods included in Contract
Documents.
4. Compliance with goveming regulations and orders issued by goveming authorities.
1.7 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST REVIEW
A. Make requests for substitutions within 35 days of Award of the Contract.
B. Requests for substitutions, submitted to the Architect by the Contractor after
commencement of constmction, will be reviewed at the Architect's standard hourly rate,
charged to the Contractor as appropriate to the request.
C. The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Architect when
one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect;
otherwise requests will be retumed without action except to record noncompliance with
these requirements.
1. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required.
2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents.
3. The request is timely, fiilly documented and properly submitted.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01630 - 2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
4. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the
Contract Documents.
5. The specified product or method of constmction cannot be provided within the
Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot
be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities
properly.
6. The specified product or method of constmction cannot receive necessary approval
by a goveming authority, and the requested substitution can be approved.
7. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy
conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting
responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for
the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and
evaluation services, increased cost of other constmction by the Owner or separate
contractors, and similar considerations.
8. The specified product or method of constmction cannot be provided in a manner that
is compatible with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the
substitution will overcome the incompatibility.
9. The specified product or method of constmction cannot be coordinated with other
materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be
coordinated.
10. The specified product or method of constmction cannot provide a warranty required
by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed
substitution provide the required warranty.
D. The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or
Samples that relate to constmction activities not complying with the Contract Documents
does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute
approval.
1.8 SUBSTITUTION SUBMITTALS
A. Requests for substitutions will be considered if received within 60 days after
commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of
the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect.
B. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution in the form and in accordance with
procedures for Change Order proposals.
C. Identify the product, or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related
Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Document compliance with requirements for
substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate:
1. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and
installation procedures.
2. Samples, where applicable or requested.
3. A comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those
specified.
4. A list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to
constmction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors that will be necessary
to accommodate the proposed substitution.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01630 - 3
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
5. A Statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Constmction Schedule
compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of
the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time.
6. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum.
7. Certification that the substitution is equal-to or better in every respect to that required
by Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in application indicated.
Include Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may be
necessary because of the substitution's failure to perform adequately.
8. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the project's level of LEED
certification.
D. Architect's Action: Within one week of receipt ofthe request for substitution, the Architect
will request additional information necessary for evaluation. Within 2 weeks of receipt of
the request, or one week of receipt of additional information, which ever is later, the
Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection. If a decision on use of a
substitute cannot be made within the time allocated, use the product specified. Acceptance
will be in the form of a Change Order.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01630
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01630-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 01730 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. City of Carlsbad General Conditions. Where conflicts between the General Conditions and
this Section occur, provisions of the General Conditions shall take precedence.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Verification of property lines and bench mark.
B. Verification of existing utility elevations.
C. Layout of site features.
D. Field engineering.
E. General installation of products.
F. Coordination of Owner-installed products.
G. Progress cleaning.
H. Starting and adjusting.
I. Protection of installed constmction.
J. Correction of the Work.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01731 - Cutting and Patching: Requirements and limitations for cutting and
patching of Work.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor and professional engineer.
B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and
elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
C. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept
hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01730 - 1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-
surveying services ofthe kind indicated.
B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Fumish all materials, labor, transportation and equipment necessary to complete this portion
of the Contract.
B. Establish building location with appropriate offsets to allow for grading work.
C. Define locations of paving, walks and other site features including manholes and
underground utility locations.
D. Verify the inverts or flow lines of all existing utility stmctures adjacent to the site or to be
connected to, including but not limited to stubs, drainage channels, laterals, catch basins,
junction boxes, manholes and gutters.
3.2 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property
comers.
B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar
reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks
and control points during constmction operations.
1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or conttol points without prior written
approval of Architect or Constmction Manager. Report lost or destroyed permanent
benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent
benchmarks or conttol points to Architect and Constmction Manager before
proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base
replacements on the original survey control points.
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project
site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities
having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
Documents.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01730 - 2
^^^^
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide
temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked
constmction to its original condition.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment
and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet (2.4 m) in spaces without a
suspended ceiling.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instmctions and recommendations for installing
products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct constmction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations
or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be
factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that
adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated
requirements.
G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the
Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Fumish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts,
and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form
hairline joints.
I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01730 - 3
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
3.4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -H Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's constmction forces.
B. Coordination: Coordinate constmction and operations of the Work with work performed by
Owner's constmction forces.
1. Constmction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred constmction
schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust constmction schedule based on a
mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due
to differences in actual constmction progress.
2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's constmction forces at preinstallation
conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend
preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's constmction forces if portions of
the Work depend on Owner's constmction.
3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Preconstmction Conference: Conduct a meeting at the site prior to commencement of all
constmction activities to establish required procedures for maintaining a clean site that
meets the Owner's requirements. Conference shall be attended by Contractor, Owner,
Architect, and Contractor's superintendent.
1. Review intended progress cleaning procedures and schedule.
2. Establish intervals required by Owner for progress cleaning to take place and
meetings to review effectiveness of progress cleaning.
3. Establish the need for identification badges for constmction and cleaning personnel.
4. Discuss security procedures required by Owner.
5. Review reporting procedures for any violations of established and agreed upon
procedures.
B. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials
and debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
4. Comply with LEED requirements as set forth in credit EQc3.1 and SMACNA
guidelines regarding material stocking and moisture avoidance, and duct protection.
C. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
D. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate, keeping LEED requirements for duct protection in
mind.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01730 - 4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -H Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
E. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instmctions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use
cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage
exposed surfaces.
F. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other
finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
G. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
H. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to
ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
I. Waste Disposal: Burying or buming waste materials on-site will not be permitted.
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
J. During handling and installation, clean and protect constmction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection
from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
K. Clean and provide maintenance on completed constmction as frequentiy as necessary
through the remainder of the constmction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
L. Limiting Exposures: Supervise constmction operations to assure that no part of the
constmction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmfiil, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the constmction period.
1. Protect adjacent existing buildings from deleterious effects of ongoing constmction
operations.
3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTD>IG
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfiinctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification
requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01730 - 5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instmctions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective constmction. Restore damaged substrates and
finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching
up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during constmction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired.
E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
F. Remove and replace products and installations not in compliance with LEED requirements.
END OF SECTION 01700
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01730 - 6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 01732 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. City of Carlsbad General Conditions. Where conflicts between the General Conditions and
this Section occur, provisions of the General Conditions shall take precedence.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01100 - Summary of Work: Work by Owner or by separate contractors.
B. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Repair and protection of Work having been tested.
C. Individual Product Specification Sections:
1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section.
2. Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in work of those
Sections.
3. Limitations on cutting stmctural and other types of members.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit prior to cutting of any stmcturally or visually significant portion of
the Work which is not specifically shown on the Drawings. Obtain written permission for
exact location and size of openings from the Architect.
1. Before cutting into any portion of the stmcture, obtain written permission from the
Architect for each hole to be cut or enlarged. Submit shop drawings indicating exact
location and size of detail of reinforcement of such openings.
B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:
1. Stmctural integrity of any element of Project.
2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element.
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
C. Include in request:
1. Identification of Project.
2. Location and description of affected work.
3. Necessity for cutting or alteration.
4. Description of proposed work, and products to be used.
CUniNG AND PATCHING
01732 - 1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
5. Altematives to cutting and patching.
6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor.
7. Written permission of affected separate contractor.
8. Date and time work will be executed.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: For seismic restraints of mechanical systems comply with SMACNA Manual
unless more sttingent requirements are indicated in Division 15.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by
methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or
existing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATEIUALS
A. Primary Products: Identical to those required for original installation.
1. For exposed surfaces, use materials that virtually match existing adjacent surfaces to
fiillest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used.
2. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing
materials.
B. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution
under provisions of Section 01630.
C. Dust Barrier: Flame-retardant polyethylene sheet with the following characteristics:
1. Thickness: 6 mil, minimum.
2. Buming Characteristics: ASTM E84:
a. Flame Spread Index: 10.
b. Smoke Developed: 60.
3. Tensile Strength: ASTMD882:
a. MD: 1700 psi.
b. TD: 1200 psi.
4. Elongation: ASTM D882:
a. MD: 225 percent.
b. TD: 350 percent.
5. Dart Impact: ASTM D1709; 260g.
6. Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM D96; 0.13 perms.
D. Tape: Type recommended by polyethylene sheet manufacturer for required application.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01732 - 2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to
damage or movement during cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering existing work, inspect conditions affecting performance of work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing; do not proceed
with work until Architect has provided further instmction.
D. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary supports to ensure stmctural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and
methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.
B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work.
C. Maintain excavations free of water.
D. Avoid cutting existing pipes, conduit, or ductwork serving building but scheduled to be
removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
E. Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at earliest feasible time and complete.
1. Cut existing constmction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other constmction activities and subsequent fitting and patching
required to restore surfaces to original condition.
3.3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary enclosure for protection of constmction from exposure, foul weather,
other constmction operations and similar activities.
B. Constmction for Dust Control: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with
closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces; maximum Flame
Spread Rating of 75 in accordance with ASTM E84.
C. Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas,
to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, and to prevent
damage to existing materials and equipment.
D. Provide duct protection in accordance with LEED & SMACNA requirements.
E. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to
limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fiimes and noise.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01732 - 3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1. Constmct dustproof, floor-to-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch (100-
mm) studs, 2 layers of 3-mil (0.07-mm) polyethylene sheets, inside and outside
temporary enclosure. Cover floor with 2 layers of 3-mil (0.07-mm) polyethylene
sheets, extending sheets 18 inches (460 mm) up the side walls. Overlap and tape fiill
length of joints.
2. Cover floor with 3/4-inch (19-mm) fire-retardant pljrwood.
3.4 PERFORMANCE
A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide
appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
B. When warranty may be affected by alterations to original installation of weather exposed
and moisture resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces, employ original installer to
perform cutting and patching.
C. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed
without prior approval.
D. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
E. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penettations through surfaces.
3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. General: Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill to complete
work.
1. Fit products together, to integrate with other work.
2. Uncover work to install ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work.
4. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.
5. Provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work.
B. Cutting:
1. Perform cutting, associated stmctural reinforcing, and patching in a manner to
prevent damage to other Work, and to provide proper surfaces for the installation of
new materials, equipment and repairs. Adjust and fit products to provide a neat
installation.
2. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed
without prior written approval.
C. Gypsum Board: At the Contractor's option, on existing walls and ceilings designated for
cutting and patching work, the Contractor may use any of the following methods, or
combination thereof, to match adjacent wall plane and finish, and as required to meet the
required fire ratings:
1. Patch gypsum board walls or ceilings with new gypsum board the same thickness as
existing surface.
2. Patch gypsum plaster walls or ceilings using gypsum plaster to match and align with
the adjacent surface thickness.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01732 -4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
3. Remove entire gypsum board or gypsum plaster surface plane and replace with new
gypsum board to the comer of the wall or ceiling plane.
D. At partitions and ceilings indicated as "existing to remain", provide modification of finishes
for new Work including, but not necessarily limited to, acoustical treatment, electrical,
plumbing, etc. See Drawings for extent of work.
1. At Contractor's option, where modifications are required, finishes may be cut and
patched, or removed and replaced on one or both sides.
E. Patching:
1. Patch surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. Finish to nearest intersection. For an
assembly, refinish entire unit.
2. Patch to achieve security; strength; weather protection, as applicable; efficiency,
operational life, maintenance, and safety of operational elements; and to preserve
continuity of existing fire ratings.
3. Patch surfaces to successfiilly duplicate undisturbed adjacent profiles, materials,
textures, finishes and colors. Use materials which match existing constmction.
4. Where there is dispute as to whether duplication is successful or has been achieved to
a reasonable degree, the Architect's decision will be final.
5. Fit work to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
3.6 FINISHING
A. Finish or refinish, as applicable, cut and patched surfaces to match adjacent finishes.
Replace materials which are damaged or abused and cannot be neatly repaired as a resuh of
cutting and patching operations.
B. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes:
1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break.
2. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
C. Painting: Paint over complete surface planes, unless otherwise indicated or directed. Over
patched wall and ceiling surfaces, paint to nearest cutoff line for entire surface, such as the
intersection with adjacent wall or ceiling, beam, or to nearest opening frame, unless
otherwise indicated or directed. Painted surfaces shall not appear spotty or touched-up.
END OF SECTION 01731
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01732 - 5
Blank Page
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. City of Carlsbad General Conditions; Article 9, Payments and Completion. Where conflicts
between the General Conditions and this Section occur, provisions of the General
Conditions shall take precedence.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Final inspection procedures and reinspection procedures.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01290 - Applications and Certificates for Payment: Administrative procedures for
submitting request for final payment following completion of closeout procedures.
B. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Administrative procedures for submitting final
documentation for the Work.
C. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Progress cleaning requirements.
1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. In the Application for Payment that coincides with the date Final Completion is claimed,
show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed substantially complete.
B. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final
certifications and similar documents.
C. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, property survey, and similar record
information.
D. Submit copies of all LEED certification documents and LEED Templates prepared by the
Contractor or Subconttactors.
E. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instmction of the Owner's personnel. Remove
temporary facilities from the site, along with constmction tools, mock-ups, and similar
elements.
F. Complete final clean up. Touch-up, repair, and restore marred exposed finishes.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.5 INSPECTION PROCEDURES
A. On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will proceed or advise the Contractor of
unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Final Completion
following inspection, or advise the Contractor of constmction that must be completed or
corrected before the certificate will be issued.
B. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been
substantially completed.
C. Results ofthe completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance.
1.6 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Owner will notify Architect 30 days prior to anticipated final completion to schedule
inspection.
B. Before requesting inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment,
complete the following:
1. Submit final payment request with releases.
2. Submit a final statement, accounting for changes to the Contract Sum.
3. Submit a copy of the final inspection list stating that each item has been completed or
otherwise resolved for acceptance.
4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a record of stored fiiel, and similar data as of
Final Completion.
5. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
6. Submit evidence of continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
1.7 REINSPECTION PROCEDURE
A. The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work has been
completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances
acceptable to the Owner.
B. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance,
or advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been
fiilfilled but are required for final acceptance.
C. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
1.8 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. Do not use Record Documents for constmction purposes; protect from loss in a secure
location; provide access to Record Documents for the Architect's reference.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of
Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark-up these drawings to show the actual
installation. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions accurately.
Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and
record at a later date.
C. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets,
and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover.
D. Record Specifications: Maintain one copy ofthe Project Manual, including agenda. Mark
to show variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the Specifications and
modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar
information on elements that are concealed or cannot be readily discemed later by direct
observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
E. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's
records.
F. Delete Architect/Engineer title block and seal from all documents.
G. Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.
Documents will be forwarded to Owner for approval.
1.9 FINAL CLEANING
A. Employ experienced workers for final cleaning. Clean each surface to the condition
expected in a commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
B. Perform cleaning prior to requesting inspection for certification of Final Completion.
C. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
D. Clean transparent materials. Remove glazing compound. Replace chipped or broken glass.
E. Clean exposed hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films and
similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition.
Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces.
F. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication. Clean
plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
G. Notwithstanding other cleaning requirements, use only nontoxic cleaners for final
constiuction cleaning. Coordinate with Architect and LEED consultant for a list of
appropriate cleaners.
H. Clean the site of mbbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas; remove
stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to
a smooth even-textured surface.
I. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
J. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning.
Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner.
K. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01770
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or stmcture.
B. Demolition and reuse of selected exterior elements.
C. Demolition and reuse of selected interior finish materials.
D. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01100 - Summary of Work: For use of the premises and phasing requirements.
B. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Conttols: For temporary constmction and
environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations.
C. Section 01732 - Cutting and Patching: For cutting and patching procedures for selective
demolition operations.
D. Section 01524 - Constmction Waste Management: Recycling, recovery and diversion
requirements for demolished building materials.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing constmction and legally dispose of them off-site,
unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Existing to Remain: Existing items of constmction that are not to be removed and that are
not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.5 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise
indicated to remain City's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's
property and shall be removed from Project site.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-1
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch H- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B.
C.
1.7
A.
B.
1.
2.
Documentation for Credit MR 1.2: Maintain existing interior nonstmctural
components (walls, flooring, and ceilings) not indicated to be demolished; do not
demolish such existing constmction beyond indicated limits.
Waste Diversion Reports and Data: For waste materials, indicating achievement of
minimum 50 percent waste diversion goal.
Provide detailed information, for review prior to demolition commencement, on methods
and sequencing for accomplishing this Work.
1. Information may be in the form of drawings, print mark-overs or field markings, and
walk-throughs with Architect and City as required to adequately describe the Work to
be done and procedures to be followed.
Proposed Dust-Control and Noise-Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that
indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for
their operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be
inadequate.
D. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and
ending dates for each activity. Ensure City's on-site operations are unintermpted.
Cole vacate/dove vacate for demo
Intermption of utility services.
Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
Use of elevator and stairs.
Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress, including for other tenants
affected by selective demolition operations.
6. Coordination of City's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of
City's partial occupancy of completed Work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition
work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with goveming EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
D. Diversion Goals: A minimum of 50%) of total project waste shall be diverted from landfill.
E. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and
procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspect and discuss condition of constmction to be selectively demolished.
2. Review stmctural load limitations of existing stmcture.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of
materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress
and avoid delays.
4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates
exposed by selective demolition operations.
1.8 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities.
1. Do not close or obstmct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities
without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
B. City assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by
City as far as practical.
C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.
D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
E. Exercise special care to protect the building finishes and other items to remain.
1. Damage or disturbance to these items shall be promptly restored, repaired, or
replaced to match existing at no cost to the City.
F. If the Contractor has any questions as to the extent of items to remain, he shall notify the
Architect and request a clarification before proceeding.
G. Provide bracing and support as required to maintain integrity and security of portion of
existing stmctures to remain.
H. Provide dirt and dust barriers, debris containers, removal routes and disposal to protect
areas to remain. Provide cleanup services to maintain cleanliness of these spaces from dirt
caused by demolition work.
I. Traffic:
1. Conduct demolition operations and the removal of debris to ensure minimum
interference with streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
2. Do not close or obstmct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without
permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
J. Where existing unidentified utilities, stmctures or services are discovered, or other
unsatisfactory conditions are uncovered, submit information to the Architect in writing for
resolution prior to proceeding.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOUTION
024119-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -(- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.9 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. Hazardous materials are anticipated to be present in building to be selectively demolished.
If encountered proceed as follows:
1. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous
materials. Contact City for directions on how to proceed with constmction in areas
where such materials are found.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SALVAGE MATERIALS
A. General: All usable removed materials remain the property of the City. Tum over all
usable items at a location designated by the City. City's Representative will be the judge of
the disposition of all removed items.
B. Items to be Reused: Carefully remove, store, and protect the following items for later re-
installation by the appropriate trade.
1. Granite floor tile.
2. Wood tables and chairs.
2.2 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fiillest extent possible.
2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing
materials.
B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification
Sections.
2.3 DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Removed items become the property of the Contractor for disposal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas affected by Work of this Section and verify that required protection is in
place.
B. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be
removed and salvaged.
E. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or stmctural elements that conflict with intended
fiinction or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of
conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect for evaluation and directions before
proceeding with constmction.
F. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether
removing any element might result in stmctural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any
portion of stmcture or adjacent stmctures during selective demolition operations.
I. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective
demolition activities.
G. Where existing conditions conflict with representations of the Contract Documents or
existing materials are confirmed to be asbestos-bearing, notify the City's Representative in
writing and obtain written clarification or direction prior to proceeding.
H. Do not commence demolition Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide protection as necessary and in accordance with applicable regulations, and insure
that protection is properly in place prior to Work commencement:
1. For workmen, public. City's employees, and other contractors.
2. For existing finishes, stmctures, equipment, utilities, systems, and improvements to
remain.
3. To prevent damage or injury due to dust or dirt; see Section 01500.
B. Lay out cutting work at jobsite and coordinate with related work for which cutting is
required. Review proposed layout with Architect prior to performing cutting operations.
C. Verify existing utility services to remain in operation during course of Work, cooperate
with City in scheduling Work so there will be a minimum of interference. Prearrange utility
shutdown or temporary intermption with City prior to Work commencement.
D. Notify utility companies having service connections within building such as water,
electricity, gas, sewer and other connections.
E. Contact municipal and regulatory agencies affected by and interested in the Work, including
but not limited to Public Works, Fire, and Building Inspection. Secure necessary
information and permits required, and make detailed arrangements for smooth, safe
prosecution of the Work.
F. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1. Do not close or obstmct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from City and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
altemate routes around closed or obstmcted traffic ways if required by goveming
regulations.
2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered
passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction.
G. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to
prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area
and to and from occupied portions of building.
2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition
of existing constmction on exterior surfaces and new constmction, to prevent water
leakage and damage to stmcture and interior areas.
3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that
are exposed during selective demolition operations.
4. Cover and protect fiimiture, fiimishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
H. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building
and constmction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other
constmction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure
for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide
insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material
drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
I. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to
limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fiimes and noise.
J. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or
stmctural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of
constmction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of
constmction being demolished.
1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective
demolition.
3.3 UTILITY SERVICES
A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage
during selective demolition operations.
B. Do not intermpt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized
in writing by City and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during
intermptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to City and to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to City if shutdown of service is required during
changeover.
C. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities
serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1. City will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
3. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before
proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of
selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building.
4. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and
seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS
A. Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit
spread of dust and dirt. Comply with goveming environmental-protection regulations.
1. Do not use water when it may damage existing constmction or create hazardous or
objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, fiingal growth and pollution.
2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of
demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas.
B. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.
1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that
will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
C. Cleaning: Clean adjacent stmctures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
selective demolition operations. Retum adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began.
3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. General: Demolish and remove existing constmction only to the extent required by new
constmction and as indicated.
B. Remove designated interior stmctures, parts, and finishes at beginning of work to minimize
hazardous working conditions and to provide comparatively clean surfaces for installation
of new work.
C. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of goveming regulations and
as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level.
Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing
supporting members on the next lower level.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and tme to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage constmction to remain or adjoining
constmction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding,
not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings to remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid
marring existing finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of
hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and
portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials
and promptly dispose of off-site.
7. Remove stmctural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to
avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
10. Retum elements of constmction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing
before selective demolition operations began.
D. Existing Facilities: Comply with City's requirements for using and protecting elevators,
stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during
selective demolition operations.
3.6 REMOVALS
A. Where required by the Drawings or specified, and when so directed to be salvaged and
reinstalled, remove existing materials and fixtures, equipment, etc. in the most careful
manner possible to avoid damage; and, if damaged, restore such items to conditions
satisfactory to the Architect.
B. Materials to be removed and not reinstalled shall become the property of the Contractor
who shall be responsible for their timely removal from the Project site and their legal
disposal.
I. Recycle removed materials to greatest extent possible. Provide manifests showing
extent and content of recycled material diverted or recovered from the waste stream,
including total weight of each. See Section 01524.
C. Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to City.
4. Transport items to City's storage area designated by City.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect constmction indicated to remain against damage and
soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to
a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled
in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
E. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and
remove.
F. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to
recommendations in RFCI-Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor
Coverings.
1. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of
the methods recommended by RFCI.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
G. Stone Floor Tiles: Remove individual tiles without breakage. Salvage and store for reuse
where indicated on Drawings.
3.7 PATCHING AND REPAIRS
A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent constmction caused by selective demolition
operations.
B. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable
for new materials.
1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain
with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's
written recommendations.
C. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
constmction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
D. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.
1. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and
comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
Specifications.
2. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint
coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing
patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
3. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate
integrity of installation.
E. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
F. Where repair scope is more than incidental, repairs shall comply with current codes.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
B. Provide cleaning during demolition as necessary and to the acceptance of the Architect.
C. Leave all portions of demolition area in a level, safe, and sanitary condition acceptable to
public authorities and Architect.
3.9 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to
accumulate on-site.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Buming: Do not bum demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off City's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 024119
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted.
B. Fabricated steel items including the following:
1. Rough hardware.
2. Miscellaneous framing, supports and trim.
3. Shelf and ledger angles.
4. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete not specified in other Sections.
C. Products fiimished, but not installed, under this Section include the following:
1. Loose steel lintels.
2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into
concrete or built into unit masonry.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, including those referenced in ANSI
A250.8, are minimums as defined in referenced ASTM standards for both uncoated steel
sheet and the uncoated base metal of metallic-coated steel sheets. Metal thicknesses
indicated below correspond to former gage thicknesses:
1. 20 Gage: 0.032-inch-(0.8-mm-).
18 Gage: 0.042-inch-(1.0-mm-). 2.
3.
4.
5.
16 Gage: 0.053-inch-(1.3-mm-)
14 Gage: 0.067-inch-(1.7-mm-)
12 Gage: 0.093-inch- (2.3-mm-)
1.4 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING
A. Ensure timely fabrication of items to be embedded or enclosed by other work.
B. Fumish information and assistance required for locating embedded items and be
responsible for proper locations.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show a large scale constmction of various parts, methods of joining,
thickness of metals, profiles of surfaces, reinforcing, anchorage, and stmctural supports.
Include information regarding concealed and exposed joints, welds, and fastenings. Where
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
welded connectors and concrete inserts are required to receive work, show size and
locations required.
B. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for field-applied touch up primers, paints, clear coatings, and
galvanizing agents, include printed statement of VOC content and chemical
components.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. ICC-ES Reports: Submit ICC-ES reports for expansion bolts, demonstrating acceptability
of expansion bolts to authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS Dl.l, "Stmcttiral Welding Code-Steel."
2. AWS DI.3, "Stmcttiral Welding Code-Sheet Steel."
B. Design Criteria:
1. Work shall be designed to support normally imposed loads and conform to AISC
requirements.
2. Built-up parts shall not exhibit warp.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken
and labels intact until time of use.
B. Discharge materials carefully and store on clean concrete surface or raised platform in safe,
dry area.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content
such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than 25 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. VOC Content: Adhesives, sealants, paints, welding, and coatings applied on-site on the
interior of the building and products used on the interior of the building shall comply with
VOC limits as specified.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Materials:
1. Stmctural Steel Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M, conforming to AISC specifications.
2. Architecttiral and Miscellaneous Steel Items: ASTM A283/A283M.
3. Steel Sheets: ASTM A36/A36M.
4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade A, Schedule 40.
5. Steel Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
6. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500, Grade A.
7. Steel Plate: ASTM A36/A36M.
8. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with minimum G90 (Z275) coating unless
noted otherwise.
2.3 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete
constmction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing
area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required.
2.4 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS
A. Fabricate loose stmctural steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for
opening and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.
B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated.
C. Size loose lintels for equal bearing of 1-inch per foot of clear span but not less than 8-
inches (203 mm) bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise indicated.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING, SUPPORTS AND TRIM
A. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports for applications
indicated which are not a part of stmctural steel framework, as required to complete work.
1. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive
adjacent other constmction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from
stmctural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded constmction using mitered
joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and
similar items.
2. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into
masonry. Fumish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed.
a. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24-inches (61 cm) oc and
provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1-1/4" wide x 1/4" x
8" long (31.8 mm x 6.4 mm x 203 mm).
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -H Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Provide shapes and sizes indicated for profiles shown. Unless
otherwise indicated, fabricate units from stmctural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars, with
continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices
wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required for coordination
for assembly and installation with other work.
2.6 SHELF AND LEDGER ANGLES
A. Fabricate shelf and ledger angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to
concrete framing. Provide slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) bolts, spaced not
more than 6-inches (152 mm) from ends and not more than 24-inches (0.61 m) oc, unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Fumish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, for attachment of shelf
angles to cast-in-place concrete.
2.7 METAL BOLLARDS
A. Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe, concrete filled.
I. Size: 6-inch diameter by 48-inch above finished grade.
B. Galvanize metal bollards after fabrication.
2.8 SPECIALTY FABRICATED PRODUCTS
A. Preparation:
1. Coordinate with other work supporting or adjoining miscellaneous metal and verify
requirements for cutting out, fitting, and attaching.
2. Verify sizes, designs, and locations of items; do so at site whenever constmction
progress permits.
B. General Requirements:
1. Fabricate items from materials noted and make tme to profiles shown. Obtain the
Architect's approval of proposed variations.
2. Miter comers and angles of frames and moldings unless otherwise noted.
3. Perform cutting, shearing, drilling, punching, threading, tapping as required for items
or their adjacent work.
4. Drill or punch holes; do not use cutting torch.
5. Ensure shearing and punching leaves tme lines and surfaces.
6. Items to be Galvanized: Fabricate in accordance with recommended practices of
ASTM A385/A385M and A123/A123M unless specifically noted otherwise.
7. Fabricate exterior items for assembly and installation on site without field welding of
joint.
8. Ensure metal thickness and assembly details provide ample strength and stiffness.
9. Size sleeves for approximately 1/4-inch clearance all around.
C. Fastening:
1. Provide fasteners and anchor assemblies required for complete fabrication, field
assembly, and erection.
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2. Conceal fastenings wherever practicable.
3. Size intemally threaded diameters to accommodate galvanized threaded bolts where
galvanizing is required.
4. Permanent connections in Ferrous Metal Items: Employ welding wherever
practicable; avoid bolts and screws.
D. Welding:
1. Use electric shielded-arc process according to AWS Dl.l.
2. Maintain shape and profile of item welded.
3. Prevent heat blisters, mn-throughs, and surface distortions.
4. Welds Normally Exposed to View in Finished Work: Make uniform and grind
smooth.
5. Exposed Welds: Remove burrs, flux, welding oxide, air spots and discoloration;
grind smooth, polish, or otherwise finish to match material welded.
E. Bolted and Screwed Connections:
1. Use bolts for field connections only, and then only as noted. Countersink heads;
finish smooth and flush.
2. Provide washers under heads and nuts bearing on wood.
3. Draw nuts tight and prevent loosening of permanent connections by nicking threads.
4. Use beveled washers where bearing is on sloped surfaces.
5. Where necessary to use screws for permanent connections in ferrous metal, use flat
head type, countersink, fill screw slots, and finish smooth and flush.
6. Evenly space exposed heads.
2.9 PRIMER FINISHES
A. Preparations of Surfaces:
1. Thoroughly clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces of mill scale, mst, dirt,
grease, oil, and other foreign matter from ferrous metal prior to galvanizing, hot
phosphate treatment or painting.
a. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC
recommendations.
2. Where hand-cleaning methods are not adequate, and unless specified otherwise,
clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, SSPC-SP 2, or SSPC-SP 7 as required.
3. Completely eliminate burrs, rough spots and pitting from normally exposed ferrous
metal items.
4. AESS Surface Preparation: Blast-clean ungalvanized steel surfaces as recommended
by coating manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP 6 minimum in preparation for
galvanizing.
B. Galvanizing:
1. Galvanize items after fabrication in largest sections practicable unless otherwise
permitted or recommended by ASTM A384/A384M and A385/A385M.
2. Where galvanizing is removed by welding or other assembly procedures, touch up
abraded areas with molten zinc or zinc-rich paint.
3. Where ferrous metal item is noted to be galvanized, perform galvanizing in
accordance with following standards as applicable to item, using a minimum of 2.0
ounces per square foot:
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
a. Hardware Items Including Fasteners: ASTM A153/A153M.
b. Items Both under 1/8-inch Thickness and Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and
Forged Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strips: ASTM A123/A123M.
c. Other Fabricated Items: ASTM AI23/A123M.
C. Finish Schedule: Unless noted otherwise in Materials or Standard Catalog Products
Articles.
1. Ferrous Metal, Interior Items:
a. Concealed: Clean, chemically etch, and shop-apply one prime-coat.
b. Exposed and AESS: Clean, treat with hot phosphate, chemically etch, and
shop-apply one prime-coat.
2. Ferrous Metal, Exterior Items:
a. Concealed: Clean and hot-dip galvanize in accordance with galvanizing
standards.
b. Exposed and AESS: Clean, then hot-dip galvanize in accordance with
galvanizing standards, chemically etch, and shop- apply one prime-coat.
3. Special Ferrous Metal Items as Noted Below: Clean and hot-dip galvanize in
accordance with galvanizing standards. Do not prime coat.
4. Items Noted as Chrome-Plated: Same as US26D finish.
5. Hardware Including Fasteners (Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Etc.):
a. Finish to match items fastened.
b. Where galvanizing is required, hot-dip galvanize according to ASTM
A153/A153M.
2.10 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide Type 304 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated
fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into
exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade and class required.
B. Typical Unfinished Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Low carbon steel standard fasteners,
extemally and intemally threaded, ASTM A307 Grade A; malleable washers.
C. Expansion Bolts: FS FF-S-325, Group II, Type 4.
D. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four
times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to
ASTM E488/E488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
E. Washers: ANSI B18.22.1; flat round washers.
F. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36.
G. Grout: Non-shrink, non-metallic grout, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
H. Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 for normal-weight, air-
entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi,
unless otherwise indicated.
I. Primer: Zinc-chromate type.
J. Zinc for Galvanizing: ASTM B6.
K. Welding Electrodes: E-70XX.
2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test and Inspections: The Owner will engage a testing laboratory to inspect welds per
CBC Chapter 17.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine areas to receive work and verify that setting conditions and dimensions are correct
to receive items.
B. Do not start installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install work plumb, tme, rigid, and neatly trimmed out.
B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation;
with edges and surfaces level, plumb, tme, and free of rack; and measured from established
lines and levels.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that
are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size
limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
D. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so
no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of
adjacent surface.
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Fastening to In-Place Constmction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal
fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place constmction. Provide threaded fasteners
for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood
screws, and other connectors.
F. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar constmction.
G. Do not tighten fastener through finish alone without spacer washers.
H. Provide concrete inserts or predrilled expansion bolts in fastening items into concrete.
I. Protect dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with other materials causing
corrosion.
J. Fasten work tightly to prevent rattle or vibration except where expansion-contraction
tolerances are required.
K. Use non-shrink grout mixed in accordance with manufacturer's direction for setting frames,
plates, sills, bolts and similar items.
L. Set items shown or required to be installed in sleeves with quick setting anchor cement
unless otherwise noted.
M. Protect metal from damage to surface, profile and shape.
3.3 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS
A. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align bollards in holes 3
inches (75 mm) above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for
consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured.
B. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water.
C. Backfill: The backfill in the aimular space around bollards not embedded in poured
footings shall be by the following methods:
1. Clean excess soil from hole. Do not leave loose soil at bottom of hole.
2. Backfill: Concrete with an ultimate strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch
(210.92 kgs/sq cm) at 28 days. The hole shall not be less than 4-inches (101.6 mm)
larger than the diagonal dimension of a round, square or rectangular bollard.
3.4 SETTING LOOSE PLATES
A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond-reducing materials, and roughen
to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates.
B. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the
bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts.
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protmding, cut off flush with the edge of the
bearing plate before packing with grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces
and plates to ensure that no voids remain.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Touch-Up Painting of Steel Items: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
connections, abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as
used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touch-up of field
painted surfaces.
1. Apply by bmsh or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils (0.076
mm).
3.6 CLEANING
A. For galvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/A780M.
B. Remove protective devices only when items will be safe from other constmction operations
or removal is required to permit related work.
C. Clean prime-coated items as required for finish painting.
D. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 055000
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 057300 - DECORATFVE METAL RAILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
1.3
Welded steel omamental modifications to guardrails between the mezzanine and the
marketplace.
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 062000 - Finish Carpentry: Wood handrails.
1.4 COORDINATION
1.5
1.6
Coordinate installation of anchorages for guardrails. Fumish setting drawings, templates,
and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts,
and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver
such items to Project site in time for installation.
1. If practical, provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site.
SCHEDULING
Schedule installation so guardrails are mounted only on completed constmction. Do not
support temporarily by any means that do not satisfy stmctural performance requirements.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include stmctural
analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for
their preparation.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required.
1. Provide for each type of exposed fmish required, prepared on 6-inch long section of
railing component fabricated from metal indicated for the Work.
2. Fittings and brackets.
3. Welded and smooth-grounded connections.
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for field-applied touch up primers, paints, clear coatings, and
galvanizing agents, include printed statement of VOC content and chemical
components.
E. Stmctural Analysis: Provide calculations demonstrating compliance of pre-engineered
handrail and infill system with ADA and CBC, including stmctural analysis data signed and
sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: Indicating guardrails comply with ASTM E985, based on
comprehensive testing of current products.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of omamental metal specified in this
Section by the same firm that fabricated it.
B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing omamental metal similar to that
indicated for this Project and with a record of successfiil in-service performance, as well as
sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of guardrails that are similar to those indicated for this Project in
material, design, and extent.
D. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements
for system's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are
indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and
assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining constmction.
Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more
methods including stmctural analysis, preconstmction testing, field testing, and in-service
performance.
E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of guardrail through one source from a single
manufacturer.
F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS Dl.l, "Stmctural Welding Code-Steel."
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
G. All connection fittings must be bolted, clamped or screwed. Guardrail welds must be
completely seamless and invisible.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver handrails, guardrails, and railing systems and related components in protective
packaging.
B. Store components in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place to avoid damage from
moisture, abrasion and other constmction activities.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify guardrail dimensions by field measurements before fabrication
and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with
constmction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without
delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating railings
without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous constmction to
ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERLVL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content
such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than 25 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Adhesives, sealants, paints, welding, and coatings applied on-site on the
interior of the building and products used on the interior of the building shall comply with
VOC limits.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: In engineering railings to withstand stmctural loads indicated, determine
allowable design working stresses of railing materials based on the following:
1. Stainless Steel: 60 percent of minimum yield strength.
2. Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength.
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Stmctural Performance: Provide handrails and guards complying with CBC 1607.7 that are
capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads at any point without damage or
permanent set for railing assemblies, wall rails, and attachments, and the following loads
and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
I. Handrails:
a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.
b. Concenttated load of 200 Ibf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction.
c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature
changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints,
overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.
1. Temperattire Change: 120 degF (67 degC), ambient; 180 degF (100 degC),
material surfaces.
D. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating
metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
2.3 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks,
roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes.
B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Same metal and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Steel and fron: Provide steel and iron in form indicated to comply with the following
requirements:
1. Tubing: Cold formed, ASTM A500/A500M.
2. Steel Plate, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
2.4 POSTS AND RAILINGS
A. Railings: Primed steel bar stock.
1. Dimensions: Match existing.
2. Finish: Primed for paint finish.
B. Posts: Primed steel bar stock.
1. Dimensions: Match existing.
2. Finish: Primed for paint finish.
C. Wood Handrails: See Section 062000.
D. Wall Supports: Match existing.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. Fasteners: Use fasteners of same basic metal as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated.
Do not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined.
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Constmction: Select fasteners of type, grade,
and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of
constmction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions,
member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to
support stmctural loads.
1. Fabricate with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes
including pitting, mst, scale, seam marks, and roughness.
2. Remove blemishes by filling or grinding or by welding and grinding, before cleaning,
treating, and shop priming.
3. Fabricate to assure abutting cross sectional configurations match.
4. Treat all surfaces and welds exposed to view as finished surfaces.
B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and
assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations.
Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that
maintain stmctural value of joined pieces.
C. Form work tme to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.
D. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar
items.
E. Mechanical Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and
fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints.
1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy stmctural adhesive if this
is manufacturer's standard splicing method.
F. Form changes in direction as follows:
1. As detailed.
G. Exposed Welds:
1. Make exposed welds smooth to uniform contour, radius and dimension matching
existing railings. Grind welds smooth if not made to meet these criteria.
2. Mill or grind all other exposed welds smooth and flush with surfaces of the adjoining
materials welded.
3. Dress exposed welds.
4. Weld show-throughs on exposed steel surfaces are not permitted.
5. Remove backing bars or mnoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.
6. Remove weld splatter.
7. Design welds for flush, smooth finish.
a. Minor imperfections will be allowed only where practical to hide during
primer application (epoxy filler).
b. Grind out defects which would be visible in the finished work, fill with
welding material, and grind flush prior to finishing.
c. Grind welds smooth where indicated. Make welds neat, complete and free of
voids, flush finish, not ground.
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
H. Make all exposed comers square and sharp, eased to match existing railings.
I. Provide retums at ends of handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of retums,
unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less.
J. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous
fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work, unless otherwise
indicated.
2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipment.
C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
minimum requirements indicated by SSPC SP2 surface-preparation specifications and
environmental exposure conditions of installed omamental metal:
1. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is
required.
D. Factory-Primed Finish: Apply lead-free "universal" primer selected for compatibility with
substrate and field-applied finish paint immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, to
provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm) per applied coat, to surfaces that
will be exposed after assembly and installation, and to concealed, non-galvanized surfaces.
E. Prime paint items with 1 coat.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.
B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately
in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of
rack.
1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or
finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or
other means without further cutting or fitting.
2. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from
parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in
12 feet (5 mm in 3 m).
C. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
D. Fastening to In-Place Constmction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary
for securing railings and for properly ttansferring loads to in-place constmction.
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.2 RAILING CONNECTIONS
A. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing
components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article
whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field.
B. Field Welding: Comply with applicable AWS specification for procedures of manual
shielded metal arc welding, for appearance and quality of welds, and for methods used in
correcting welding work whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field.
1. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded
because of shipping size limitations.
2. Grind exposed welded joints smooth and restore finish to match finish of adjacent
surfaces.
3.3 ATTACHING HANDRAILS
A. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support stmctural
loads.
B. Secure wood handrails to metal guard railing as detailed on Drawings.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
B. Clean wood rails by wiping with a damp cloth and then wiping dry.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during consttnction period with temporary
protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at
time of Substantial Completion.
B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and constmction period so no evidence
remains of correction work. Retum items that cannot be refinished in field to shop; make
required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units.
END OF SECTION 057300
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057300-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 060121 - FINISH CARPENTRY RESTORATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cleaning and refinishing of existing woodwork in the marketplace and entry areas including
wood wall paneling and trim.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 062000 - Finish Carpentry.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the following:
1. Chemical stripper.
2. Epoxy consolidants and filler.
3. Wood fill and putty materials.
4. Waterproof glue.
5. Wood preservative.
1.5 MOCK-UPS
A. Perform sample restoration work of the following general processes on existing materials in an
area directed by the Architect, of sufficient scope to demonstrate the effectiveness of proposed
materials and techniques.
1. Demonstrate each process to remove existing finishes.
2. Demonstrate each process of patching, plugging, and cut-ins.
3. Demonstrate each process of refinishing.
B. Prior to commencement of fabrication of new, replacement wood components and shapes,
prepare and obtain approval of representative samples including, but not limited to the
following:
1. New profiles.
2. Typical trim j oinery.
C. Obtain written approval from Architect for all representative visual qualities before proceeding
with work.
1. Make modifications to methods and techniques used as required to achieve intended
results.
FINISH CARPENTRY RESTORATION
060121-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Wood for Repair of Existing Wood Components: See Section 062000.
B. Lumber: Water-repellent preservative treated after machining in accordance with NWWDA,
I.S.4.
C. Chemical Stripper: Prosoco, "Enviro Stripper No. 3 or No. 4"; 3M, "Safest Stripper", or
approved equal.
D. Epoxies, Consolidants and Adhesives: As manufactured by Sika Corp.; Abatron, Inc., or
approved equal.
E. Wood Fill: As manufactured by Abatron, Inc., "Woodepox #1", or approved equal.
F. Putty: Linseed oil type, complying with FS TT-P-791, tinted to match surface finish color.
G. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Fabricated from nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot-dip zinc
coated steel complying with the requirements of ASTM B633 for SC 3 (severe) service
condition.
H. Fasteners: Comply with NWWDA I.S.2 for fabrication and with manufacturer's
recommendations and standard industry practices for type and size of installation fasteners.
I. Use zinc-coated or nonferrous nails and screws for window fabrication and installation.
2.2 REPAIR OF WOOD COMPONENTS
A. Make repairs to match existing components. Where transparent finishes are scheduled to be
applied, use wood of the same species, grade, cut, color tone and grain pattem.
B. Use the same carpentry methods exhibited in the existing work to make repairs.
C. Use only non-ferrous fasteners and separate dissimilar metals using approved methods.
D. Make wood patches in boat or diamond shape so as to minimize those joint surfaces at ninety
degrees to the members' grain direction.
2.3 FABRICATION OF NEW COMPONENTS
A. Fabricate work to designs, dimensions and details shown on the Drawings and approved shop
drawings. Replicate existing profiles except where specifically indicated.
B. Machine new and replacement woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details to match existing.
C. Use solid stock material that is well matched for color and grain to existing components to
remain.
FINISH CARPENTRY RESTORATION
060121-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -t- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Treat millwork exposed to weather or in contact with dissimilar materials with wood
preservative.
2.4 FINISHING
A. Use applications and techniques best suited to match the desired finish.
B. Blotchy, uneven stain application, orange peel, mns, drips and any otherwise defective finish
will be deemed unacceptable.
2.5 SHOP-FINISHING
A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for shop-finishing. Complete patching and
repairs, before finishing.
1. Finish in shop.
2. Finish all exposed surfaces.
B. Transparent Finish:
1. Grade: Custom.
2. AWS Finish System 3: Score 124-T, lacquer pre-catalyzed.
3. Staining: Match approved sample for color.
4. Sheen: Satin, 31 -45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D523.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 STRIPPING WOOD
A. Use only environmentally friendly, neutral and solvent based strippers; alkaline based products
are not acceptable.
B. Apply chemical stripper in accordance with manufacttirer's instmctions for each wood species
and type of coating.
C. Test surfaces with the process and results recorded to provide the least intmsive and damaging
methods for stripping trellis components.
1. Obtain Architect's written approval for the selected method before proceeding.
D. Completely remove existing finish using multiple applications of approved stripper. Use hand
scrapers for this purpose without gouging, splintering or otherwise damaging sound wood.
E. Thoroughly remove stripping residuals, including wax.
F. Test stripped surfaces for evidence of acids and alkali. Neutralize surfaces found not to be pH
neutral and retest.
G. Sand surfaces by hand with steel wool and 250 grit sandpaper to remove all signs or raised grain.
Seal exposed surfaces with an approved sanding sealer.
FINISH CARPENTRY RESTORATION
060121-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
H. Power Sanding:
1. Use of power sanders of any kind during stripping and prep of existing materials is
limited to vibrating finish sanders on flat surfaces.
2. Power sanders of all types, including vibrator, orbital and belt is forbidden on all wood
work with rounded, raised or other decorative profiles easily damaged by power sanders.
I. Prime thoroughly dried wood surfaces, fill in all bolt or nail holes and cracks. After primer has
dried, sand between coats.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. See Section 062000 for installation of new wood trims.
3.3 WOOD RESTORATION
A. Replace missing components as required.
B. Fill in miscellaneous holes, cracks and gouges in sash with epoxy wood filler.
C. Sand surface to be filled to clean, bare wood.
D. Bmsh apply epoxy consolidant to wood.
E. Mix epoxy filler according to manufacturer's instmctions.
F. Apply epoxy filler when consolidant is tacky but not hard.
G. Fill flush with surface of wood, matching profile of original wood. Sand to smooth surface after
filler is completely hard.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with provisions of
Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 060121
FINISH CARPENTRY RESTORATION
060121-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers.
B. Wood furring and grounds.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 060121 - Finish Carpentry Restoration: Cleaning and refinishing of existing
woodwork, including banding along mezzanine edges and in the Community Room.
B. Section 062000 -Finish Carpentry: Nonstmctural carpentry items exposed to view and not
specified in another Section.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2-inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater but less than 5-
inches nominal (114 mm actual) in least dimension.
B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the
following:
1. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority.
2. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
3. WWPA: Westem Wood Products Association.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component
materials and dimensions and include constmction and application details.
1. For products receiving a waterbome treatment, include statement that moisture
content of tteated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to
Project site.
2. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of
treatment.
B. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2. Certificates for Chain-of-custody certificates certifying that products specified to be
made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include
evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification
body.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
4. Product Data the following:
a. For each composite-wood product used, documentation indicating that the
bonding agent contains no urea formaldehyde.
b. For each adhesive used, documentation indicating that the adhesive contains
no urea formaldehyde.
C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in
effect for Project:
1. Power-driven fasteners.
2. Powder-actuated fasteners.
3. Expansion anchors.
4. Metal framing anchors.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody
by an FSC-accredited certification body.
B. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
1. Dimension lumber framing.
2. Miscellaneous lumber.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for
air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
B. Deliver interior wood materials that are to be exposed to view only after building is
enclosed and weatherproof, wet work other than painting is dry, and HVAC system is
operating and maintaining temperature and humidity at occupancy levels.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius ofthe project site.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
C. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by material manufacturer for products and
substrate conditions indicated.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Use only composite wood and agrifiber products free of
added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of
other constmction, including the following:
1. Blocking.
2. Nailers.
3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
4. Cants.
5. Furring.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Constmction or No. 2 grade lumber with 19
percent maximum moisture content of any species.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for
moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum
dressed sizes for dry lumber.
3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
C. For exposed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of
the following species and grades:
1. Hem-fir or hem-fir (north), Constmction or No. 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB,
or WWPA.
D. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and the
following species and grades:
1. Westem woods. Standard or No. 3 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA.
E. For blocking not used for attachment of other constmction Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade
lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects
that will interfere with its attachment and purpose.
F. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other constmction, select and cut lumber to
eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.
G. For fiirring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots
capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-3
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
2.3 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS
A. Telecommunications and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: AWPA Standard C27 for
Type A use and Standard DB-90 free from defects, fire-retardant treated and bearing the
Underwriters Laboratories label, or stamp, attesting to the FRS rating, in size indicated or, if
not indicated, not less than 8' by 4' by 3/4-inch nominal.
1. Provide kiln-dried plywood with maximum moisture content of 15 percent or less.
2. Underwriters Laboratories FRS Rating:
a. Surface-Buming Characteristics: ASTM E84.
1) Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.
2) Smoke Developed: 25 or less.
3. The fire retardant chemicals used shall be halogen and sulfate free.
4. Provide plywood that meets the surface buming characteristics testing requirements
of NFPA 255.
5. Do not paint backing panels unless approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements
specified in this Article for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative
treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc
coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M.
B. Nails: ASTM F1667.
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NESNER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ASMEB18.6.1.
E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C954, except with wafer
heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being
fastened.
F. LagBolts: ASMEB18.2.1 (ASMEB18.2.3.8M).
G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM A153/A153M, Property
Class 4.6); with ASTM A563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.
H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor boh and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when
installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in
concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E488/E488M conducted by a qualified
independent testing and inspecting agency.
2.5 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A653/A653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation.
1. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Adhesives for Gluing Furring and Sleepers to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation
complying with ASTM D3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer.
1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according
to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, tme to line, cut, and fitted.
Fit carpentry to other constmction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Locate fiirring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with
requirements for attaching other constmction.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame
Constmction," unless otherwise indicated.
C. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written
instmctions.
D. Do not splice stmctural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials,
fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at comers and intersections
where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels.
Space clips not more than 16-inches (406 mm) oc.
F. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or
with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere
with fiinction of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints
or optimum joint arrangement.
G. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field tteatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated
lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
H. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Table 23-II-B-l, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Stmctural Panel
Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in CBC.
I. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not
fiilly penettate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting
wood; do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated.
3.2 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKESFG, AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to
shapes indicated and cut as required for tme line and level of attached work. Coordinate
locations with other work involved.
B. Attach items to substtates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with
surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber
not less than 1-1/2-inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground
to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required.
3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION
A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as
required for tolerance of finish work.
B. Furring to Receive Plywood or Hardboard Paneling: Install I-by-3-inch nominal- (19-by-
63-mm actual-) size furring horizontally at 24-inches (610 mm) 600 mm oc.
C. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board: Install I-by-2-inch nominal- (I9-by-38-mm actual-)
size fiirring vertically at 16-inches (406 mm) 400 mm oc.
3.4 PLYWOOD BACKBOARD INSTALLATION
A. Keep plywood dry at all times during transit, storage (on site) and installation. If plywood
does become wet, either replace plywood or dry plywood to maximum 15 percent moisture
content prior to installation.
B. Install plywood onto the walls using fasteners appropriate for the wall type (e.g., concrete
anchors for a concrete wall).
C. Install plywood such that the fire rated symbol/marking is clearly visible.
D. Install plywood onto the walls as shown on Drawings. If not noted, then install plywood
from 6 inches to 102 inches, AFF.
E. Install electrical and telecommunication outlets flush to the plywood backboard.
F. Paint plywood with a bright (white) low-gloss paint where permitted by authorities having
jurisdiction. Mask the plywood's fire rated symbol such that the symbol is still visible after
painting.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
END OF SECTION 061053
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
061053-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 062000 - FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Door trims.
B. Window trims.
C. Exterior and interior standing and mnning trim.
D. Interior wood bulkhead paneling.
E. Wood trim at wall caps.
F. Wood handrails at metal guardrail between the mezzanine and the Marketplace.
G. Slatwall system.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 057300 - Decorative Metal Railings: Metal guardrails for installation of wood
handrails.
B. Section 060121 - Finish Carpentry Restoration: Cleaning and refinishing of existing
woodwork, including banding along mezzanine edges and in the Community Room.
C. Section 061053 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking, furring, sleepers, cants,
nailers, and plywood backer boards; wood treatments.
D. Section 064100 - Architectural Woodwork: Casework and countertops.
E. Section 064216 - Wood Veneer Paneling: Wood paneling and wood base.
F. Section 081416 - Flush Wood Doors: Pre-hung wood doors.
G. Section 102813 - Commercial Toilet Accessories: Janitor closet shelf/mop holder units.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:
1. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association.
2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority.
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service.
4. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
5. WWPA - Westem Wood Products Association.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit data and samples for each type of finish required.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit for each item of architectural woodwork. Indicate dimensions,
details of constmction, method of connection to adjacent constmction, finishes, accessories,
and hardware.
C. Samples: Submit the following:
1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products with non-factory-applied
finish, with 1/2 of exposed surface finished, 50 sq. in. (300 sq. cm) for lumber and 8
by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm) for panels.
2. For each finish system and color of lumber and panel products with factory-applied
finish, 50 sq. in. (300 sq. cm) for lumber and 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm) for
panels.
3. Four samples of each cut and species of wood to be used, minimum size of 6" x 12".
4. Four additional samples of what will be used by painting trade for staining samples.
5. Wood Wall Caps and Handrails: Provide 12-inch long samples of wall wood
demonstrating profile and grain. Provide each sample of size large enough to
demonstrate 1/2 of exposed surface unfinished and remaining 1/2 finished, for each
type of wood and finish specified.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
2. Certificates for Chain-of-custody certificates certifying that products specified to be
made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include
evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification
body.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
4. Product Data for the following:
a. For each composite-wood product used, documentation indicating that the
bonding agent contains no urea formaldehyde.
b. For each adhesive used, documentation indicating that the adhesive contains
no urea formaldehyde.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: Wl-certified compliance certificates.
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate interior
carpentry items similar to that indicated for this Project and whose products have a record
of successful in-service performance.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody
by an FSC-accredited certification body.
C. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
D. AWS Quality Standard: Comply with the specified grade(s) of interior architectural
woodwork indicated for constmction, finishes, and installation, specified section(s), and
applicable requirements of the current edition of the "Architectural Woodwork Standards"
by AWI and WI.
1. Provide Wl-certified compliance labels and certificates indicating that
woodwork, including installation, complies with requirements of grades specified.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber,
plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.
Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings.
B. Deliver interior finish carpentry materials only when environmental conditions meet
requirements specified for installation areas. If interior finish carpentry materials must be
stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions meet
requirements specified for installation areas.
1.9 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry materials until
building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry,
and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at
occupancy levels during the remainder of the constmction period.
B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
B. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
C. Certified Wood: Use wood based products made from wood obtained from forests certified
by an FSC accredited certification body to comply with the Forest Stewardship Councils
"Principles and Criteria."
D. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by material manufacturer for products and
substrate conditions indicated.
1. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
E. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Use only composite wood and agrifiber products free of
added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" for lumber
and with applicable grading mles of inspection agencies.
B. Hardwood Plywood: ANSI/HPMA HP; graded in accordance with WI, veneer core
material; type of glue recommended for application, and containing no urea formaldehyde.
1. Formaldehyde Emission Levels: Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements
of HPMA FE for hardwood plywood.
C. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1, made with adhesive
containing no urea formaldehyde.
D. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin.
E. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard and
manufacturer's recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry.
2.3 EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
A. Lumber Trim for Semitransparent-Stained Applications: Kiln-dried lumber with surfaced
(smooth) face to match existing species and grade:
1. Clear redwood; RIS.
2. Clear Heart Grade A westem red cedar; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
3. Grade 1 Common, pressure-preservative-treated hem-fir; NLGA, WCLIB, or
WWPA.
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
B. Lumber Trim for Painted Applications: Kiln-dried, solid lumber with surfaced (smooth)
face and ofthe following species and grade:
1. Clear Grade B redwood; RIS.
2. Grade A westem red cedar; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
3. Grade Prime or D finish /I Common 11 Common hem-fir; NLGA, WCLIB, or
WWPA.
2.4 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
A. Softwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): Kiln-dried finished
lumber (S4S) to match existing species and grades:
1. Grade D Select (Quality) Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine; NLGA or
WWPA.
2. Grade D Select white woods; WWPA.
3. Grade Superior or C & Btt finish, Douglas fir-larch or Douglas fir south; NLGA,
WCLIB, or WWPA.
B. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): Clear /Grade A
finish, kiln-dried, red oak/ white maple /alder /aspen, basswood, cottonwood, sap gum,
white maple, or yellow poplar finished lumber (S4S), selected to match existing grain and
color /and meeting AWS requirements for ttansparent finish.
C. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted): Finished lumber (S4S), either finger-jointed or
solid lumber, of one of the following species and grades:
1. Grade 1 Common (Colonial) Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine;
NLGA or WWPA.
2. Grade 1 Common white woods; WWPA.
3. Grade Superior or C & Btr finish, Douglas fir-larch or Douglas fir south; NLGA,
WCLIB, or WWPA.
4. Grade A Finish alder, aspen, basswood, cottonwood, gum, magnolia, soft maple,
sycamore, tupelo, or yellow poplar; NHLA.
2.5 WOOD WALL CAPS AND HANDRAILS
A. Wood Wall Caps: AWS Custom Grade, clear, kiln-dried White oak plain sawn or cut; of
shape and diameter indicated, solid.
B. Interior Railings: Clear, kiln-dried hard maple of shape and diameter to match existing,
solid, transparent finish.
2.6 SLATWALL DISPLAY SYSTEM
A. Slatwall: Prefinished Slotted Panels: Marlite Displawall; medium density fiberboard with
engineered grooves designed to fit standard merchandising fixtures.
1. Fiberboard: 48 pcf (769 kg/cu m) density; intemal bond strength of 110 psi (758
kPa); formaldehyde emission of 0.3 ppm or less; complying with 24 CFR 3280.
2. Panel Size: 48 by 96 inches (1220 by 2438 mm), plus minus 0.0625 inch (1.6 mm),
with squareness tolerance of 0.125 inch (3 mm) on diagonal.
3. Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm) plus/minus 0.008 inch (0.2 mm).
4. Groove Spacing: 4 inches (100 mm) on center, plus/minus 0.015 inch (0.4 mm).
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
5. Surface Finish: Architectural grade natural wood veneer, 0.035 inch (0.9 mm) thick,
cold press bonded with balancing sheet; species to match existing species and grade.
6. Surface Color/Pattem: To match existing finish.
7. Groove Finish: Bmshed Aluminum.
2.7 SHOP FINISHING
A. Finish carpentry items at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Defer only final
touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation.
B. Prime woodwork for opaque finish with one coat of wood primer compatible with specified
topcoats.
C. Exterior Transparent Finish: Stain, as selected by Architect.
D. Exterior Opaque Finish: Paint, as selected by Architect.
E. Interior Transparent Finish:
1. Grade: Custom.
2. AWS Finish System 3: Score 124-T, lacquer pre-catalyzed.
3. Staining: Match existing color.
4. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D523.
F. Interior Opaque Finish:
1. Grade: Custom.
2. AWS Finish System 9: Score 133-0, UV curable, acrylated epoxy, polyester or
urethane.
3. Color: To be selected.
4. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D523.
2.8 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Stainless steel, non-corrosive aluminum or hot-dip
galvanized box or casing nails at exterior locations. Provide pre-finished nails in color to
match where face nailing is unavoidable.
1. Where galvanized finish is indicated, provide fasteners and anchorages with hot-dip
galvanized coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M.
B. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type,
size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment,
concealed where possible.
1. Where galvanized finish is indicated, provide fasteners and anchorages with hot-dip
galvanized coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M.
C. Anchors, Nails, and Screws: Select the material, type, size and finish required by each
substrate for secure anchorage; provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt screws for
drilled-in-place anchors.
D. Wood Putty: Standard industry grade for use in plugging fastener holes where required on
Drawings, of color to match wood stain or finish; paintable where applicable.
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
E. Glue: Aliphatic- or phenolic-resin wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general
carpentry use.
1. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that
comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
a. Wood Glues: 30 g/L.
b. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L.
F. Wood Filler: Synthetic wood filler, low-VOC and with no added urea formaldehyde, tinted
to match surface finish color, sand to surface, finish, as manufactured by Abatron, Inc.,
Wood Tech, or accepted equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
B. Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas
before installation for a minimum of 24 hours.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, tme, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use
concealed shims where necessary for alignment.
1. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts
as recommended by manufacturer.
2. Countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand where face fastening is
unavoidable.
3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2438 mm) for level and plumb.
Install adjoining interior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch (0.8-mm) maximum offset
for flush installation and 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) maximum offset for reveal installation.
4. Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it.
Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior finish
carpentry.
B. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately
seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements.
1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns.
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION
A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum
lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches (610 mm) long, except
where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and mnning trim. Cope at
retums and miter at comers to produce tight-fitting joints with fiill-surface contact
throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Plane backs of casings to
provide uniform thickness across joints, where necessary for alignment.
1. Match color and grain pattem across joints.
2. Install ttim after gypsum board joint finishing operations are completed.
3. Drill pilot holes in hardwood before fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent
movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and
fill holes.
4. Fit exterior joints to exclude water.
3.5 WOOD WALL CAP INSTALLATION
A. Grade: Install wall caps to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2
for fabrication of type of woodwork involved.
B. Assemble wall caps and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements
for fabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop.
C. Install caps level, plumb, tme, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims.
D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged
finish at cuts.
E. Tolerances: Install wall caps with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm)
variation from a sttaight line.
3.6 SLATWALL INSTALLATION
A. Install all materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instmctions
with hardware straight, plumb, and level.
1. Anchor units rigidly and securely in place.
2. Cut sheets to meet existing supports.
B. Fasten initial bottom panel to the wall with #6 or #7 bugle head drywall screws. Install a
minimum of one screw every third slot (or 9" (228mm)) vertically and every stud
horizontally, typically every 16" (40.64cm) on centers horizontally (maximum 24"
(600mm) on centers horizontally). Each 4' x 8' panel shall have minimum of 42 screws
secured to studs or fiirring.
1. Where screws do not hit the studs, fasten with adhesive in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Screws must be installed thm the panel grooves.
3. Slatwall panels without inserts do not require pre-drilling.
4. Slatwall panels with inserts require 5/32" pre-drilling of holes thm the insert and
panel before fastening.
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Avoid contamination of the panel faces with adhesives, solvents or cleaners during
installation.
3.7 ADJUSTING
A. Replace finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Finish
carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no
evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean all installed items of pencil or ink marks.
B. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied
finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.
C. Clear the work area of debris, using containers provided by the General Contractor.
D. Leave area of work broom clean.
E. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during remainder of
the constmction period.
B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold
damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 062000
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -(- Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
^^^^^
FINISH CARPENTRY
062000-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 064100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Plastic laminate cabinets.
B. Wood veneer cabinets and casework.
C. Solid-surfacing-material countertops.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 062000 - Finish Carpentry: Finished wood carpentry trims.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Exposed surfaces include all surfaces visible when:
1. Drawers and opaque doors (if any) are closed.
2. Areas behind clear glass doors.
3. Bottoms of cabinets 42-inches or more above finished floor.
4. Top of cabinets below 78-inches above finished floor.
B. Semi-exposed surfaces include the following:
1. Open opaque doors or extended drawers.
2. Bottoms of cabinets that are more than 30-inches and less than 42-inches above
finished floor.
C. Concealed surfaces include the following:
1. Surfaces not visible after installation.
2. Bottoms of cabinets less than 30-inches above finished floor.
3. Tops of cabinets over 78-inches above finish floor and not visible from an upper
level.
4. Stretchers, blocking, and components concealed by drawers.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, fiirring, reinforcements, and other
related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural
woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-1
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including cabinet hardware and
accessories and finishing materials and processes.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each item of architectural woodwork. Indicate
dimensions, details of constmction, finishes, and hardware.
1. Show details fiill size.
2. Show locations and sizes of fiirring, blocking, and hanging strips, including
concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections.
C. Samples for Verification:
1. Veneer-faced panel products with or for transparent finish, 12 by 24 inches (300 by
600 mm), for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and edge
condition, finished as specified.
2. Plastic laminates, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each type, color, pattem, and
surface finish, with 1 sample applied to core material and specified edge material
applied to 1 edge.
3. Resin composite, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each type, color, pattem, and
surface finish.
4. Composite panel shelving material, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each type,
color, pattem, and surface finish, with edge banding on 1 edge.
5. Thermoset decorative-panels, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each type, color,
pattem, and surface finish, with edge banding on 1 edge.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
2. Certificates for Chain-of-custody certificates certifying that products specified to be
made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include
evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification
body.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
4. Product Data for each product to be used as proof that each product meets the
requirements of the GREENGUARD Environmental Instittite's GREENGUARD
certification.
a. Include printed statement of VOC content and chemical components.
5. Product Data for the following:
a. For each composite-wood product used, documentation indicating that the
bonding agent contains no urea formaldehyde.
b. For each adhesive used, documentation indicating that the adhesive contains
no urea formaldehyde.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of solid surfacing certifying that products
fumished comply with requirements.
B. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with
project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other
information specified.
C. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: Wl-certified compliance
certificates.
1.8 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing architectural solid surfacing
similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
B. Source Limitations: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided
responsibility for production of interior architectural woodwork with sequence-matched
wood veneers.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of
custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.
D. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
E. AWS Quality Standard: Comply with the specified grade(s) of interior architectural
woodwork indicated for constmction, finishes, and installation, specified section(s), and
applicable requirements of the current edition of the "Architectural Woodwork Standards"
by AWI and WI.
1. Provide Wl-certified compliance labels and certificates indicating that
woodwork, including installation, complies with requirements of grades specified.
2. Provide Seismic certificates indicating that casework is installed with all required
wall blocking and that fastener size, frequency and locations requirements have been
met.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage
woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other
than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with
requirements specified in "Site Conditions" Article.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-3
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed,
wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and
relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the constmction period.
B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other constmction, verify
dimensions of other constmction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with constmction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by
field measurements before being enclosed, and indicate measurements on Shop
Drawings.
C. Field Measurements: All casework dimensions shall be field verified prior to fabrication.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
B. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
C. Certified Wood: Use wood based products made from wood obtained from forests certified
by an FSC accredited certification body to comply with the Forest Stewardship Councils
"Principles and Criteria."
D. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by material manufacturer for products and
substrate conditions indicated.
I. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
E. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Use only composite wood and agrifiber products free of
added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWS's quality standard for
each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Wood Veneer Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: To match existing species and
grade.
C. Wood Species for Opaque Finish: Any closed-grain hardwood.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research H- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Hardwood and Softwood Lumber: Custom graded in accordance with AWS; average
moisture content of 8 percent.
I. Species: Any closed-grain hardwood. For use at concealed areas only.
E. Hardwood Plywood: ANSI/HPVA HP-1; veneer core material; type of glue recommended
for application.
1. Formaldehyde Emission Levels: No urea formaldehyde.
2. Wood Veneer Species and Cut for Shelving: Douglas fir, plain sawn or sliced.
3. Wood Veneer Species and Cut for Casework: White maple, plain sawn or sliced.
4. Face Grade: Grade A.
5. Thickness: 3/4-inch.
6. Veneer Core: 5-ply.
7. Cut: Sliced-vertical grain.
8. Back Grade: Minimum Grade 2.
F. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin.
1. Acceptable Products: SierraPine's "Medex," "Medex NC," and "Medite II" and
Weyerhaeuser's "Premier Plus".
G. Cabinet Interiors, Shelves, and Counter Substrate: 3/4-inch Medite II, interior grade wood-
based composite panels manufactured from softwood fibers with minimum 90% pre-
consumer recycled wood combined with formaldehyde-free synthetic resin, with clear
sealer.
H. Plastic Laminate:
1. High-pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD 3.
2. Plastic Laminate for Exposed Surfaces: GP-50 for nonpostformed surfaces; PF-42
for postformed surfaces.
3. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a. Abet Laminati.
b. Panolam Industries; Nevamar
c. Wilsonart Intemational.
4. Plastic Laminate Materials: Provide only plastic laminate materials that are
GREENGUARD Certified.
a. Individual VOC's: <0.1 TLV.
b. Total VOC's: <0.5 mg/m3
c. Formaldehyde: <0.05 ppm
d. 4-Pheylcyclohexene: <0.0065 mg/m3
e. Total Aldehydes: <0.1 ppm
I. Thermoset Decorative Panels (Melamine): Particleboard or medium-density fiberboard
finished with thermally fiised, melamine-impregnated decorative paper complying with
LMASAT-1.
1. Provide polyester edge banding complying with LMA EDG-1 on components with
exposed or semiexposed edges.
2. Color: White, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
J. Solid-Surfacing Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with
ISSFA-2.
1. Tj^e: Standard type.
2. Colors and Pattems: Match Architect's sample.
3. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a. Corian; DuPont Commercial Surfaces.
b. Surell Solid Surfacing; Formica Corporation.
c. Gibraltar Solid Surface; Wilsonart Intemational.
K. Wall-Hung Countertop Supports: Cold rolled steel supports.
1. Angle Support Brackets:
a. Design: Straight gusset stiffener between support flanges of angle.
2. Floating Countertop Support Brackets:
a. Thickness: 1/2-inch.
b. Style: Flat angle.
L. Adhesive: FS MMM-A-130 contact adhesive; type recommended by laminate
manufacturer to suit application.
1. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that
comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
a. Wood Glues: 30 g/L.
b. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L.
M. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, Fasteners, and Screws: Of size and type to suit
application.
2.3 CUSTOM CASEWORK FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Custom-grade interior
woodwork complying with referenced quality standard.
B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for
wood moisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in
installation areas.
C. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before
fabrication.
D. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated.
E. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to
maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as
necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample
allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -t- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
F. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing
fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates
or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of
cutouts to remove splinters and burrs.
1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of vamish.
2.4 WOOD CABEvfET CONSTRUCTION
A. AWS Requirements:
1. Quality Standard: Comply with AWS Section 10.
2. Grade: Custom.
3. Material: Veneer plywood. White Maple, as specified.
4. Constmction Style: Type A Frameless.
5. Constmction Type: Type II single-length sections to fit across openings.
6. Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush overlay.
a. Grain Direction: Vertically for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels.
b. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Slip match.
B. Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below:
1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative panels, color as
specified.
2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Hardwood pl5rwood.
3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood.
C. Countertop Support: 3/4-inch plywood.
D. Color and Finish: Clear, satin finish.
E. Edge Material: Same as cladding on faces.
F. Cabinet Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, see schedule at end of this Section.
2.5 PLASTIC LAMINATE CABINET CONSTRUCTION
A. Constmction:
1. Quality Standard: Comply with AWS Section 10.
2. AWS Grade: Custom.
3. Type: Type II single-length sections to fit across openings.
4. Cabinet Style: Style A Frameless.
5. Interface Style: Overlay, Figure 10-057.
6. Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush overlay.
7. Exposed Exterior Surfaces: HPDL as specified.
8. Exposed Interior Surfaces: HPDL matching exposed exterior surfaces.
9. Exposed Interior Surfaces of Door and Drawer Fronts: Covered with the same
material, pattem, color and thickness as the door face.
10. Door and Drawer Edge: Square edge with thin applied band.
a. Edge Banding: HPDL, minimum 0.02-inch thick, color-matched to the
exposed face.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
11. Shelf Thickness: As specified in Architectural Woodwork Standards (AWS) for a
uniform load of 50-lb/sq ft.
B. Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below:
1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative panels.
2. Drawer Sides and Backs: MDF.
3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood.
4. Exposed Edges: Extmded PVC or self-edged plastic laminate
C. Colors, Pattems, and Finishes: Match Architect's sample.
D. Cabinet Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, see schedule at end of this Section.
2.6 SOLID-SURFACING-MATERIAL COUNTERTOP CONSTRUCTION
A. Constmction:
1. Quality Standard: Comply with AWS Section 11.
2. AWS Grade: Premium.
3. Solid-Surfacing-Material Thickness: 3/4-inch (19 mm).
4. Single length sections.
5. Intermediate support for spans over 48-inches to prevent deflection in excess of 1/4-
inch under a 50 pound per sq ft load.
6. Edge Treatment: As indicated on Drawings in accordance with AWS.
7. Back Splash: As indicated on Drawings in accordance with AWS.
8. Back Splash Constmction: AWS Assembly 2, deck mount, manufacturer-assembled.
9. Adhesive: As approved by manufacturer, able to maintain its bond with the
opposing contractions of core and laminate.
a. VOC Requirement: Provide adhesive having a VOC content of <70g/L.
10. Joints: Well fit, flush, and watertight.
B. Maximum Unsupported and Unloaded Overhang:
I. Sheet Thickness of 3/4-inch: 12-inches.
C. Colors, Pattems, and Finishes: Match Architect's sample.
2.7 SHOP FINISHING, WOOD CABINETS
A. General: Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop as specified in this Section.
Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation.
B. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished.
I. Finish interior of wood cabinets to match exterior.
C. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling
countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing
architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to
concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to back of paneling and to end-
grain surfaces. Concealed surfaces of plastic-laminate-clad woodwork do not require
backpriming when surfaced with plastic laminate, backing paper, or thermoset
decorative panels.
2. Remove handling marks or effects of exposure to moisture from all exposed portions
of woodwork by means of a thorough, final sanding over all surfaces of the exposed
portions, using appropriate grit sandpaper and clean before applying sealer or finish.
D. Transparent Finish:
1. Grade: Custom.
2. AWS Finish System 3: Score 124-T, lacquer post-catalyzed.
3. Staining: Match approved sample for color.
4. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per
ASTM D523.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in
installation areas.
B. Verify the adequacy and proper location of any required backing or support framing.
C. Verify that mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other building items affecting solid
surfacing components are in place, complete and to receive the work of this Section.
D. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion
and complete work as required, including removal of packing material and backpriming.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in
Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved.
B. Assemble woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements
for fabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop.
C. Install woodwork level, plumb, tme, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims.
Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in
2400 mm).
D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged
finish at cuts.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure
with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete
installation. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk
and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.
3.3 CABINET INSTALLATION
A. Install woodwork to comply with AWS Section 10 for same grade specified in Part 2 of this
Section for type of woodwork involved.
B. Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately
aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide
unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as
indicated.
1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag, bow,
or other variation from a straight line.
2. Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish.
3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16
inches (400 mm) oc with No. 10 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal
backing or metal framing behind wall finish.
C. Countertops: Anchor securely to base units.
1. Align adjacent solid surfacing countertops and form seams handtight to minimize
joints using adhesive in color to match countertop. Carefully dress joints smooth,
remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface.
D. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units.
E. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch.
Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose.
F. Secure cabinet bases to floor using appropriate anchorages. Permanently fix countertops to
wall using appropriate angles.
G. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of woodwork. Fill nail
holes with matching filler where exposed.
H. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings and fixtures.
I. Upon completion of installation, clean all installed items. Remove pencil and ink marks
from surfaces. Leave area of work broom clean.
J. Protect countertops after installation; do not allow other trades to use countertops as
footstools or ladders to perform their work. Cover completed cabinetwork with 4-mil
polyethylene film protective enclosure, applied in a manner to permit easy removal.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.4 COUNTERTOP INSTALLATION
A. Install solid surfacing level, plumb, tme, and straight. Shim as required with concealed
shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8-inch in 96-inches (3
mm in 2400 mm).
B. Scribe and cut solid surfacing to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair
damaged finish at cuts.
C. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through comer blocks of base cabinets or other
supports into underside of countertop.
1. Align adjacent solid-surfacing-material countertops and form seams to comply with
manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match
countertop. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean
entire surface.
2. Install countertops with no more than 1/8-inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag,
bow, or other variation from a straight line.
3. Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16-inches (400 mm) oc
and to walls with adhesive.
4. Calk joint between backsplash and wall with clear silicone sealant.
D. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous
in finished work. Exposed joints/seams shall not be allowed.
E. Reinforce field joints with solid surface strips extending a minimum of 1-inch on either
side ofthe seam with the strip being the same thickness as the top.
F. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp retums.
G. Rout radii and contours to template.
H. Mechanical Fasteners: Not allowed at exposed surfaces.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate fiinctional and
visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform
appearance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware.
B. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to
restore damaged or soiled areas.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.7 CABINET HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural
cabinets, except for items specified in Section 08710. Where manufacturer's name or
product number is not indicated provide best quality commercially available cabinet
hardware.
B. Cabinet Shelf Pilaster Standards and Rests: BHMA AI 56.9, all components steel, B04071;
with shelf rests, B04081:
1. Acceptable Products, Heavy-Duty Pilaster Standards:
a. KV 255 Series.
b. Sugatsune SPE-1820.
c. Accepted equivalent.
2. Acceptable Products, Shelf Rests:
a. KV 237.
b. Sugatsune SPF-20
c. Accepted equivalent.
C. Adjustable Shelf Clips: BHMA A156.9, B040I3:
1. KV 346, use with 3/8-inch drilled holes and #129 mbber cushion.
D. Seismic Shelf Clips: BHMA AI56.9, B04013:
1. Hafele; 282.24.721.
E. Light Weight Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9, B05091: ^3
1. Acceptable Products:
a. KV 8300.
b. Accuride 2132.
c. Accepted equivalent.
2. Standard Duty (Grade 1, Grade 2, and Grade 3): Side mounted; zinc-plated steel with
polymer rollers.
3. 3/4 extension slides with stops, 75 pound capacity.
4. Size slides in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for drawer width.
F. Heavy Weight Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9, B05091:
1. Acceptable Products:
a. KV 8805.
b. Accuride 3640A.
c. Accepted equivalent.
2. Heavy Duty (Grade IHD-100 and Grade lHD-200): Side mounted; fiill-overtravel-
extension type; zinc-plated steel ball-bearing slides.
3. Full extension slides with 1-inch overtravel, side-mount,
a. General Purpose Drawers: 200 lb capacity.
4. Size slides in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for drawer width.
G. Drawer and Door Pulls:
1. Back-Mounted Pulls: BHMA Al56.9, B02011.
2. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 4 inches (100 mm) long, 5/16 inch (8 mm)
in diameter, and: 1-1/4" (32mm) projection.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
H. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMAA156.9, B01602, 110 degrees of
opening, self-closing.
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Blum BLUMOTION.
b. Hafele.
c. Accepted equivalent.
2. Provide three hinges for doors over 48 inches in height.
I. Cabinet, Sliding Door, and Drawer Locks:
1. Medeco High Security Locks.
2. Door Locks: BHMA A156.il, E07I21.
3. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.il, E07041.
J. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 2-inch (51-mm) OD, black, molded-
plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage.
K. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with
BHMA A156.I8 for BHMA finish number indicated.
1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel
base.
2. Bright Chromium Plated: BHMA 625 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 651 for steel
base.
3. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630.
4. Satin Nickel: BHMA 646 or 670.
L. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product
class requirements in BHMA A156.9.
END OF SECTION 064100
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-13
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
064100-14
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 072729 - UNDERLAYMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide underlayments and flashings for the following applications, with related concealed
metal flashings and accessories as required for complete watertight installation:
1. Portland Cement Plaster Underlayment: Building paper underlayment and flashing
for lath and plaster.
2. Roofing felt underlayment.
3. Flexible Flashings at Underlayment Penetrations: Sheet membrane flexible flashing
at miscellaneous locations including terminations of building paper underlayment,
penetrations through building paper underlayment and curb/cap/threshold horizontal
surfaces.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 092400 - Portland Cement Plastering: Application of self-adhering bituminous
sheet flashing at terminations, openings, and penetrations.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data indicating material characteristics, performance criteria, and
limitations.
B. Samples for Verification: For the following products, of sizes indicated, to verify color
selected.
1. Building Paper: 12-inches (300 mm) square.
2. Self-Adhering Underlayment: 12-inches (300 mm) square.
3. Flexible Flashing Material: 12-inches (300 mm) square.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with Sealant and Waterproofer's Institute - Sealant and
Caulking Guide Specification requirements for installation.
B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of underlayment material from single
source providing consistent quality in performance and appearance without delaying
progress of the Work.
UNDERLAYMENTS
072729-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review requirements for
waterproofing, including surface preparation specified under other Sections, substrate
condition and pretreatment, minimum curing period, forecasted weather conditions, special
details and sheet flashings, installation procedures, testing and inspection procedures, and
protection and repairs.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect underlayment materials from puncture damage prior to use.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for handling and storage, and
protection during installation.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer
agrees to replace installed underlayment materials that do not comply with requirements or
that fail achieve a watertight seal, or exhibits loss of adhesion or cohesion within specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide continuous underlayments without gaps or holes where indicated on Drawings.
2.2 SHEET MATERIALS
A. Building Paper: FS UU-B-790a, Type 1, Grade D, Style 2 vapor-permeable, 60 minute
building paper.
1. Locations: At plaster walls where shown.
2. Manufacturer: Fortifiber; Super Jumbo Tex.
B. Sheet Membrane Underlajmient under Sheet Metal and Flashing: Minimum 40-mil thick,
self-adhering, polymer-modified, bituminous sheet membrane, complying with ASTM
D1970/D1970M, manufacturers and types as follows:
1. Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing: Dri-Start HR.
2. Grace Constmction Products: Grace Ice and Water Shield HT.
2.3 FLEXIBLE FLASHINGS AT OPENINGS
A. Flexible Flashings: Self-adhered mbberized sheet membrane consisting of self-adhesive
mbberized asphalt bonded to a cross-laminated high-density polyethylene film with primers
and seam sealers as required for complete watertight installation, compliant with local
regulations on VOC's and as follows:
1. Membrane Flashings at Plaster and Building Paper Underlayment Terminations and
Comers: 25-mil membrane, manufacturers and types as follows:
UNDERLAYMENTS
072729-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
a. Grace Constmction Products: Vycor Plus.
2. Membrane Flashings at Openings in Vertical Surfaces and Underlayment
Penettations: 40-mil membrane, manufacturers and types as follows:
a. Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing: Window and Door Flashing.
b. Grace Constmction Products: Vycor V40 Self-Adhered Flashing.
B. Tape: Polyethylene pressure sensitive, self-adhering type, mesh reinforced, 2-inch (25 mm)
wide, compatible with underlayment.
1. Grace Constmction Products: Prepmfe Tape.
C. Adhesive: Compatible with underlayment and substrate, permanently non-curing; as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer for Sheet Membrane: As recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify required condition of substrate and adjacent constmction with installer present.
Make any corrections before proceeding with underlayment installation.
B. Do not proceed with installation of underlayments until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. Proceeding with installation indicates acceptance of substrate.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose or foreign matter that might impair adhesion.
B. Clean and prime substrate surfaces to receive adhesive in accordance with manufacturers'
instmctions.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install underlayment materials in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions.
1. Refer to manufacturer's literature for recommendations on installation, including but
not limited to, the following:
2. Apply primer at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Recoat areas not
waterproofed if contaminated by dust. Mask and protect adjoining exposed finish
surfaces to protect those surfaces from excessive application of primer.
3. Delay application of membrane until primer is completely dry. Dry time will vary
with weather conditions.
4. Seal daily terminations with troweled bead of mastic.
B. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer
when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.
UNDERLAYMENTS
072729-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Seal penettations of pipe and conduit with tape to ensure an airtight seal. Seal tears and
punctures with tape immediately before proceeding with covering the underlayment. Use a
second layer of underlayment material where damage to underlayment is extensive and
would require excessive use of tape to repair.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed underlayments from damage by harmful weather exposure, and other
constmction activities.
B. Do not permit adjacent Work to damage Work of this Section.
END OF SECTION 072729
UNDERLAYMENTS
072729-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 076000 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal flashings of the following types:
1. Metal flashing and counter flashings.
2. Exposed metal trim/fascia units.
3. Reglets.
4. Copings.
5. Equipment support flashings.
B. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, are minimums as defined in referenced
ASTM standards for metallic-coated (galvanized) steel sheets. Metal thicknesses indicated
below correspond to former gauge thicknesses:
1. 20 Gauge: 0.040-inch (1.02-mm).
2. 22 Gauge: 0.034-inch (0.85-mm).
3. 24 Gauge: 0.028-inch (0.71-mm).
4. 26 Gauge: 0.022-inch (0.55-mm).
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include constmction details, material
descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each
manufactured product and accessory.
B. Shop Drawings: Describe material profiles, jointing pattem, jointing details, fastening
methods, interface with other work and installation details.
1. Material.
2. Thickness of material.
3. Weight.
4. Finish.
5. Location of each item and details of expansion joint covers, including the direction
of expansion and contraction.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to profiles and sizes shown on drawings, and comply with "Architectural Sheet
Metal Manual" by SMACNA, for each general category of work required.
B. Applicator: Applicator who has complete sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project and with a record of successful
in-service performance and with 5 years minimum experience.
C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable. Installer, and installers
whose work interfaces with or affects sheet metal flashing and trim including
installers of roofing materials, roof accessories, unit skylights, and roof-mounted
equipment.
2. Review methods and procedures related to sheet metal flashing and trim.
3. Examine substrate conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatness
and attachment to stmctural members.
4. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and
fiimish copy of record to each participant.
D. Mock-ups: Build mock-ups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for
fabrication and installation. Build mock-ups approximately 48-inches long, including
supporting constmction cleats, seams, attachments, underlayment, and accessories. Do not
proceed with the installation tmtil the mock-ups are approved by the Architect in writing.
1. Approved mock-ups may become part of the completed work if undisturbed at the
time of Substantial Completion.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet metal
flashing and trim materials and fabrications during ttansportation and handling.
B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to
prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.
C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with a suitable weathertight and ventilated
covering. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other
materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content
such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than the following:
1. Sheet Metal Flashings: Minimum 30 percent post-consumer recycled content.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, stmctural
movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling,
leaking, and fastener disengagement.
B. Fabricate and install flashings and copings capable of resisting forces for the appropriate
wind zone, per Factory Mutual's Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49.
C. Temperature Range: 120 deg F ambient; 180 deg F, material surface.
D. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal
movements resulting from the maximum range of ambient and surface temperatures
provided above by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of
components, failure of sealant joints, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.
Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim
thermal movements. Base engineering calculations on surface temperatures of materials
due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss.
E. Water Inflitration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water inflitration
to the building interior.
1. Watertight and weatherproof performance of flashing and sheet metal work is
required.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, G90 (Z275) coating
designation; stmctural quality, mill phosphatized where indicated for field painting.
1. Do not apply an acrylic passivator coating to galvanized sheet metal schedule to be
painted, or remove this coating mechanically before delivery to the project site.
2. Prime all surfaces of bonderized metal.
3. Finish: Standard (dull) mill finish; painted unless noted otherwise on Drawings.
4. Paint: Paint sheet galvanized sheet metal that is not coil-coated.
B. Bedding Compound: Rubber-asphalt type.
C. Plastic Cement: Asphaltic base cement.
D. Solder:
1. For Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM B32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin
and 50 percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead.
E. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing
tape with release-paper backing. Provide elastic, non-sag, nontoxic, non-staining tape.
F. Sealant: Type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal
flashing and trim and remain watertight; see Section 079200.
G. Flux: FSO-F-506.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
H. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound,
recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted
joints.
I. Butyl Sealant: ASTMC1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl mbber sealant;
polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movement.
J. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM
D1187/D1187M.
K. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets
and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and
recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.
1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.
a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or
factory-applied coating.
b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for
metal being fastened.
c. Spikes and Fermles: Same material as gutter; with spike with fermle
matching intemal gutter width.
2. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Hot-dip galvanized steel
according to ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F2329 or Series 300 stainless steel.
2.4 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure
interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing
indicated.
1. Surface-Mounted Type: Provide with slotted holes for fastening to substrate, with
neoprene or other suitable weatherproofing washers and with chaimel for sealant at
top edge.
2. Concrete Type: Provide temporary closure tape to keep reglet free of concrete
materials, special fasteners for attaching reglet to concrete forms, and guides to
ensure alignment of reglet section ends.
3. Stucco Type: Provide with uptumed fastening flange and extension leg of length to
match thickness of applied finish materials.
4. Flexible Flashing Retainer: Provide resilient plastic or mbber accessory to secure
flexible flashing in reglet where clearance does not permit use of standard metal
counterflashing or where Drawings show reglet without metal counterflashing.
5. Counterflashing Wind-Restraint Clips: Provide clips to be installed before
counterflashing to prevent wind uplift of counterflashing lower edge.
B. Drawbands: Stainless steel.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.5
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
FABRICATION
A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations
in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal,
and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop-fabricate items where practicable. Obtain
field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
B. Fabricate sheet metal with flat-lock seams; solder with type solder and flux recommended
by manufacturer, except seal aluminum seams with sealant and, where required for
strength, rivet seams and joints.
C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness and weight needed to comply with
performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application of metal.
D. Fabricate comers, transitions, and terminations as a single unit; extend a minimum of 4-
inches and a maximum of 8-inches in any direction.
E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from the same material as the accessory being
anchored or from a compatible, non-corrosive metal. The thickness of these cleats and
attachment devices should be as recommended by SMACNA's 'Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual' and Factory Mutual's Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for the given application,
but not less than the thickness of the metal being secured.
F. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate
elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations.
G. Coat backside of fabricated sheet metal with 15-mil sulfiir-free bituminous coating, SSPC-
Paint 12, where required to separate metals from corrosive substrates, including
cementitious materials, wood or other absorbent materials; or provide other permanent
separation.
H. Provide for thermal expansion of mnning sheet metal work by overlaps of expansion joints
in fabricated work. Where required for watertight constmction, provide hooked flanges
filled with polyisobutylene mastic for 1-inch embedment of flanges.
I. Space expansion joints at intervals of not more than 50-feet. Conceal expansion provisions
where possible.
J. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276-inch (0.7 mm) thick.
2.6 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-
mm-) long, but not exceeding 10-foot- (3-m-) long, sections. Fumish with 6-inch- (150-
mm-) wide joint cover plates.
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm)
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but not exceeding 10-foot-
(3-m-) long, sections. Fabricate 1-inch drive joints at the coping joints of same thickness as
copings. Fumish with continuous cleats to support edge of extemal leg and drill elongated
holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter comers, seal, and solder or weld watertight.
1. Vertical Face of Copings: Bottom edge formed outward 1/4- to 1/2-inch, hemmed to
form a drip.
2. Coping Profile: As indicated on Drawings.
3. Galvanized Steel: 0.040 inch (1.02 mm).
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from galvanized steel 0.0276-inch (0.7 mm) thick.
2.8 FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be
installed and verify that work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means
acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Ensure that adjacent work by other trades has been completed as required and as shown on
the Drawings.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Allow wet substrates to dry thoroughly.
B. Clean debris from all substrates.
3.3 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. General: Install underlayment as indicated on Drawings.
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlajmient: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free.
Apply primer if required by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature
restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer rather than nails for
installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with
end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between
courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller.
Cover underlayment within 14 days.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.4 E^STALLATION
A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely
in place, with provisions for thermal and stmctural movement. Use fasteners, solder,
welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as
required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
B. Anchor work in place with non-corrosive fasteners, adhesives, setting compounds, tapes
and other materials and devices as recommended by manufacturer of each material or
system.
C. Install self-adhesive flashing prior to or in conjunction with sheet metal items, as shown on
Drawings.
D. Provide for thermal expansion and building movements. Comply with recommendations of
"Architecttiral Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA.
E. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and
tool marks.
F. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight
performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating
sheet metal.
G. Install sheet metal flashing and trim tme to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat
seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.
H. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by
other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar
metals.
I. Composition Stripping: Cover flanges (edges) of work set on bituminous substrate with 5
courses of glass fiber fabric (ASTM D1668/D1668M) set in and covered with asphaltic
roofing cement.
J. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4-inches (32
mm) for nails and not less than 3/4-inch (19 mm) for wood screws.
1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners.
2. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Exposed fasteners should have bonded
neoprene washers or should be sealed.
K. Seal moving joints in metal work with butyl joint sealants, complying with requirements
specified in Section 079200 as required for watertight constmction.
1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less
than 1-inch (25 mm) into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When
ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F (4
and 21 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement either way.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do
not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg C).
L. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin
edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of I-1/2-inches (38 mm) except where pre-tinned
surface would show in finished Work.
1. Do not use open-flame torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and
flow solder into joints. Fill joints completely. Completely remove flux and spatter
from exposed surfaces.
2. Clean metal surfaces of soldering flux and other substances that could cause
corrosion.
3.5 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance
requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Provide concealed
fasteners where possible, set units tme to line, and level as indicated. Install work with
claps, joints, and seams that will be watertight.
B. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base
flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing.
Extend counterflashing 4-inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a
minimum of 4-inches (100 mm) and bed with elastomeric sealant.
C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as indicated.
1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate
at 16-ESfCH (400-mm) centers.
2. Anchor interior leg of coping with washers and screw fasteners through slotted holes
at 24-INCH (600-mm) centers.
D. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with
installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof
1. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof Use
stainless steel drawband and tighten.
2. Install premanufactured membrane flashing a minimum of 8 inches up vent piping
and over base roof membrane, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing.
Seal flashing to base roof membrane where required by roofing manufacturer.
3. Seal top of membrane flashing with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes
with stainless steel drawband.
3.6 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with
installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to
equipment support member.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.7 ADJUSTING
A. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated
beyond successfiil repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.
B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and
trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including
removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain
in a clean condition during constmction.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 076000
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
3
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
076000-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -H Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 078400 - FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section includes through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire-
resistance-rated constmctions, including both empty openings and openings containing
penetrating items for the following, including at entrance and exit of the Project area:
1. Penettations through fire-resistance-rated floor and roof constmction including both
empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other
penetrating items.
2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions including both empty
openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other
penettating items.
3. Penetrations through smoke barriers and constmction enclosing compartmentalized
areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items.
4. Sealant joints in fire-rated constmction.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 079200
sealants at walls.
Joint Sealants: Electrical and pipe penetration, acoustical and fire
1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence: Perform work of this and other sections in proper sequence to prevent damage to
the Firestop Systems and to ensure that their installation will occur prior to enclosing or
concealing work.
B. Do not cover Firestop Systems until they have been properly inspected and accepted by the
authority having jurisdiction and/or Architect.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied
comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
and are nontoxic to building occupants.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product test reports from a qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance
of firestopping with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Certificates of Compliance:
1. Provide certificates accompanied by classification indicating material or combination
of materials used meets requirements specified for flame spread and fire resistance.
2. Certificates to be by nationally recognized testing authority or by other supporting
evidence is satisfactory to Architect.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide firestopping that complies Firestopping tests
performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency, including UL, Wamock Hersey, or
another agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services, that is acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E814
under conditions where positive fumace pressure differential of at least 0.01-inch of
water is maintained at a distance of 0.78-inch below the fill materials surrounding the
penetrating items in the test assembly.
2. Fire-resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire-response
characteristics per ASTM El 19 under conditions where the positive fiimace pressure
differential is at least 0.01-inch of water, as measured 0.78-inch from the face
exposed to fiimace fire.
3. Materials being applied in openings between elements of differing fire ratings shall
conform to the most restrictive rating.
4. Ratings of Firestopping: As indicated by reference to designations of UL in their
"Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency.
5. Flame Spread: 25 or less per ASTM E84.
6. Smoke Developed: 450 of less per ASTM E84.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility for Materials: Obtain firestopping materials from one
manufacturer for entire Project.
1. This does not restrict Contractor from subcontracting installation of firestopping to
multiple subcontracts, but does require installers to use the same manufacturer
throughout the Project and be licensed by that manufacturer for the installation of
firestopping.
B. Firestopping materials and systems shall be listed and labeled in accordance with
requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Building Materials Directory.
C. Firestopping materials shall conform to Califomia Building Code (CBC) for fire resistance
standards and requirements for penetrations in walls, partitions, and floor/ceiling and
floor/roof assemblies.
D. Firestopping materials shall comply with ASTM E814 and UL 1479.
E. Firestopping sealants shall comply with ASTM C719 and ASTM C920.
F. Form materials to remain in place in the completed work and sealant used for firestopping
work shall be UL listed and labeled.
G. Firestopping materials shall be rated as required when tested in accordance with ASTM
E119.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
H. Firestopping materials shall be asbestos free and shall not incorporate nor require the use of
hazardous solvents.
I. Firestopping materials shall not shrink upon drying as evidenced by cracking or pulling
back from contact surface.
J. Installer shall have a minimum of 5-years' experience installing UL listed firestopping
systems in similar type constmction.
1. Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install
manufacturer's products per specified requirements.
2. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its penetration firestopping products to Conttactor
or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on buyer.
K. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Include Owner, Owner's
Representative, Contractor, and subcontractor responsible for firestopping application.
1. Establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this
work with related adjacent work.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING.
A. Deliver materials in their original unopened packages and store in location providing
protection from damage and exposure to elements.
B. Do not use damaged or expired materials.
1.9 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with firestopping material manufacturer's
recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions before, during, and after
installation of firestopping.
1. All materials shall be asbestos free and non-carcinogenic. Materials should meet the
requirements for use in a "Green Building" as defined by the U.S. Green Building
Council and the ADTM Green Building Sub-committee E 50.06.
2. Firestop materials shall contain no flammable or toxic solvents and shall not produce
toxic or flammable out gassing during the drying or curing process.
3. Firestop materials used shall not require solvent based chemicals for clean-up
purposes.
B. Maintain Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) available on the job site for all materials.
Follow Manufacturer's guidelines for use, handling and disposal.
1. Do not use any product whose MSDS contains waming that continued inhalation
may cause silicon's or lung cancer.
C. Maintain current copy of UL "Fire Resistance Directory" on Project site.
D. Ventilation Requirements: Comply with firestopping material manufacturer's
recommendations during and after installation of firestopping by natural or mechanical
means.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-3
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content: Firestopping and sealants applied on-site on the interior of the building and
products used on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits specified.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Hilti, fric.
2. Specified Technologies Inc.
3. 3M Fire Protection Products.
2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire,
according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases.
B. Provide products that upon curing, do not re-emulsify, dissolve, leach, breakdown or
otherwise deteriorate over time from exposure to atmospheric moisture, sweating pipes,
ponding water or other forms of moisture characteristic during and after constmction.
C. Provide firestop sealants sufficiently flexible to accommodate motion such as pipe
vibration, water hammer, thermal expansion and other normal building movement without
damage to the seal.
D. Pipe insulation shall not be removed, cut away or otherwise intermpted through wall or
floor openings. Provide products appropriately tested for the thickness and type of
insulation utilized.
E. Fire rated pathway devices shall be the preferred product and shall be installed in all
locations where frequent cable moves, add-ons and changes will occur.
F. When mechanical cable pathways are not practical, openings within walls and floors
designed to accommodate voice, data and video cabling shall be provided with re-enterable
products specifically designed for rettofit.
G. Penettants passing through fire-resistance rated floor-ceiling assemblies contained within
chase wall assemblies shall be protected with products tested by being fully exposed to the
fire outside of the chase wall. Systems within the UL Fire Resistance Directory that meet
this criterion are identified with the words "Chase Wall Optional".
H. Provide fire-resistive joint sealants sufficiently flexible to accommodate movement such as
thermal expansion and other normal building movement without damage to the seal.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
I. Provide fire-resistive joint sealants designed to accommodate a specific range of movement
and tested for this purpose in accordance with a cyclic movement test criteria as outlined in
Standards, ASTM E1399/E1399M, ASTM E1966 or ANSL UL 2079.
J. Provide penetration firestop systems, fire-resistive joint systems, or perimeter fire barrier
systems subjected to an air leakage test conducted in accordance with Standard, ANSI/
UL1479 for penetrations and ANSI/UL2079 for joint systems with published L-Ratings for
ambient and elevated temperatures as evidence of the ability of firestop system to restrict
the movement of smoke.
K. Provide T-Rating Collar Devices tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or ANSI/UL1479
for metallic pipe penetrations requiring T-Ratings per the applicable building code.
L. Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with the following ratings
determined per ASTM E814:
1. F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F-ratings
indicated, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire-resistance rating of
constmctions penetrated.
2. T-Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through-penetration firestop
systems with T-ratings indicated, as well as F-ratings, where systems protect
penettating items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable
floor areas:
a. Penetrations located outside wall cavities.
b. Penettations located outside fire-resistance-rated shaft enclosures.
c. Where firestop systems protect penetrating items larger than a 4-inch diameter
nominal pipe or 16 sq inch overall cross-sectional area.
d. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located in constmction containing
doors required to have a temperature-rise rating.
M. Provide joint sealants with fire-resistance ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM El 19,
but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of the constmction in
which the joint occurs.
N. Fire Rated Constmction Design Requirements: Maintain barrier and stmctural floor fire
resistance ratings including resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with
other surfaces or types of constmction, at separations required to permit building movement
and sound or vibration absorption, and at other constmction gaps.
O. Smoke Barrier Constmction Design Requirements: Maintain barrier and stmctural floor
resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces and types of
constmction and at all separations required to permit building movement and sound or
vibration absorption, and at other constmction gaps.
P. For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical
damage, provide products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these
conditions both during and after constmction.
1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide
moisture-resistant through-penettation firestop systems.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4-inches (100 mm) in width and
exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of
supporting floor loads involved, either by installing floor plates or by other means.
3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop
systems not requiring removal of insulation.
Q. Assembly designs are specified generally under UL system categories by penetrating item.
Manufacturers' product applications must have specific UL system designations.
R. Duct Damper Penetrations: Completely fill annular space with mineral wool safing and seal
with flexible firestop sealant. Comply with duct damper manufacturer's requirements.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Comply with the following requirements in
providing system components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming
openings, and the items, if any, penetrating firestops under conditions of service and
application, based on testing and field experience.
B. Systems or devices listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under categories XHCR and
XHEZ may be used, provided that they conform to the constmction type, penettant type,
annular space requirements, and fire rating involved in each separate instance, and that the
system is symmetrical for wall applications.
1. Provide only asbestos-free systems or devices.
2. Additional requirements: Prevent the passage of cold smoke either as an inherent
property of the product, or by the use of a separate product included as a part of the
UL system or device, and designed to perform this function.
2.5 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
A. Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire
according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain
original fire-resistance rating of constmction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems
shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with
penettating items if any.
B. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings
determined per ASTM E814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential
of0.01-inchwg(2.49 Pa).
1. Fire-resistance-rated walls include fire walls, fire-barrier walls, smoke-barrier walls,
and fire partitions.
2. F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constmctions penetrated.
C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings
determined per ASTM E814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential
of0.01-inchwg(2.49 Pa).
1. Horizontal assemblies include floors, floor/ceiling assemblies, and, ceiling
membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies.
2. F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constmctions
penetrated.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3. T-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constmctions
penetrated except for floor penettations within the cavity of a wall.
D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined
per UL 1479.
1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. (0.025 cu. m/s per sq. m) of penetration
opening at 0.30-inch wg (74.7 Pa) at both ambient and elevated temperatures.
E. W-Rating: Provide penetration firestopping showing no evidence of water leakage when
tested according to UL 1479.
F. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smoke-
developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E84.
G. VOC Content: Provide penetration firestopping that complies with the following limits for
VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
H. Accessories: Provide components for each penettation firestopping system that are needed
to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components
specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and
inspecting agency for firestopping indicated.
1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following:
a. Slag-wool-fiber or rock-wool-fiber insulation.
b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials
to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state.
c. Fire-rated form board.
d. Fillers for sealants.
2. Temporary forming materials.
3. Substrate primers.
4. Collars.
5. Steel sleeves.
2.6 FILL MATERIALS
A. Endothermic, Latex Compound Sealant: Single-component, endothermic, latex
formulation.
B. Intumescent, Latex Sealant: Single-component, intumescent, latex formulation.
C. Intumescent Putty: Nonhardening, dielectric, water-resistant putty containing no solvents,
inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.
D. Pillows/Bags: Reusable heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases
filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents, and fire-
retardant additives. Where exposed, cover openings with steel-reinforcing wire mesh to
protect pillows/bags from being easily removed.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic
cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to
form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar.
2.7 SEALANTS
A. Silicone Sealant: Moisture-curing, single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing
elastomeric sealant.
B. Sealant Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors
for products of type indicated.
C. Single-Component, Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25;
exposure-related Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, G, A, and (as applicable to
joint substrates indicated) O.
D. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and Uses NT,
M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O.
2.8 FIRESTOPPING AT ELECTRICAL BOXES AND UTILITY OUTLETS
A. Sealant for 1-hour Rated Walls: Nondrying, non-hardening, non-skinning, non-staining,
single component fire rated material for through-penetration firestop systems.
1. Specified Technologies Inc., SSP Putty and Putty Pads.
2. 3M Fire Protection Products, Fire Barrier Moldable Putty or Putty Pads.
3. Locations: Steel electrical outlet boxes which exceed 16-square inches.
4. VOC Content: Provide penettation firestopping that complies with the following
limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA
Method 24):
5. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
6. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
7. Sealant Primers for Porous Substtates: 775 g/L.
B. Utility penetrations in walls, ceilings, or floors requiring protected openings shall be
firestopped and sealed with an approved material securely installed, capable of maintaining
its integrity when subjected to test temperatures specified in ASTM E814.
C. Steel electrical outlet boxes on opposite sides of walls requiring protected openings shall be
separated by a horizontal distance of 24-inches.
D. Steel electrical outlet boxes which occur in combination with outlet boxes of any size such
that the aggregate area of unprotected outlet boxes exceeds 100-square inches in any 100-
square feet of wall area shall be protected by an approved material or detail to decrease the
aggregate area of unprotected utility boxes to less than 100-square inches in any 100-square
feet of wall.
E. Utility and electrical outlets or boxes shall be securely fastened to the stud or framing of the
wall or ceiling assembly. The opening in the gypsum board shall be cut so that the clearance
between the box and the gypsum board does not exceed 1/8-inch.
1. Fill the 1/8-inch gap with an approved fire-rated sealant.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2.9 ACCESSORIES
A. Accessories: Provide components for each through-penetration firestop system that are
needed to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements"
Article. Use only components specified by through-penetration firestop system
manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems
indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items:
B. Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled steel collars lined with intumescent material sized to
fit specific outside diameter of penettating item.
C. Fire Rated Cable Pathways: STI EZ-PATH™ Brand device modules comprised of steel
raceway with intumescent foam pads allowing 0 to 100 percent cable fill.
D. Wrap Strips: Single component intumescent elastomeric strips faced on both sides with a
plastic film.
E. Firestop Pillows: Re-enterable, non-curing, mineral fiber core encapsulated with an
intumescent coating contained in a fiame retardant poly bag.
F. Composite Sheet: Intumescent material sandwiched between a galvanized steel sheet and
steel wire mesh protected with aluminum foil.
G. Cast-In-Place Firestop Device: Single component molded firestop device installed on forms
prior to concrete placement with totally encapsulated, tamper-proof integral firestop system
and smoke sealing gasket.
H. Fire-Rated HVAC Retaining Angles: Steel angle system with integral intumescent firestop
gasket for use on steel HVAC ducts.
I. Firestop Plugs: Re-enterable, foam mbber plug impregnated with intumescent material for
use in blank openings and cable sleeves.
J. Fire-Rated T Rating Collar Device: Louvered steel collar system with synthetic aluminized
polymer coolant wrap installed on metallic pipes where T Ratings are required by
applicable building code requirements.
K. Fire-Rated Cable Grommet: Molded two-piece grommet made from plenum grade polymer
with a foam inner core for sealing individual cable penettations up to 0.27 in. (7 mm)
diameter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for opening configurations, penettating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting
performance of work.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-9
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through-penetration
firestop systems to comply with firestop system manufacturer's written instmctions and with
the following requirements:
1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penettating items foreign
materials that could interfere with adhesion of through-penetration firestop systems.
2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces
capable of developing optimum bond with through-penetration firestop systems.
Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration firestop
system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods.
Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed
surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent through-penetration firestop systems from
contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that
would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning
methods used to remove smears from firestop system materials. Remove tape as soon as
possible without disturbing firestop system's seal with substrates.
3.3 E^JSTALLATION
A. Install through-penetration firestops to comply with the performance requirements of this
Section and the through-penettation firestop manufacturer's installation instmctions and
drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated.
B. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation
instmctions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
C. Install firestopping in accordance with fire test reports, fire resistance requirements,
acceptable sample installations, and manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Provide sprinkler piping with NFPA 13 required annular space using insulation and
firestop to allow movement.
2. Coordinate with plumbing, mechanical, electrical and other trades to assure that all
pipe, conduit, cable, and other items which penetrate fire-rated constmction have
been permanentiy installed prior to installation of firestops.
3. Follow safety procedures recommended in the Material Safety Data Sheets.
D. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's current printed instmctions to provide a Flame (F)
rating of at least one (1) hour, but not less than the fire resistance rating of the assembly
being penetrated. Ensure that anchoring devices, back-up materials, clips, sleeves, supports
and other materials used in the actual fire test are installed.
E. Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to
support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-
sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fiilly cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of
firestop systems.
F. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following
results:
1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and
penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and
penetrating items.
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce
smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
G. Install fire resistant filler in openings with sufficient pressure to properly fill and seal
openings, ensuring an effective seal. Dam bottom of vertical openings and one side of
horizontal openings with temporary containment forms or, where required to achieve fire
resistance ratings, provide permanent mineral composition board forms.
H. Tool or trowel exposed surfaces. Remove excess firestop or smoke seal material promptly
as work progresses and upon completion of installation.
I. On horizontal penetrations, provide partial face containment forms where required for
material placement. Allow installed fillers to cure, and remove temporary forms; trim
ragged edges with sharp knife; inspect and fill voids with additional filler to form uniform
thickness of filler.
J. Spillage: Do not allow sealants to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate
into voids of adjoining surfaces. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be
necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage.
K. Recess exposed edges of gaskets and exposed joint fillers slightly behind adjoining
surfaces, unless otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not protmde from joints.
L. Tool or trowel exposed surfaces. Remove excess firestop or smoke seal material promptly
as work progresses and upon completion.
M. Apply firestop or smoke seal material at penetrations of insulated piping after the insulation
is installed. Use material that has been tested for compatibility and rating in conjunction
with the use of the insulation material being used.
1. Calcium silicate, or other pipe insulation, may be substituted for fiberglass pipe
insulation through the sleeve, if the insulation is part of an assembly which meets the
requirements specified for firestopping or smoke sealing.
N. Install firestopping or smoke sealing materials for filling voids in fioors having openings of
4 inches or greater that support the same load as the floor system, unless the area is
protected by a permanent barrier preventing loading or ttaffic on the firestopped or smoke
sealed area.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify through-penetration firestop systems with pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive,
preprinted vinyl labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces of penetrated constmction on
both sides of each firestop system installation where labels will be visible to anyone seeking
to remove penetrating items or firestop systems. Include the following information on
labels:
1. The words: "Waming: Through-Penetration Firestop System - Do Not Disturb".
2. Contractor's name, address and phone number.
3. Designation of applicable testing and inspection agency.
4. Date of installation.
5. Manufacturer's name for firestop materials.
3.5 FIELD INSPECTION
A. Maintain copy of manufacturer's installation instmctions and recommendations at each
work area.
B. Keep area of work available for inspection by Architect and applicable authorities before
and after application of firestopping.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed because of
testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping to comply with requirements.
C. Proceed with enclosing penettation firestopping with other constmction only after
inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and
with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through-penetration firestop system
manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur.
B. Repair damage caused by work of this section; clean exposed surfaces soiled by work and
leave work ready to receive subsequent work.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure
that through-penetration firestop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of
Substantial Completion.
FIRESTOPPING
078400-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -1- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove
damaged or deteriorated through-penetration firestop systems immediately and install
new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 078400
FIRESTOPPING
078400-13
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
FIRESTOPPING
078400-14
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Exterior Joints in Vertical Surfaces and Horizontal Non-traffic Surfaces:
1. At flashing and sheet metal.
2. Constmction joints in cast-in-place concrete.
3. Perimeter joints around frames of storefronts, doors, windows, and louvers.
B. Interior Joints in Vertical Surfaces and Horizontal Non-traffic Surfaces:
1. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
2. Perimeter j oints of exterior openings.
3. Tile control and expansion joints.
4. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of concrete walls and partitions.
5. Interior rated and non-rated sealants.
6. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors,
windows, and elevator entrances.
7. Perimeter joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters.
8. Control and expansion joints in ceiling and overhead surfaces.
9. Acoustical joints in wall and ceiling surfaces.
1.3
C.
D.
!
A.
B.
C.
D.
Interior Joints in Horizontal Traffic Surfaces:
1. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
Joint sealant primers and accessories.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 076000 - Flashing and Sheet Metal.
Section 078400 - Firestopping: Sealing of perimeter joint and through-wall penetrations.
Section 088100 - Glass Glazing: Sealants used in glazing.
Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Sealing concealed perimeter joints of gypsum board
partitions to reduce sound transmission.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-1
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1.2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch H- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data for each product required, including
instmctions for joint preparation and sealant application. Include certification by joint
sealant manufacturer that sealants, primers, and cleaners comply with local regulations
conttolling the use of volatile organic compounds (VOC). Include tested physical and
performance properties. Include data sheets for substrate cleaners and substrate primers
recommended by sealant manufacturer for specific substrate surface conditions.
B. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide
Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-inch-
(150-mm-) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to
joint sealants.
1. Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's standard color chart with physical samples of each
color. Submit information on availability of custom colored sealants.
C. Joint Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:
1. Joint sealant application and typical joint locations to receive sealants.
2. Joint sealant manufacturer and product name.
3. Joint sealant formulation and color.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for installation sealants applied on-site used on the interior of the
building and products used on the interior of the building including printed statement
of chemical composition and VOC content of each product used.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleaners
required for sealant installation comply with local regulations conttolling use of volatile
organic compounds (VOCs).
B. Submit manufacturer's letter of certification that products comply with specified
requirements and are suitable for the uses intended.
C. Product Test Reports:
1. Certified test results of elastomeric sealants showing compliance with specified
requirements. Include results of aged performances including hardness, stain-
resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement, low temperature
flexibility, modulus of elasticity at 100-percent strain, effects of heat and aging, and
effects of accelerated weathering.
2. Preconstmction field test results indicating which products and joint preparation
methods demonstrated acceptable adhesion to joint substrates.
D. Qualification Data: For Installer.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for
installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single
manufacturer.
C. Product Testing: Obtain test resuhs for "Product Test Reports" Paragraph in "Submittals"
Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing current sealant formulations within
a 36-month period preceding the Work.
1. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according
to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E548.
2. Test elastomeric joint sealants for compliance with requirements specified by
reference to ASTM C920, and where applicable, to other standard test methods.
D. Sealant manufacturer shall confirm in writing that all materials contacting the sealants,
including joint backings, gaskets, spacers, and joint substrates, are compatible with the
sealant to be installed. Schedule sufficient time to test these materials for compatibility
with the sealant, as necessary. Compatibility tests shall be performed to the sealant
manufacturer's standards.
1. Determine if priming and/or other preparation techniques are required.
2. Determine compatibility of exterior joint sealant with stone material to be used.
Verify that joint sealant oils do not migrate onto stone face causing visual banding
while wet or dry. Manufacturer shall perform staining tests of sealant systems in
accordance with ASTM C510 and ASTM D2203 methods for each joint substrate
condition in the work.
3. Testing for adhesion is not required if sealant manufacturer has performed previous
testing of proposed sealants for adhesion to and compatibility with required joints
substrates.
E. Sealant manufacturer shall confirm in writing the appropriate joint preparation and priming
techniques required to obtain rapid, acceptable adhesion of the joint sealants to the joint
substrates.
F. Preconstmction Field Testing: Prior to installation of joint sealants, field-test adhesion to all
joint substrates and surface types. Field adhesion testing shall be completed and results
shall be reviewed and approved by sealant manufacturer and installer before commencing
sealant installation.
1. Install joint sealants in 5-foot joint lengths. Allow to cure before testing. Test
adhesion by pulling sealant out of joint according to "Method A, Field-Applied
Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab", in Appendix XI in ASTM C1193. For joints with
dissimilar substtates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along
one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side.
2. Perform field tests for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate.
3. Arrange for tests to take place with joint sealant manufacturer's technical
representative present.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research H- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
4. Report whether or not sealant in joint connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere
to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each
type of product and joint substrate.
5. Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications
of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use
sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrate during testing.
G. Pre-Installation Meeting: Review joint application procedures, compatibility tests, adhesion
tests, and warranty requirements in a meeting involving installer, manufacturer or
manufacturer's representative, building owner or manager, consultant, and contractor.
1.6 DELFVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot
life, curing time, and mixing instmctions for multi-component materials intact and legible.
B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent
their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or
other causes.
1.7 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted
by joint sealant manufacturer.
2. Below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C).
3. When joint substrates are wet or retaining moisture.
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint
widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.
C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until
contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or
replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Exterior Sealants: Fumish a written warranty against leaks or other defects of materials,
fabrication, and installation. Defects include but are not limited to changes in the stmctural,
physical or chemical properties of the sealant materials that impair function or require
abnormal maintenance, changes in surface finish, color or texture, failure in adhesion,
weather resistance or durability, failure to prevent entry of water, or failure to comply with
specified requirements.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. This warranty shall not cover formation of cracks or defects in substrate materials
adjacent to the seal, joint movement in excess of movement rating of sealant, or
physical damage caused by others.
2. Repair or replace defective materials, fabrication, and installation during warranty
period without expense to Owner, including removal and replacement of other items
as required.
3. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner
may have against the Conttactor under the Contract Documents.
4. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric
sealant manufacturer agrees to fiimish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those
that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within
specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
D. Failure of the materials, fabrication, and installation include leakage, hardening, cracking,
cmmbling, melting, shrinkage or mnning of the sealant or caulking, or the staining of
adjacent materials.
E. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric
joint sealants from the following:
1. Movement of the stmcture resulting in sttesses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused
by stmctural settlement or errors attributable to design or constmction.
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications.
3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.
4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric
contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the
weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight
continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water-
resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
C. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for
products of type indicated.
2.5 EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS
A. Exterior Polyurethane Weatherproofing and Control Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S,
Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, M, G, A, and O; single component, chemical curing,
non-staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging type; color as selected; use in exterior vertical
surfaces such as, but not limited to:
1. Expansion and control joints of precast panels and tilt-up concrete panels.
2. Window and door perimeters, reglets, and flashings.
3. Joints between architectural precast concrete units.
4. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry.
5. Butt j oints between metal panels.
6. Joints between different materials listed above.
7. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows,
storefronts, louvers, and similar openings.
8. Control and expansion joints in ceilings and overhead surfaces.
9. Acceptable Sealants:
a. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I.
b. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex la.
c. BASF (Sonnebome); NP 1.
d. Tremco; Dymonic FC.
B. Reglets and Flashings Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, polyurethane-based sealant;
Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, and Use T, NT, G, and M; single component elastomeric.
1. Acceptable Sealants:
a. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFlex-15LM.
b. Tremco, Inc.; Vulkem 921.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.6 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS
A. mterior Weatherproofing and Control Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class
25, Use NT, M, G, A, and O; single component, chemical curing, non-staining, non-
bleeding, non-sagging type; color as selected; use in interior surfaces such as, but not
limited to:
1. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
2. Perimeter joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior openings.
3. Joints on precast beams and planks.
4. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors,
windows, storefronts, louvers, elevator entrances and similar openings.
5. Other interior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces subject to
movement for which no other sealant is specified.
6. Acceptable Sealants:
a. Pecora Corporation; Dynattol I-XL.
b. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex la.
c. BASF (Sonnebome); NP 1.
d. Tremco; Dymonic FC.
B. Wood Panel Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, O; single-
component urethane, color to be selected.
1. Acceptable Sealants:
a. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex la Constmction Sealant.
b. BASF (Sonneborn); Sonolastic NP-1.
c. Tremco, Inc.; Vulkem 116.
C. Interior Latex Joint Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C834, Type S, Use O,
Grade NS; use at interior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces such
as, but not limited to:
1. Perimeters of interior door and window frames.
2. Interior wall surfaces scheduled to receive latex paints.
3. Perimeters of plumbing fixtures.
4. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
5. Perimeter joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior openings.
6. Joints on precast beams and planks.
7. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors,
windows, storefronts, louvers, elevator entrances and similar openings.
8. Trim or finish joints subject to movement.
9. Acceptable Sealants:
a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20.
b. BASF (Sonnebom); Sonolac.
c. Tremco; Tremflex 834.
D. Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25; Use NT, G,
fcA, and O; use on non-porous interior surfaces under high humidity and temperature
extremes. For use in bathrooms, spas, and similar applications where joints need protection
against fungi and bacteria.
1. Acceptable Sealants:
a. Dow Coming Corporation; Dow Coming 786.
b. Pecora, hic. 898.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
c. Tremco, Inc Tremsil 200.
E. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Non-sag, paintable, nonstaining,
latex sealant, with a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), complying with ASTM C834 that effectively
reduces airbome sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building
constmction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E90;
use for drywall or plaster wall systems, bedding electrical boxes and other wall outlets.
1. Acceptable Sealants: One of the following or approved equal:
a. Pecora Corporation; AIS 919 Acoustical and Insulation Latex Sealant.
b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
c. Tremco, Inc.; Tremflex 834 or Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
2.7 JOINT SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings and accessory materials, including primers, of material
and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, and other joint
fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field
experience and laboratory testing.
B. Foam Joint Fillers: Non-gassing, preformed, compressible, resilient, non-staining, non-
waxing, non-extmding strips of flexible plastic foam of one of materials indicated below, as
recommended by manufacturer for compatibility with their sealant; of size, shape, and
density to control sealant depth, prevent three-sided adhesion, provide a surface against
which to tool, and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance:
1. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a
surface skin) or Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), and of size and
density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum
sealant performance and as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
2. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Flexible cellular mbber tubing complying
with ASTMD 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining
resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C). Provide products
with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to
conttol sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion
of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from pre-constmction joint sealant-
substrate tests and field tests. Certify that primer will not permanently stain adjacent joint
surfaces.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of
staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and
formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints, to mask off adjacent joint surfaces where sealant is not
permanently intended to be applied.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Bondbreaker Tape: Polyethylene pressure sensitive adhesive tape, to be used in areas
where backer rod caimot fit and where three-sided adhesion is to be avoided.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting joint sealant performance.
B. Verify that joint sizes and surfaces are free of defects and acceptable for installation of joint
sealants.
C. Verify joint dimensions and shapes to ensure they are within the sealant manufacturer's
guidelines. Resolve any variances prior to installation. Do not proceed with sealant
installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Thoroughly clean the areas that the new sealant will contact using a de-greasing solvent not
harmful to the environment using the two-rag wipe technique. IPA (isopropyl alcohol) is
not a degreasing solvent. The new sealant should have a minimum contact area of 1/4".
B. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instmctions and the following
requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion
of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings
tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer),
old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and
frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by bmshing, grinding, blast cleaning,
mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound
substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose
particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out
joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substtates include the following:
a. Concrete.
b. Masonry.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain,
harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint
sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
c. Porcelain enamel.
d. Glazed ceramic tile.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact
or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after
tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 JOINT PRIMING
A. Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer
based on pre-constmction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to
comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto
adjoining surfaces.
C. Allow primer to dry. Do not prime areas that cannot be sealed the same day.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF SEALANT BACKINGS
A. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at
position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants
relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers.
3. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and
replace with dry material.
3.5 ESrSTALLATION OF JOE^T SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instmctions
applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements
apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM Cl 193 for use of
joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919.
D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly
contacting and fiilly wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each
joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to
joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same
time sealant backings are installed.
E. Install joint backing to maintain the following joint ratios, but in no case less than 1/4 inch
(6 mm):
1. Joints up to 1/2 inch wide: 1:1 width to depth ratio.
2. Joints Greater than 1/2 inch wide: 2:1 width to depth ratio; maximum 1/2 inch joint
depth.
3. Sub-caulk joints that are deep, or joints without suitable backstop, to proper depth.
4. Protect side walls of joint (to depth of caulking) with bond breaker tape.
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
5. Install with adhesive on 2 faces in contact with sides of joints.
F. Tooling of Non-sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time
skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration
indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides
of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do
not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C1193, unless otherwise
indicated.
4. Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM Cl 193.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealants and sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants
and of products in which joints occur.
B. Leave finished work in a neat, clean condition with no evidence of spillovers onto adjacent
surfaces.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constioiction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Consttiiction Waste Management.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances or from damage resulting from constmction operations or other causes so that
they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion.
B. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or
deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are
indistinguishable from original work.
END OF SECTION 079200
JOINT SEALANTS
079200-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
JOINT SEAUNTS
079200-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Standard steel doors and frames indicated and scheduled on Drawings.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 087100 - Door Hardware.
B. Section 099100 - Painting: Finish painting of steel items.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, including those referenced in ANSI
A250.8, are minimums as defined in referenced ASTM standards for both uncoated steel
sheet and the uncoated base metal of metallic-coated steel sheets. Metal thicknesses
indicated below correspond to former gage thicknesses:
1. 20 Gage: 0.032-inch (0.8-mm).
2. 18 Gage: 0.042-inch (1.0-mm).
3. 16 Gage: 0.053-inch (1.3-mm).
4. 14 Gage: 0.067-inch (1.7-mm).
5. 12 Gage: 0.093-inch (2.3-mm).
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data; Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products
comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include
details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of
constmction, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements,
and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
b. Provide total weight of products provided.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3. Product Data for field-applied touch up primers, paints, clear coatings, and
galvanizing agents, include printed statement of VOC content and chemical
components.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and
openings as those on contract drawings.
B. Indicate coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements.
C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for each type of hollow metal door and frame assembly.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended
Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames", ANSI A250, and as specified herein.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during ttansit and job
storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory finished doors.
B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired
provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect;
otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4" high wood
blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity
chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide
1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAE^ABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content
such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than the following:
I. Steel: Average recycled content of steel to be a minimum 60 percent recycled
content.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius ofthe project site.
C. VOC Content: Welding and coatings applied on-site on the interior of the building and
products used on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits as specified.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following, or approved equal:
1. Amweld Building Products.
2. Ceco Corporation.
3. Curries Company.
2.3 STANDARD STEEL DOORS
A. General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated
with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces, unless otherwise
indicated. Comply with ANSI A250.8.
1. Design: Flush panel.
2. Non-Rated Core Constmction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb,
polystyrene, polyurethane, mineral-board, or vertical steel-stiffener core that
produces doors complying with ANSI A250.8.
3. Fire Door Core Constmction: As required to provide fire-protection ratings
indicated.
4. Vertical Edges, for Single- and Double-Acting Doors: Square edge.
5. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick
end closures or channels of same material as face sheets.
6. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel
Doors and Frames."
B. Exterior Doors: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by
referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance
level:
1. Fabricate from galvanized steel sheet.
2. Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full Flush)
or Model 2 (Seamless) composite constmction where indicated on Drawings.
C. Interior Doors: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing
ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance level:
1. Fabricate from cold-rolled steel sheet.
2. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full Flush) or
Model 2 (Seamless) composite constmction where indicated on Drawings.
2.4 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
A. General: Comply with ANSI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile.
B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from galvanized steel sheet.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face comers and seamless face
joints.
2. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 0.067-inch- (1.7-mm-) thick steel sheet.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to
comply with exterior frame requirements.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face comers and seamless face
joints.
2. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet.
3. Frames for Wood Doors: 0.053-inch-(1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet.
4. Frames for Borrowed Lights: 0.053-inch-(1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet.
D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate reinforcement plates from same material as frames to
comply with the following minimum sizes:
1. Hinges: Minimum 0.123 inch (3.0 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 6
inches (152 mm) longer than hinge, secured by not less than 6 spot welds.
2. Pivots: Minimum 0.167 inch (4.2 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 6
inches (152 mm) longer than hinge, secured by not less than 6 spot welds.
3. Lock Face, Flush Bohs, Closers, and Concealed Holders: Minimum 0.067 inch (1.7
mm) thick.
4. All Other Surface-Mounted Hardware: Minimum 0.067 inch (1.7 mm) thick.
E. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from electrolytic zinc-coated or metallic-coated steel
sheet.
F. Jamb Anchors:
1. Metal Stud Anchor: Z-type anchor, welded to frame, 0.053-inch thick steel, UL
listed as required for fire rating.
2. Existing Wall Anchor: 0.053-inch thick pipe spacer with 2-inch x 0.053-inch thick
steel plate sized to accommodate a 3/8-inch diameter countersunk flathead expansion
anchor, UL listed as required for fire rating..
G. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm)
thick, and as follows:
1. Used at all frames installed prior to walls. Where frames are installed after walls,
install an additional jamb anchor within the lowest 6-inches of the door jamb, one
each side.
2. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.
3. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips,
allowing not less than 2-inch (50-mm) height adjustment. Terminate bottom of
frames at finish floor surface.
H. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot-rolled
steel sheet.
2.5 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTMAI008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), TypeB;
suitable for exposed applications.
B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying
with ASTM A653/A653M, with ASTM A924/A924M, G60 zinc coating, mill
phosphatized.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Door Louvers: SDI 11 IC, sight proof, inverted V or Y blades, with insect screen at exterior
doors, size as indicated on Drawings.
D. Supports and Anchors: After fabricating, galvanize units to be built into exterior walls
according to ASTM A153/A153M, Class B.
E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Provide items to be buih into exterior walls, hot-dip
galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M.
F. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application
indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory
devices for attaching standard steel door frames of type indicated.
G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil
(0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of
asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.
H. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 088100.
2.6 STOPS AND MOLDINGS
A. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, fabricated from
same material as door face sheet in which they are installed.
B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with standard steel frames, minimum 5/8 inch (16
mm) high, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, fabricated
from same material as frames in which they are installed.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects,
warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant.
B. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to
assure proper assembly at project site.
C. Hollow Metal Doors:
1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit
moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors.
3. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of non-flush
units, from only cold-rolled steel. Install insulation in doors where scheduled on
Drawings.
4. Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Close top
and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door constmction or by
addition of minimum 16-gage inverted steel channels. Seal joints watertight.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling
limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness
metal as frames.
1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make
smooth, flush, and invisible.
2. Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or
joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings
and to jambs by butt welding.
3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed
fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be
grouted.
5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot
welds per anchor.
6. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and
moldings from cold-rolled or hot- rolled steel (at fabricator's option).
7. Provide 3/8-inch back bend retum on frames where gypsum board wall material
occurs whether on one or both sides.
8. Fabricate frames having multiple openings with mullion members having no visible
seams or joints. Continuously weld face, rabbet, and soffit joints between abutted
members and finish smooth when exposed to exterior.
E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated.
Form comers of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints.
1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of
hollow metal work.
2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each
glazed lite is capable of being removed independently.
3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior
doors and frames.
4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work.
5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and
type of installation indicated.
6. Factory-install glass in prepared openings.
F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for
exposed screws and bolts. Paint heads to match adjacent surfaces.
G. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed
finish hardware in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided
by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 series
specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware.
1. Locate finish hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in
accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware", published by
Door and Hardware Institute.
2. Prepare frames for silencers except for frames which receive weatherstripping.
3. Provide dust cover boxes or mortar guards of 0.016-inch thick steel at all hardware
mortises on frames.
4. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and
tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at project site.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
H. Factory-install louvers in prepared openings.
2.8 STEEL FINISHES
A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
1. Finish standard steel door and frames after assembly.
B. Metallic-Coated Steel Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so
surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating
suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections,
and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with
ASTM A780/A780M.
1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in
steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20.
C. Steel Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning";
remove dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill
scale and mst, if present, from uncoated steel; comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool
Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
D. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply shop primer specified below immediately
after surface preparation and pretreatment. Apply a smooth coat of even consistency to
provide a uniform dry film thickness of not less than 0.7 mils (0.018 mm).
I. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer
complying with ANSI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer
manufacturer for substtate; compatible with substtate and field-applied finish paint
system indicated; and providing a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite
prolonged exposure.
2.9 ACCESSORIES
A. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick,
electrolytic zinc-coated or metallic-coated steel sheet.
1. Wall Anchors in Masonry Constmction: 0.177-inch- (4.5-mm-) diameter, steel wire
complying with ASTM A510/A5I0M may be used in place of steel sheet.
B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where zinc-coated items are
to be buih into exterior walls, comply with ASTM A153/A153M, Class C or D as
applicable.
C. Shop Applied Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, air-drying or baking type, suitable as
a base for specified finish paints.
D. Plaster Guards: Provide 0.016-inch- (0.4-mm-) thick, steel sheet plaster guards or mortar
boxes to close off interior of openings; place at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or
other materials might obstmct hardware operation.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, fabricate stops to receive three
silencers on strike jambs of single-door frames and two silencers on heads of double-door
frames.
F. Finish: Paint in accordance with Section 099100.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Provide doors and frames of sizes, thicknesses, and designs indicated. Install
standard steel doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in
place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instmctions.
B. Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings,
manufacturer's data, and as herein specified.
C. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of ANSI A250.il "Recommended Erection
Instmctions for Steel Frames", unless otherwise indicated.
D. Except for frames located at in-place concrete and at drywall installations, place frames
prior to constmction of enclosing walls. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed,
aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall constmction is
completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and
undamaged.
E. In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and sttike levels. In
open steel stud partitions, place studs in wall anchor notches and wire tie. In closed steel
stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with tapping screws.
F. Standard Steel Frames: Install standard steel frames for doors, sidelights, borrowed lights
and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI A250.11.
1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. After wall constmction is complete, remove temporary
braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening.
b. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
c. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have
been properly set and secured.
d. Check plumb, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constmcted. Shim
as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
e. Apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with mortar, grout,
and plaster containing antifreezing agents.
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor
and secure with post-installed expansion anchors.
a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of post-
installed expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.
3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind frames.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
4. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Install
grout in lifts and take precautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are
not deformed or damaged by grout forces.
5. In-Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with postinstalled
expansion anchors through floor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors, and fill
and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
6. Installation Tolerances: Adjust standard steel door frames for squareness, alignment,
twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a
line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a
horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face comers of
jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor.
G. Standard Steel Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances
specified below. Shim as necessary.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors:
a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1/16 inch
(1.6 mm).
c. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).
d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum
3/4 inch (19 mm).
H. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing" and with
standard steel door and frame manufacturer's written instmctions.
1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly
not more than 9 inches (230 mm) oc, and not more than 2 inches (50 mm) oc from
each comer.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final
inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace
defective work, including standard steel doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or
otherwise unacceptable.
B. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth msted or damaged areas of
prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean grout and other bonding material off standard steel doors and frames immediately
after installation.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint
according to manufacturer's written instmctions.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 081113
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 081116 - ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Standard commercial interior aluminum door and sidelight frames indicated and scheduled
on Drawings.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 081113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Steel doors and door frames.
B. Section 081416 - Flush Wood Doors.
C. Section 087100 - Door Hardware.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products
comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation of aluminum frames. Include
details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of
constmction, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements,
and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for adhesives and sealants used inside of the window framing system,
including printed statement of VOC content.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and
openings as those on contract drawings.
B. Indicate coordinate of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements.
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed installations of
aluminum framing of similar design and extent to those required for the project and
authorized by manufacturer to install products specified in this Section.
B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain aluminum frames from one source and from a single
manufacturer.
C. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of interior
aluminum frames and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1
Section "Product Requirements."
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver frames cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage.
Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory finished doors.
B. Inspect frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided
refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect;
otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4" high wood blocking.
Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters that could create humidity chamber. If
cardboard wrappers become wet, remove carton immediately.
D. Follow special storage and handling requirements of manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAE^JABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content
such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than 25 percent except for the following:
1. Rated Window Frames: 5%) postconsumer and 9%) postindustrial.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Adhesives and sealants applied on-site on the interior of the building and
products used on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits as specified.
1. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish
indicated.
1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209.
2. Extmded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221.
3. Extmded Stmcttiral Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B429/B429M.
4. Stmcttiral Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M.
B. Carbon Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A36/A36M for stmcttiral shapes, plates and bars;
ASTM A1008/A1008M for cold rolled sheet and strip, or ASTM A570 for hot rolled sheet
and strip.
C. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: ASTM A123/A123M, aluminum, non-magnetic stainless
steel or hot-dip, zinc-coated steel.
D. Exposed Fasteners: Use exposed fasteners (Phillips flat-head screws) only to apply
hardware. Match the finish of the member or hardware being fastened.
2.3 COMPONENTS
A. Door Frames: Reinforced for hinges and strikes.
B. Glazing Frames: For glazing thickness indicated.
C. Ceiling Tracks: Extmded aluminum.
D. Trim: Extmded aluminum, not less than 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) thick, with removable snap-in
casing trim, glazing stops, and door stops without exposed fasteners.
2.4 INTERIOR ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONT SYSTEM
A. Manufacturer: Kawneer, Tri-Fab 451, 1-3/4-x 4-inch framing system.
B. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extmded-aluminum framing members of
thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.
C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with
nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.
D. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining,
nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.
E. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard recommended by
manufacturer for joint type.
2.5 INTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOORS
A. Stile-and-Rail Type Interior Doors: Provide tubular frame members, fabricated with
mechanical joints using heavy inserted reinforcing plates and concealed tie-rods or j-bolts.
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Design: Provide 1-3/4-inch-thick doors of design as follows.
1. Stile Design: Medium stile; 3-1/2-inch (88.9-mm) nominal width.
C. Hardware:
1. Pivot Hinges: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1.
2. Locking Devices, General: Do not require use of key, tool, or special knowledge for
operation.
3. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA Al56.5, Grade I.
4. Automatic and Self-Latching Flush Bohs: BHMA Al56.3, Grade 1.
5. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to
UL 305.
a. Standard: BHMA Al56.3, Grade 1.
6. Cylinders: As specified in Section 08710; BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
7. Strikes: Provide sttike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt;
fabricated for aluminum framing.
8. Operating Trim: BHMA Al56.6.
9. Removable Mullions:
a. Standard: BHMAA156.3.
b. When used with panic exit devices, provide removable mullions listed and
labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. Use
only mullions that have been tested with exit devices to be used.
10. Closers: With accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by
door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use, and adjustable to
meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
a. Standard: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1.
11. Concealed Overhead Holders: BHMA Al56.8, Grade 1.
12. Door Stops: BHMAA156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for
door location indicated, with integral mbber bumper.
13. Door Seals: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.
a. Compression Type for Rated Conditions: Made of ASTM D2000, molded
neoprene, or ASTM D2287, molded PVC.
b. Sliding Type for Non-rated Conditions: AAMA 701, made of wool,
polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip
backing.
D. See Section 083214 for interior aluminum sliding glass doors.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle,
to shapes as required for each application, for knock down field assembly.
B. Clearly identify work before shipment to assure proper assembly at project site.
C. Provide metal frames for doors and other openings, of types and styles as shown on
Drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide wool pile or gasketing in door frames to prevent metal-to-metal contact.
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Fasteners and Hardware: Aluminum, stainless steel, or other non-corrosive materials
compatible with aluminum and acceptable to frame manufacturer, countersunk style.
Exposed fasteners not permitted.
E. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare frames to receive finish hardware in accordance with
final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with
applicable requirements of ANSI A115 series specifications for door and frame preparation
for hardware.
F. Fabricate frame members mortised, drilled and tapped for hinge and strike locations.
G. Locate finish hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in
accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware", published by Door and
Hardware Institute.
H. Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as required for hardware and as necessary for sag resistance
and rigidity.
I. Door Seals: Provide continuous, nylon backed wool pile sound and light seal around
perimeter of doorstop.
2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum finishes.
C. Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42Rlx (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited
chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating;
Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint
manufacturer's written instmctions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting.
1. Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system
complying with AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils
(0.04 mm), medium gloss.
2. Color: To match existing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EVJTERIOR ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONT INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Comply with manufacturer's written instmctions.
2. Do not install damaged components.
3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.
5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and
electrolytic deterioration.
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Install frames and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's
instmctions, and as herein specified.
C. Coordinate with wall constmction for anchor placement.
D. Field cut jamb legs if required to fit actual finished opening dimension.
E. Set units plumb, level, and tme to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors, or
glass panels.
1. Install components in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades
indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place.
F. Metal Protection:
1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or applying sealant or tape, or by installing
nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.
2. Where aluminum will contact mortar, concrete, or masonry, protect against corrosion
by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
3. Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminum.
G. Install frames and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's
instmctions, and as herein specified.
H. Coordinate with wall constmction for anchor placement.
I. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall constmction is completed, remove temporary braces and
spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
J. In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per door jamb at hinge and sttike
levels. In open steel stud partitions, place studs in wall anchor notches and wire tie. In
closed steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with tapping screws.
K. Field cut jamb legs if required to fit actual finished opening dimension.
L. Refer to Section 088100 for installation of glass and other panels indicated to be glazed into
framing and doors that are not pre-glazed by manufacturer.
1. Prepare surfaces that will contact stmctural sealant according to sealant
manufacturer's written instmctions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation
includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.
2. Install stmctural silicone sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written
instmctions.
3. Mechanically fasten glazing in place until stmctural sealant is cured.
4. Remove excess sealant from component surfaces before sealant has cured.
M. Install perimeter sealant to comply with requirements of Section 079200 unless otherwise
indicated.
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
N. Sidelight Installation:
1. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing to comply with Section 088100 for
glazed lights.
2. Install reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to stmcture and
floor.
3. Accurately join, fit and reinforce comers to flush hairline joints.
3.2 INTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate with the installation of aluminum entrance doors and frames.
B. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.
1. Install entrances plumb and tme in alignment with established lines and levels
without warp or rack.
2. Field-Installed Enttance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door
hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instmctions
using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.
a. Install hardware using templates provided. Refer to Section 087100 for
installation requirements.
b. Lubricate operating hardware and other moving parts according to hardware
manufacturers' written instmctions.
3. Install surface-mounted hardware according to manufacturer's written instmctions
using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.
C. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to surrounding constmction.
D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional
tolerances aligning with adjacent work.
3.3 WOOD DOOR INSTALLATION
A. Fit wood doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in AWS Architectural
Woodwork Standards, Section 9.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving doors and
frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating conditions.
B. Adjust operating hardware.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean completed systems promptly after erection taking care to avoid damage to finishes.
B. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 081116
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
ALUMINUM DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES
081116-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -H Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Solid core wood doors, rated and non-rated.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 087100 -Door Hardware: Installation of hardware in wood doors.
B. Section 099100 - Painting: Field finishing of wood doors.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge constmction,
louvers, and trim for openings.
1. Include adhesive and composite wood materials manufacturers' product data
indicating urea-formaldehyde content.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of
door; constmction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware
blocking; and other pertinent data.
1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.
2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts.
3. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.
4. Indicate fire ratings for fire doors.
C. Samples for Verification: Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials,
approximately 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each material and finish. For each
wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of
color and grain to be expected in the finished work.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
2. Certificates for chain-of-custody certificates certifying that flush wood doors are to
be made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include
evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification
body.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
4. Product Data for the following:
a. For each composite-wood product used, documentation indicating that the
bonding agent contains no urea formaldehyde.
b. For each adhesive used, documentation indicating that the adhesive contains
no urea formaldehyde.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.6 QUALITY STANDARDS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single
manufacturer.
B. Comply with AWS "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for requirements in the door
grades indicated.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody
by an FSC-accredited certification body.
D. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings
indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. Door label shall include hourly rating
followed by the letter "S" indicating conformance with air leakage resistance testing, serial
number, and the listing agency's certification mark.
E. Temperature-Rise Rating: At exit enclosures and exitways, provide doors that have a
temperature-rise rating of 450 deg F maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. In addition to
the requirements specified for positive pressure test requirements specified above, the door
label shall include temperature rise rating.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLE^G
A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instmctions.
B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic
sheeting.
C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.
1.8 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and
weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and
maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the
remainder ofthe constmction period.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace doors that fail in materials, fabrication, or installation within specified warranty
period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in a 42-by-84-inch
(1067-by-2134-mm) section.
b. Telegraphing of core constmction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-
inch (0.25 mm in a 76.2-mm) span.
2. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of the original installation,
including costs of re-hanging.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
B. Certified Wood: Use wood based products made from wood obtained from forests certified
by an FSC accredited certification body to comply with the Forest Stewardship Councils
"Principles and Criteria."
C. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by material manufacturer for products and
substrate conditions indicated.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Use only composite wood and agrifiber products free of
added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Algoma Hardwoods.
2. Eggers Industries.
3. Marshfield Door Systems.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. General Wood Door Product Requirements: Provide doors with same exposed surface
material on both faces of each door; meeting requirements of AWS Section 9; unless
otherwise indicated.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Low-Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products
that do not contain urea formaldehyde.
C. Adhesives: NWWDA IS-1.6, Type II adhesive bond or better for cores. Type I adhesive
bond for faces and cross bands. Do not use adhesives containing urea formaldehyde.
2.4 INTERIOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION
A. General Wood Door Product Requirements: Provide doors with same exposed surface
material on both faces of each door; meeting requirements of AWS Section 9 unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Interior, Solid-Core, Veneer-Faced Doors for Transparent Finish:
1. Constmction: Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive
planed before veneering.
2. Adhesive: Type I or Type II
3. Grade: Custom Premium (Grade A faces).
4. Species and Cut: To match existing.
a. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match.
b. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Running match.
c. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only
by mullions.
d. Room Match: Provide door faces of compatible color and grain within each
separate room or area of building.
e. Corridor Match: Corridor door faces do not need to match where they are
separated by 20 feet (6 m) or more.
5. Stiles: Same species as faces.
6. WDMA l.S. 1 -A Performance Grade:
a. Heavy Duty: At office, stairwell, mechanical service, hallway, storage doors.
b. Extra Heavy Duty: At public bathrooms, assembly areas, and breakrooms.
C. Particleboard Cores:
1. Core (Solid, Non-Rated): AWS Section 9, HPVA Grade A, particleboard core.
2. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1.
a. Use particleboard made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin.
3. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as follows:
a. 5-inch (125-mm) top-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers.
b. 5-inch (125-nim) bottom-rail blocking, in exterior doors and doors indicated to
have kick, mop, or armor plates.
c. 5-inch (125-mm) midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices.
4. Provide doors with glued-block cores instead of particleboard cores at locations
where exit devices are indicated.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Factory-pre-fit and pre-machine doors to fit frame opening sizes indicated and complying
with AWS pre-fitting tolerances.
B. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with AWS Architectural Woodwork Standards and
to UL requirements. Attach fire rating label to door.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Provide lock blocks at lock edge and top of door for closer as required for hardware
reinforcement.
D. Vertical Exposed Edge of Stiles: Hardwood of species compatible in color with veneer
facing for transparent finish; hardwood for paint finish.
E. Factory machine doors for finish hardware in accordance with hardware requirements and
dimensions. Do not machine for surface hardware. Provide solid blocking for through
bolted hardware.
2.6 FACTORY FINISHING
A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete
fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not
surface applied, before finishing.
1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be
omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises.
B. Finish doors at factory.
C. Transparent Finish:
1. Grade: Custom.
2. AWS Finish System 2: Score 99-T, lacquer pre-catalyzed.
3. Staining: Match approved sample for color.
4. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D523.
5. Color: Match existing.
2.7 ACCESSORIES
A. Glazing Stops:
1. Non-rated Areas: Wood, of same species as door facing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect openings before installation. Verify that rough openings are correct before
proceeding.
B. Examine doors and substrates, with Installer present, for suitable conditions where wood
doors and fire-rated wood door frames will be installed.
1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size,
location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and
level heads.
2. Reject doors with defects.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instmctions, in accordance with AWS
Section 9 requirements.
B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for
hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
C. Do not impair utility or stmctural strength of doors in fitting to the opening, in applying
hardware, preparing lights, louvers, or plant-ons or other detailing.
D. Install pre-fit and pre-machined doors in accordance with manufacturer's data. Install with
a maximum clearance of 1/8 inch on the lock side, 1/8 inch between meeting edges of
paired doors and 1/8 inch between top of door and frame header.
E. Ifnot pre-machined, use a minimum of 1 hinge for each 30 inches of door height. Equally
space hinges when using 3 or more.
F. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as
indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or
permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting
and machining.
1. Fitting Clearances:
a. Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors.
b. Provide 1/4 - 3/8-inch (6 - 9.5 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative
floor finish or covering.
c. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) from
bottom of door to top of threshold.
d. Fire-rated Doors: As specified in CBC Section 715 and NFPA 80.
G. Doors may not extend beyond 1/16 inch from the face of the jamb nor more than 1/8 inch
behind jamb face.
H. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
I. Cutouts, Recesses, and Exposed Rail Edges: Unless factory provided, paint with two coats
of clear sealer, each coat well dried, before hardware is set in place.
J. Meeting stiles of pairs of doors shall be in alignment along the entire height, and offset
between adjacent leaves shall not exceed 1/8-inch
3.3 ADJUSTMENT
A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced movement.
B. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
C. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements.
Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no
evidence of repair or refinishing.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean glass and hardware units promptly after installation in accordance with
manufacturer's printed instmctions.
B. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed units to ensure that they are without damage or deterioration at the time of
Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 081416
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
081416-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 083113 - ACCESS DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Access panels and doors in walls.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 099100 - Painting: Finish painting for metal surfaces.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Indicate type(s) of doors to be installed for wall and ceiling conditions,
special installation requirements, finishes, closing mechanisms, and hardware.
B. Location Drawing: Required access doors may not be indicated on the Drawings. Show
proposed location of every required access door with dimensions in plan and elevation.
1. Verify locations with the Architect. Access doors shall be located within walls and
ceilings for access including but not limited to the following: automatic valves,
automatic dampers, air terminal units, and fire/smoke dampers.
2. Show location of adjacent materials, trim pieces, and hardware required to complete
the work. Do not begin installation until location is approved.
3. Submit access door locations superimposed on piping layout and duct layout shop
drawings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door and frame from single source from
single manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. J.L. Industries.
2. Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
3. Milcor, Inc.
ACCESS DOORS
083113-1
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A36/A36M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM
A620/A620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; sttetcher-Ieveled standard of flatness; with
minimum thickness indicated representing specified nominal thickness according to ASTM
A568/A568M. Electrolytic zinc-coated steel sheet, complying with ASTM A591/A591M,
Class C coating, may be substituted at fabricator's option.
C. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. Remove tool and
die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.
2.3 ACCESS DOORS
A. Fumish access doors of proper size for access to concealed equipment. Unless otherwise
indicated, minimum size shall be 12-inch x 12-inch for hand access, minimum 18-inch x
18-inch for valve and actuator access, and 24-inch x 24-inch for equipment access.
B. Flush, Non-Rated Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Flanges:
1. Fabricated from the following material per location:
a. Painted Steel Sheet: Non-resttoom areas
b. Stainless Steel: Wall and ceiling surfaces in Toilet Rooms, Custodial Rooms,
and other wet areas.
2. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal, set flush with exposed
face flange of frame.
3. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with 1-inch (25-mm
wide, surface-mounted trim.
4. Hinges: Continuous piano hinge.
5. Hardware: Screwdriver-operated cam latch.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide access door assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for
installation.
B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide
materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed
pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.
C. Steel Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces.
Fumish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types
of supports indicated.
1. Exposed Flanges: Nominal 1 inch (25 mm) wide around perimeter of frame.
2. Provide mounting holes in frames to attach frames to metal or wood framing in
plaster and drywall constmction and to attach masonry anchors in masonry
constmction.
D. Latching Mechanisms: Fumish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when
closed.
ACCESS DOORS
083113-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research -H Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. For keyed latches, fumish two keys per latch and key all latches alike.
2.5 STEEL FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum
requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and
environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:
1. hiteriors (SSPC Zone 1 A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
B. Steel Finishes:
1. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications.
2. Factory Prime: Apply manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free,
universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment.
C. Stainless-Steel Finishes:
1. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into
finish.
2. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross
scratches.
a. Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece.
b. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded
foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.
c. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door
installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as
locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices.
B. Fumish inserts and anchoring devices for access doors that must be built into other
constmction.
C. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instmctions for installing access doors.
B. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels plumb and
level in relation to adjacent finish.
C. Coordinate location of access doors in hung ceilings, furred spaces and walls to provide
access to concealed work items requiring maintenance and/or adjustment. Obtain approval
of the Architect for the locations of such access doors.
D. Locate and group equipment requiring access doors. Coordinate location of equipment with
other trades to minimize number of access doors in one area.
ACCESS DOORS
083113-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Frames, doors and trim pieces shall not vary from straightness or snug contact fit by more
than 1/16-inch.
F. Provide access doors for maintenance or adjustment purposes for mechanical system
components, including but not limited to the following:
1. Valves.
2. Dampers.
3. Concealed equipment.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and clean hardware and panels after installation for proper operation.
B. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean and prepare doors for painting in accordance with Section 099100.
B. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 083113
ACCESS DOORS
083113-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 083300 - COILING COUNTER FIRE & SMOKE RATED SHUTTER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all materials, labor, equipment and services necessary to fiimish, deliver and install all work
under this section as shown on the contract documents, specified herein, and as specified by the job
conditions.
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Metal Fabrication. Section 05 50 00
2. Rough Carpentry. Section 06 10 00
3. Access Panels & Doors: Section 08 31 00
4. Painting: Section 09 91 00
5. Electrical: Division 26
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Procedures: Fumish submittals in accordance with the general requirements specified.
B. Shop Drawing: Fumish shop drawings for architect's approval. Include elevations, sections, and details
indicating dimensions, materials, finishes, conditions for anchorage and support of each shutter.
C. Certifications: Submit manufacturer's Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Wamock Hersey (WH) or
Factory Mutual Research (FM) laboratory test report verifying product compliance in accordance with
the required fire and smoke ratings.
D. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's technical literature describing the product to be used under
this section.
E. Maintenance and Operating Manuals: Fumish complete manuals describing the materials, devices and
procedures to be followed in operating and maintaining all shutters under this section. Include
manufacturer's brochures and parts lists describing the actual materials used in the product.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire & Smoke Rated Assemblies: Provide all shutters with a 1 hour fire and smoke resistance rating
required to comply with goveming regulations which are inspected, tested, listed and labeled by UL,
WH or FM and complying with NFPA 80 for class of opening. Provide units tested in accordance with
the requirements of UL IOB, UL 1784, NFPA 252, ASTM E-152. Provide testing laboratory label
permanently fastened to each fire and smoke shutter assembly.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of the laws, codes, ordinances and
regulations of federal, state and municipal authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Manufacturer Requirements: Shutter manufacturer shall have been in the business of and have
experience in manufacturing the type of product covered under this specification section as well as
COILING COUNTER FIRE & SMOKE RATED SHUTTER
083300-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carisbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
giving credible service for a minimum of five (5) years. Provide list of at least ten (10) completed
projects which include the products covered under this section.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. General: Deliver and store materials in manufacturer's original packaging, labeled to show name, brand
and type. Store materials in a protected dry location off the ground in accordance with manufacturer's
instmctions.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Shutter Warranty: Fumish one (1) year written warranty signed by the manufacturer and installer
agreeing to repair or replace work which has failed as a result of defects in materials or workmanship.
Upon notification within the warranty period, such defects shall be repaired at no cost to the owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 COILE^JG COUNTER FIRE & SMOKE RATED SHUTTERS
A. BASIS OF DESIGN: Coiling counter fire and smoke rated shutters with Auto-Set System model CFS-
HK-PC as manufactured by McKeon Door Company, or equal.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Curtain: Shall be assembled of interlocking galvanized steel slats, cold rolled. Slats shall have endlocks
locking each end of altemate slats to act as a wearing surface, and maintain slat alignment. Curtain shall
be 22 gauge minimum or gauge required by UL, WH or FM which ever is greater.
1. Slats: Shall be of a cross section not less than 1 %" wide by V" deep.
B. Bottom Bar: Shall consist of a single steel section formed to fit slats. Bottom bar shall be provided with
slotted holes to allow for thermal expansion.
C. Guides: Each guide assembly shall be fabricated of a minimum 1/8" steel sections formed to a box type
configuration. Guides shall be provided with slotted holes to allow for thermal expansion.
1. Provide intemal, fully concealed UL Classified smoke seals located within each guide assembly.
Extemally mounted smoke seals shall not be acceptable.
2. Drywall Applications: Provide steel support tubes designed and constmcted with a slip joint at the
top to allow for thermal expansion.
D. Mounting Brackets: Fabricated of 1/8" steel plate minimum, brackets shall be provided to house ends of
the counterbalance barrel assembly.
E. Hood: Shall be provided to entirely enclose curtain and counterbalance barrel assembly. Hood shall be
designed to match brackets. Top and bottom shall be bent and reinforced for stiffness.
1. Provide UL Classified lintel smoke seals.
F. Counterbalance Assembly: Fire shutter shall be counterbalanced
G. Hand Crank Operator: Fire shutter shall be provided with a compact reduction geared unit designed and
built by the shutter manufacturer. High efficiency reduction gearing mnning in an oil bath, shall be
COILING COUNTER FIRE & SMOKE RATED SHUTTER
083300-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
fiimished together with a centrifiigal govemor and a fail-safe magnetic release device, completely
housed to protect against damage, dust and moisture.
H. Self-Closing Mechanism: The fire shutter is to be designed with a centrifugal govemor as an integral
part of the operator's constmction. The automatic release mechanism shall be activated by a fiisible link,
smoke detector or fire alarm. When activated the shutter is released and begins to close due to
gravitational force. The speed of the shutter is govemed by a centrifiigal govemor at a rate of not greater
than 9" per second or less than 6" per second.
I. Magnetic Release with 10 Second Time Delay: A fail-safe magnetic release device shall be built into the
operator as an integral part of the release mechanism. When power is intermpted to the release
mechanism by the smoke detector or fire alarm, the shutter shall begin to self-close. In the event of
power failure the time delay shall prevent the fire shutter from closing for a period of 10 seconds. Once
the 10 seconds have lapsed, the fire shutter shall self-close.
J. Easy Trip Test Feature: The fire shutter shall be designed so that it may be trip-tested simply activating
the magnetic release device. By activating the magnetic release device, the shutter shall self-close. Once
the fire shutter has satisfactorily closed, it shall be simply reset by pulling the reset cable. No ladders or
tools shall be needed to reset the shutter or the magnetic release mechanism.
K. Finish: After completion of fabrication, clean all metal surfaces to remove dirt and chemically treat to
provide for powder coat adhesion. Provide powder coat finish of color as selected by architect from
manufacturer's standard RAL powder coat selection chart.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces and field conditions to which this work is to be performed and notify architect if
conditions of surfaces exist which are detrimental to proper installation and timely completion of work.
B. Verify all dimensions taken at job site affecting the work. Notify the architect in any instance where
dimensions vary.
C. Coordinate and schedule work under this section with work of other sections so as not to delay job
progress.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Perform installation using only factory approved and certified representatives of the shutter
manufacturer.
B. Install shutter assemblies at locations shown in perfect alignment and elevation, plumb, level, straight
and tme.
C. Adjust shutter installation to provide uniform clearances and smooth non-binding operation.
D. Install wiring in accordance with applicable local codes and the National Electrical Code Standard.
Materials shall be UL listed.
COILING COUNTER FIRE & SMOKE RATED SHUTTER
083300-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Test shutter closing sequence when activated by the building's fire alarm system. Reset shutter after
successful test.
3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect installed work using adequate and suitable means during and after installation until accepted by
owner.
B. Remove, repair or replace materials which have been damaged in any way.
C. Clean surfaces of grime and dirt using acceptable and recommended means and methods.
^^^^
COILING COUNTER FIRE & SMOKE RATED SHUTTER
083300-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Storefront framing system for the following:
1. Storefront framing for window walls.
2. Storefront framing for ribbon walls.
3. Storefront framing for punched openings.
B. Exterior manual-swing entrance doors.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Perimeter sealants around installed storefront system.
B. Section 081116 - Aluminum Door and Window Frames: Interior storefront system.
C. Section 087100 - Door Hardware: Installation of lock cylinders.
D. Section 088100 - Glass Glazing.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each aluminum entrance and storefront system required, including:
1. Manufacturer's standard details and fabrication methods.
2. Data on finishing, hardware and accessories.
3. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces.
B. Shop Drawings: For each aluminum entrance and storefront system required, including
layout and installation details, relationship to adjacent work, elevations at 1/4-inch scale,
detail sections of typical composite members, anchors and reinforcement, hardware
mounting heights, and glazing details.
1. Include details of provisions for system expansion and contraction and for drainage
of moisture in the system to the exterior.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's
standard sizes.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
E. Fabrication Sample: Of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of aluminum-framed
systems, made from 12-inch (300-mm) lengths of fiill-size components and showing details
of the following:
1. Joinery, including concealed welds.
2. Anchorage.
3. Expansion provisions.
4. Glazing.
5. Flashing and drainage.
F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For aluminum-framed systems indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by
the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1. Detail fabrication and assembly of aluminum-framed systems.
2. Include design calculations.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTAL
A. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier,
detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and
diagrams. Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and
related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, fiinction, and finish of entrance door
hardware.
B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, for aluminum-framed systems, indicating compliance with
performance requirements.
C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For aluminum-framed systems, accessories, and
components, from manufacturer.
1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual
test of assembled components or on calculation.
D. Source quality-control reports.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For aluminum-framed systems to include in maintenance manuals.
B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide aluminum entrances and storefront systems
produced by a firm experienced in manufacturing systems that are similar to those indicated
for this project and that have a record of successfiil in-service performance.
B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering
responsibility and perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing entrance
and storefront systems similar to those required for this Project and who is acceptable to
manufacturer.
C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of aluminum entrances and storefront systems that are similar to
those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
D. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for entrance and storefront systems, including
Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units
in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project.
E. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain aluminum entrance and storefront systems from one
source and from a single manufacturer.
F. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements
for systems' aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are
indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and
assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining constmction.
Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more
methods including preconstmction testing, field testing, and in-service performance.
1. Do not revise intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, without
Architect's approval. If revisions are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory
data comparing proposed substitution to named system, with substitution request to
Architect for review.
G. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation.
1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings.
2. Field testing shall be performed on mockups according to requirements in "Field
Quality Control" Article.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such
deviations in writing.
4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time
of Substantial Completion.
H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver aluminum entrance and storefront components in the manufacturer's original
protective packaging.
B. Store aluminum components in a clean dry location away from uncured masonry or
concrete. Cover components with waterproof paper, tarpaulin or polyethylene sheeting in a
manner to permit circulation of air.
C. Stack framing components in a manner that will prevent bending and avoid significant or
permanent damage.
1.9 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify storefront openings by field measurements before fabrication
and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
I. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without
delaying the Work, establish opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating
storefront components without field measurements. Coordinate wall constmction to
ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of aluminum-framed systems that do not comply with requirements or
that fail in materials, fabrication, or installation within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Stmctural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.
d. Adhesive or cohesive sealant failures.
e. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas.
f. Failure of operating components.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace components on which finishes do not comply with requirements or that
fail in materials, fabrication, or installation within specified warranty period. Warranty
does not include normal weathering.
1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from the following metals with average recycled
content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled
content is not less than that indicated below:
1. Steel: Average recycled content of steel to be a minimum 60 percent.
2. Aluminum: Average recycled content of aluminum to be a minimum of 70 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Adhesives and sealants applied on-site on the interior of the building and
products used on the interior ofthe building shall comply with VOC limits.
1. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
2.3
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for the storefront system is based on the
manufacturer identified below. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the
named product or a comparable product by one of the following:
1. Basis-of-Design: Kawneer Company, Inc.; Trifab 45IT.
2. Intemational Aluminum Corporation; U.S. Aluminum.
3. Accepted equivalent.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: Provide glazed storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding,
without failure, the effects of the following:
4.
5.
Stmctural loads.
Thermal movements.
Movements of supporting stmcture indicated on Drawings including, but not limited
to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from
uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.
Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent constmction.
Failure includes the following:
a. Deflection exceeding specified limits.
b. Thermal stresses transferred to building stmcture.
c. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and
stmctural movements, to glazing.
d. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and stmctural movements.
e. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components,
f Sealant failure.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Performance Requirements: At a minimum provide the following:
1. Strength: Design system to withstand loads as required by Califomia Building Code
but not less than following minimum loading.
a. Wind: Uniform inward and outward wind pressures based on 70 mph wind
speed. Exposure 'C; pressures as calculated per current code requirements.
b. Seismic: Conform with applicable codes. Size, fabricate, assemble and erect
work to accommodate interstory drift (horizontal displacement) during a major
seismic event. Interstory drift values for this building are calculated as
follows:
1) Maximum Ds (delta S) displacement values vary, but do not exceed 14"
on any floor.
2) Dm (delta M) values are as calculated per current code requirements.
c. Building Deflections: Size primary members to accommodate building
deflections. Fabricate, assemble and erect work to accommodate following
limitations:
1) Post-tensioned concrete slabs: Allow for vertical deflection. Calculated
vertical deflection is 3/8-inches up or down beginning immediately
following slab constmction.
2) Metal Framed Openings: Allow for live load deflection. Calculated
vertical floor displacement under live loading is L/700 at joists and non-
bearing locations.
2. Window System Deflections and Thermal Movements: Size primary members for
temperature variations as follows; fabricate, assemble and erect work to maintain
limitations.
a. Design for normal-to-wall deflection of L/l75 of span; except L/250 of span
for glass supporting members.
b. Parallel-to-wall deflection of less than 75% of glass edge clearances.
c. Thermal expansion and contraction movements resulting from not less than
ambient temperature range of 100 degrees F, which may cause a material
temperature range of 160 degrees F.
3. Water and Air Leakage: Installed system shall be free of leakage of both water and
air.
a. Water leakage is defined as uncontrolled penetration of water (not including
condensation) to interior of building.
b. Air leakage is defined as infiltration of air at any area of window wall, at a
rate in excess of 0.06 cfm/sf of area, based on measurement of single complete
module of system.
4. Condensation: Provide minimum tested Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF) of
45.
5. Energy Performance: Provide minimum U-Factor value of 0.57 for glazed window
wall system, including frame, glazing and operable windows and doors.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish
indicated.
1. Sheet and Plate: ASTMB209.
2. Extmded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221.
3. Extmded Stmcttiral Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B429/B429M.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
4. Stmcttiral Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M.
5. Welding Rods and Bare Electtodes: AWS A5.10/A5.1 OM.
B. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer,
complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation
and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in
SSPC-SP COM and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.
1. Stmcttiral Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
2. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A1008/AI008M.
3. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM AIOl 1/AlOl IM.
2.5 FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extmded-aluminum framing members of
thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.
1. Constmction: Thermally broken.
2. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides.
3. Glazing Plane: As indicated.
4. Framing: Shear-block system.
B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide high-strength aluminum brackets and
reinforcements; where use of aluminum is not feasible provide nonmagnetic stainless steel
or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM AI23/AI23M.
1. Where fasteners screw-anchor into aluminum members less than 0.125 inches thick,
reinforce the interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw
threads, or provide standard non-corrosive pressed-in splined grommet nuts.
C. Fasteners: Provide corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners of aluminum,
nonmagnetic stainless steel, zinc plated steel, or other material warranted by the
manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum components, hardware,
anchors and other components and adjacent materials.
1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or tuming out from
thermal and stmctural movements, wind loads, or vibration.
2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.
3. Where exposed fasteners are unavoidable, use countersunk Phillips screw
heads, finished to match framing system.
4. Exposed fasteners must have bonded neoprene washers or be sealed.
D. Concealed Flashing: 0.0179-inch (26 gage) minimum dead-soft stainless steel, or 0.026-
inch-thick minimum extmded aluminum of alloy and type selected by manufacturer for
compatibility with other components and adjacent materials.
E. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard, recommended by
manufacturer for joint type.
1. Provide sealants for use inside of the weatherproofing system that have a VOC
content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA
Method 24).
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-7
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.6 GLAZING SYSTEMS
A. Glazing: As specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing."
B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types; replaceable, molded or
extmded, of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. Provide gasket
assemblies that have comers sealed with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.
C. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type in hardness
recommended by system and gasket manufacturer to comply with system performance
requirements.
1. Color: Black.
D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Manufacturer's standard TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material
to which sealants will not develop adhesion.
E. Glazing Sealants: For stmctural-sealant-glazed systems, as recommended by manufacturer
for joint type, and as follows:
1. Stmctural Sealant: ASTM Cll84, single-component neutral-curing silicone
formulation that is compatible with system components with which it comes in
contact, specifically formulated and tested for use as stmctural sealant and approved
by a stmctural-sealant manufacturer for use in aluminum-framed systems indicated.
a. Provide sealants for use inside of the weatherproofing system that have a VOC
content of 100 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D
(EPA Method 24).
b. Glass to Mullion Sealant Color: Black.
c. Butt-joint Glass Sealant Color: Clear.
2. Weatherseal Sealant: ASTM C920 for Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A,
and O; single-component neutral-curing formulation that is compatible with
stmctural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact;
recommended by stmctural-sealant, weatherseal-sealant, and aluminum-framed-
system manufacturers for this use.
a. Provide sealants for use inside ofthe weatherproofing system that have a VOC
content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D
(EPA Method 24).
b. Color: Matching stmctural sealant.
F. Secondary Sealants and Joint Fillers: For use as weatherseal at perimeter of entrance and
storefront systems, compatible with stmctural sealant and other system components with
which it comes in contact, as listed in Section 079200.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's fiill range of colors.
2.7 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS
A. Stile-and-Rail Type Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for
manual-swing operation.
1. Door Constmction: 1-3/4-inch (44.5-mm) overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-
inch- (3.2-mm-) thick, extmded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
Mechanically fasten comers with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and
fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods or j-bolts.
2. Design: As follows:
a. Stile Design: Medium stile; 3-1/2-inch (88.9-mm) nominal width.
3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, snap-on, extmded-aluminum stops and
preformed gaskets.
4. Bottom Rails: 10-inches.
5. Equip each door leaf with an adjusting mechanism located in the top rail near the
lock stile, which provides for minor clearance adjustments after installation.
2.8 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE
A. General: Provide entrance door hardware for each entrance door to comply with
requirements in this Section.
1. For installation of hardware components indicated to be provided by other than the
aluminum entrance manufacturer refer to Section 087100
2. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated,
and products complying with BHMA standard referenced.
3. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware fiinction, sequence of
operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.
4. Opening-Force Requirements:
a. Egress Doors: Not more than 5 Ibf (22.2 N) to fiilly open door.
B. Provide heavy-duty hardware units as indicated, scheduled, or required for operation of
each door, including the following items of sizes, number, and type recommended by
manufacturer for service required; finish to match door.
C. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive
qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware
Sets" Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as
follows:
D. Pivot Hinges: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1.
1. Offset-Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermediate offset pivots at each
door leaf.
a. Doors Over 7'-6": Provide one intermediate pivot.
b. Doors 9'-0" and Over: Provide 2 intermediate pivots.
E. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
F. Automatic and Self-Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1.
G. Cylinders: As specified in Section 087100. BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
1. Keying: Master key system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key
conttol number and include notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE".
H. Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for
aluminum framing.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
I. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1; as recommended by door manufacturer.
J. Operating Trim: BHMA Al56.6.
K. Closers: BHMAA156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation,
sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use;
adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
L. Concealed Overhead Holders: BHMA Al 56.8, Grade 1.
M. Surface-Mounted Holders: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.
N. Door Stops: BHMAA156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door
location indicated, with integral mbber bumper.
O. Weathersttipping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.
1. Compression Type: Made of ASTME2203, molded neoprene, or ASTM D2287,
molded PVC.
2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with
nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip backing.
P. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed
fasteners on mounting strip.
Q. Silencers: BHMA A156.I6, Grade 1.
R. Thresholds: BHMA Al 56.21, raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2,
with maximum height of 1/2 inch (13 mm).
1. Provide one piece per door opening, ribbed, non-slip surface, of type to
accommodate pivots; conforming to latest State of Califomia accessibility
regulations.
S. Pulls: Back-to-back mounted where no panic device is scheduled to be installed. Single
pull on exterior side of door where panic device is indicated on schedule.
T. Door Stop: Floor- or wall-mounted door stop, a§ appropriate, with integral mbber bumper;
comply with ANSI AI56.16, Grade 1.
2.9 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate aluminum entrance and storefront components to designs, sizes and thicknesses
indicated and to comply with indicated standards.
1. Forming: Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight and free of defects or
deformations, before finishing.
2. Provide sub-frames and reinforcing of types indicated or, if not indicated, as required
for a complete system.
3. Sizes and profile requirements are indicated on the Drawings. Variable dimensions
are indicated, with maximum and minimum dimensions required, to achieve design
requirements and coordination with other work.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations.
1. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or
discoloration of finished surfaces.
2. Grind exposed welds smooth to remove weld spatter and welding oxides from
exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. Restore mechanical finish.
C. Prefabrication: Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other
work to the greatest extent possible before shipment to the Project site. Disassemble
components only as necessary for shipment and installation.
D. Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the
following characteristics:
1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.
2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.
3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation within framing members, and
moisture migrating within the system to exterior.
4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to
maintain required glazing edge clearances.
6. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior.
7. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest
extent possible.
8. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles with hairline fit of
contacting members.
E. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting
stops.
F. Stmctural-Sealant-Glazed Framing Members: Include accommodations for using
temporary support device to retain glazing in place while stmctural sealant cures.
G. Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using shear-block system. Stick
framing is not permitted.
H. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation
and for installing entrance door hardware.
1. Install reinforcing as required for hardware and as necessary for performance
requirements, sag resistance and rigidity.
2. Perform fabrication operations, including cutting, fitting, forming, drilling and
grinding of metal work to prevent damage to exposed finish surfaces. Complete
these operations for hardware prior to application of finishes.
3. At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops.
4. Provide for wiring within framing system to accommodate power-operated hardware.
Include cutouts, raceways, conduits, and other such provisions to permit a complete
operating hardware system.
I. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware.
1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding-type weather stripping retained in
adjustable strip and mortised into door edge.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. For exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping against fixed stops.
3. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms.
4. Pre-glaze door units to greatest extent possible.
J. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the
greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware
before applying finishes.
1. Do not drill and tap for surface-mounted hardware items until time of installation at
Project Site.
K. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according
to Shop Drawings.
L. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint, or a suitable sealant,
or a non-absorptive plastic or elastomeric tape, or a gasket between the surfaces. Do not
use coatings containing lead.
2.10 FINISHES
A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes.
B. High-Performance Organic Finish: 3-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with
AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color
coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to
comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instmctions.
1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.11 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum-framed systems, as specified in
Section 079200.
1. Provide sealants for use inside of the weatherproofing system that have a VOC
content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA
Method 24).
B. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12
requirements, except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil (0.762-mm) thickness
per coat.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and supports, with the Installer present, for compliance with
requirements indicated, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance
ofthe Work.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Comply with manufacturer's written instmctions.
2. Do not install damaged components.
3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.
5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and
electrolytic deterioration.
6. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.
B. Set units plumb, level, and tme to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors, or
panels.
1. Install components in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades
indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place.
C. Metal Protection:
1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or applying sealant or tape, or by installing
nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.
2. Where aluminum will contact mortar, concrete, or masonry, protect against corrosion
by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
3. Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminum.
D. Install components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring
or migrating within the system to the exterior.
E. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 07
Section "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.
F. Install glazing as specified in Section 088100.
I. Stmctural-Sealant Glazing:
a. Prepare surfaces that will contact stmctural sealant according to sealant
manufacturer's written instmctions to ensure compatibility and adhesion.
Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.
b. Install weatherseal sealant according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants"
and according to sealant manufacturer's written instmctions to produce
weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by
sealant manufacturer.
G. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.
1.
2.
Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather
stripping.
Install entrances plumb and tme in alignment with established lines and grades
without warp or rack.
Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door
hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instmctions
using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-13
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
a. Lubricate operating hardware and other moving parts according to hardware
manufacturers' written instmctions.
4. Install surface-mounted hardware according to manufacturer's written instmctions
using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.
H. Install perimeter joint sealants as specified in Section 079200 to produce weathertight
installation.
I. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum entrance and storefront to comply with the
following maximum tolerances:
1. Location and Plane: Limit variation from tme location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12
feet (3 mm in 3.7 m); 1/4 inch (6 mm) over total length.
2. Alignment:
a. Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from tme alignment to 1/16 inch (1.5
mm).
b. Where surfaces meet at comers, limit offset from tme alignment to 1/32 inch
(0.8 mm).
3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurements to 1/8
inch (3 mm).
J. Refer to Section 088100 for installation of glass and other panels indicated to be glazed
into framing and doors that are not pre-glazed by manufacturer.
1. Prepare surfaces that will contact stmctural sealant according to sealant
manufacturer's written instmctions to ensure compatibility and adhesion.
Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.
2. Install stmctural silicone sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written
instmctions.
3. Mechanically fasten glazing in place until stmctural sealant is cured.
4. Remove excess sealant from component surfaces before sealant has cured.
K. Install secondary-sealant weatherseal according to sealant manufacturer's written
instmctions to provide weatherproof joints. Install joint fillers behind sealant as
recommended by sealant manufacturer.
L. Install perimeter sealant to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants," unless otherwise indicated.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency
to perform field tests and inspections.
B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of representative areas to determine compliance
of installed systems with specified requirements shall take place as follows and in
successive phases as indicated on Drawings. Do not proceed with installation of the next
area until test results for previously completed areas show compliance with requirements.
1. Stmctural-Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion: Stmctural sealant shall be tested
according to recommendations in ASTM C1401.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-14
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
a. Destmctive Test Method A, "Hand Pull Tab (Desttoictive)," in ASTM C1401,
Appendix X2, shall be used.
1) A minimum of six areas on each building face shall be tested.
2) Repair installation areas damaged by testing.
2. Stmctural-Sealant Glazing Inspection: After installation of aluminum-framed
systems is complete, stmctural-sealant glazing shall be inspected and evaluated
according to recommendations in ASTM C1401.
3. Water Penetration: Areas shall be tested according to ASTM El 105 at a minimum
uniform and cyclic static-air-pressure difference of 0.67 times the static-air-pressure
difference specified for laboratory testing under "Performance Requirements"
Article, but not less than 4.18 Ibf/sq. ft. (200 Pa), and shall not evidence water
penetration.
4. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum area
of 75 feet (23 m) by 1 story of aluminum-framed systems designated by Architect
shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.
C. Repair or remove work if test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
E. Aluminum-framed assemblies will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
F. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating hardware to fiinction properly, for smooth operation without binding, and
for weathertight closure.
1. For entrance doors accessible to people with disabilities, adjust closers to provide a
3-second closer sweep period for doors to move from a 70-degree open position to 3
inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading door edge.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean the completed system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to
avoid damage to coatings. Remove excess sealant and glazing compounds, and dirt from
surfaces.
B. Clean glass surfaces after installation, complying with requirements contained in Section
088100 for cleaning and maintenance. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt
and other substances from aluminum surfaces.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-15
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Water Penetration Test: After completion of the installation and nominal curing of
sealants, test entrances and storefronts for water leaks in accordance with ASTM El 105 at
a minimum uniform static-air-pressure difference of 0.67 times the static-air-pressure
difference specified for laboratory testing under "Performance Requirements" Article, but
not less than 4.18 Ibf/sq. ft. (200 Pa), and shall not evidence water penetration.
B. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum area of 75
feet (23 m) by 1 story of aluminum-framed systems designated by Architect shall be tested
according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.
C. Conduct tests in presence of Architect and Owner. Correct deficiencies observed as a
result of this test.
D. Aluminum-framed assemblies will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
E. Repair or remove work if test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
F. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
G. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the constmction period
to ensure that aluminum entrances and storefronts will be without damage or deterioration
at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 084113
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084113-16
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
of Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required
for swing, sliding, and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the
same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed.
B. This Section includes the following, but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Door Hardware, including electric hardware.
2. Storefront and Entrance door hardware.
3. Gate Hardware.
4. Hold-open closers with smoke detectors.
5. Wall or floor-mounted electromagnetic hold-open devices.
6. Power supplies for electric hardware.
7. Low-energy door operators plus sensors and actuators.
8. Thresholds, gasketing and weather-stripping.
9. Door silencers or mutes.
C. Related Sections: The following sections are noted as containing requirements that relate to
this Section, but may not be limited to this listing.
Division 8: Section - Steel Doors and Frames.
2. Division 8: Section - Wood Doors.
3. Division 8: Section - Aluminum Storefront
4. Division 28: Section - Fire/Life-Safety Systems & Security Access Systems.
1.3 REFERENCES (USE DATE OF STANDARD IN EFFECT AS OF BID DATE.)
A. 2013 Califomia Building Code, CCR, Titie 24.
B. BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association
C. CCR - Califomia Code of Regulations, Titie 24, Part 2, Califomia State Accessibility
Standards.
D. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute
E. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association.
1. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. NFPA 105 - Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies
F. UL - Underwriters Laboratories.
1. UL 1 OC - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
2. UL 305 - Panic Hardware
G. WHI - Wamock Hersey Incorporated
H. SDI - Steel Door Instittite
1.4 SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS
A. General: Submit in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification
sections.
B. Submit product data (catalog cuts) including manufacturers' technical product information for
each item of door hardware, installation instmctions, maintenance of operating parts and finish,
and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements.
C. Submit six (6) copies of schedule organized vertically into "Hardware Sets" with index of doors
and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or
opening. Include following information:
1. Include a Cover Sheet with; -^"^
a. Job Name, location, telephone number. "'•ii*^
b. Architects name, location and telephone number.
c. Contractors name, location, telephone number and job number.
d. Suppliers name, location, telephone number and job number.
e. Hardware consultant's name, location and telephone number.
2. Job Index information included;
a. Numerical door number index including; door number, hardware heading number
and page number.
b. Complete keying information (referred to DHI hand-book "Keying Systems and
Nomenclature"). Provision should be made in the schedule to provide keying
information when available; if it is not available at the time the preliminary
schedule is submitted.
c. Manufacturers' names and abbreviations for all materials.
d. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes used in the schedule.
e. Mounting locations for hardware.
f Clarification statements or questions.
g.Catalog cuts and manufacturer's technical data and instmctions.
3. Vertical schedule format sample:
Heading Number 1 (Hardware group or set number - HW -1)
(a) 1 Single Door #1 - Exterior from Corridor 101 (b) 90° (c) RH
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
(d) 3' 0"x7' 0" X 1-3/4" x (e) 20 Minute (f) WD x
HM
... (j) Hinges -(k)5BBlHW 4.5x4.5 NRP (1)^ , s . M^.t. (g) 1 I (h) (i) ea & V y KJ (m) 626 (n) IVE
2 : 6AA 1 ea Lockset - ND50PD x RHO x RH x 10-025 x JTMS 626 SCH
(a) - Single or pair with opening number and location, (b) - Degree of opening (c) -
Hand of door(s) (d) - Door and frame dimensions and door thickness, (e) - Label
requirements if any. (f) - Door by frame material, (g) - (Optional) Hardware hem line
#. (h) - Keyset Symbol, (i) - Quantity, (j) - Product description, (k) - Product Number.
(I) - Fastenings and other pertinent information, (m) - Hardware finish codes per ANSI
A156.I8. (n) - Manufacture abbreviation.
D. Make substitution requests in accordance with Division 1. Substitution requests must be made
prior to bid date. Include product data and indicate benefit to the project. Fumish samples of
any proposed substitution.
E. Wiring Diagrams: Provide product data and wiring and riser diagrams for all electrical
products listed in the Hardware Schedule portion of this section.
F. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final
instmctions on keying of locks has been fulfilled.
G. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the installation
of door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are
made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
H. Fumish as-built/as-installed schedule with close-out documents, including keying schedule and
transcript, wiring/riser diagrams, manufacturers' installation and adjustment and maintenance
information.
I. Fire Door Assembly Testing: Submit a written record of each fire door assembly to the Owner
to be made available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) for fiiture building inspections.
J. LEED Certification Points: Submit information and certifications necessary to achieve
maximum points for LEED certification; coordinate and cooperate with Owner and Architect in
providing information necessary for required LEED rating.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, exit devices, etc.) from a
single manufacturer.
B. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing
facilities in the project's vicinity, that has a record of successfiil in-service performance for
supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this project
and that employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available to
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the course of the Work, for
consultation.
1. Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware.
2. Meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instmctions in
writing. Stock parts for products supplied and are capable of repairing and replacing
hardware items foimd defective within warranty periods.
C. Hardware Installer: Company specializing in the installation of commercial door hardware
with five years documented experience.
D. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA
Standard No. 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of
door hardware that are listed and tested by UL or Wamock Hersey for given type/size opening
and degree of label. Provide proper latching hardware, door closers, approved-bearing hinges
and seals whether listed in the Hardware Schedule or not.
1. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire-rated doors, (with supplementary
marking on doors' UL labels indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit
Hardware") provide UL label on exit devices indicating "Fire Exit Hardware".
E. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special
knowledge or effort.
1.6 DELFVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Coordinate delivery of packaged hardware items to the appropriate locations (shop or field) for
installation.
B. Hardware items shall be individually packaged in manufacturers' original containers, complete
with proper fasteners. Clearly mark packages on outside to indicate contents and locations in
hardware schedule and in work.
C. Provide locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture, sunlight, paint, chemicals, etc.
D. Inventory door hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware
installer until each is satisfied that count is correct.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranties of respective manufacturers' regular terms of sale from day of final
acceptance as follows:
1. Locksets: "ND" Ten (10) years.
2. Electronic: One (1) year.
3. Closers: Thirty (30) years -except electtonic closers shall be two (2) years.
4. Exit devices: Three (3) years.
5. All other hardware: Two (2) years.
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1.8 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance Tools and Instmctions: Fumish a complete set of specialized tools and
maintenance instmctions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and
removal and replacement of door hardware.
1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Convene a pre-installation conference at least one week prior to beginning work of this section.
B. Attendance: Architect, Constmction Manager, Contractor, Security Contractor, Hardware
Supplier, Installer, Key District Personnel, and Project Inspector.
C. Agenda: Review hardware schedule, products, installation procedures and coordination
required with related work. Review District's keying standards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Item
Hinges
Locks, Latches
& Cylinders
Exit Devices
Closers
Push, Pulls
& Protection Plates
Flush Bolts
Dust Proof Strikes
Coordinators
Stops
Overhead Stops
Thresholds
Seals & Bottoms
Manufacturer
Ives
Schlage
Von Duprin
LCN
Ives
Ives
Ives
Ives
Ives
Glynn-Johnson
National Guard
National Guard
Acceptable Substitutes
Hager, Stanley, McKinney
Or Approved Equal
Or Approved Equal
Or Approved Equal
Trimco, BBW, DCI
Trimco, BBW, DCI
Trimco, BBW, DCI
Trimco, BBW, DCI
Trimco, BBW, DCI
Or Approved Equal
Pemko, Zero
Pemko, Zero
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Hinges: Exterior out-swinging door butts shall be non-ferrous material and shall have
stainless steel hinge pins. All doors to have non-rising pins.
1. Hinges shall be sized in accordance with the following:
a. Height:
1) Doors up to 42" wide: 4-1/2" inches.
2) Doors 43" to 48" wide: 5 inches.
b. Width: Sufficient to clear frame and trim when door swings 180 degrees.
c. Number of Hinges: Fumish 3 hinges per leaf to 7'-5" in height. Add one for
each additional 2 feet in height.
2. Fumish non-removable pins (NRP) at all exterior out-swing doors and interior key lock
doors with reverse bevels.
B. Floor Closers: Shall be equipped with compression springs, cam and roller operating
mechanism and a one piece spindle-cam for maximum operating performance and longevity.
0. Pivots: High strength forgings and castings with precision bearings for smooth operation.
Positive locking vertical adjustment mechanism to allow installer to precisely position the
door and balance the load.
D. Continuous Hinges: As manufactured by Ives, an Allegion Company. UL rated as required.
E. Heavy Duty Cylindrical Locks and Latches: Schlage "ND" Series as scheduled with "Sparta"
design, fastened with through-bolts and threaded chassis hubs.
1. Locksets to comply with ANSI Al56.2, Series 4000, Grade 1; tested to exceed 3,000,000
cycles. Locksets shall meet ANSI AI 17.1, Accessible Code.
2. Chassis: One piece modular assembly and multi-functional allowing fiinction
interchange without disassembly of lockset.
3. Spindle shall be deep-draw manufactured not stamped. Spindle and spring cage to be
one-piece integrated assembly.
4. Anti-rotation plate to be interlocking to the lock chassis. Lock design utilizing bit-tabs
are not acceptable.
5. Lever Trim: Accessible design, bi-directional, independent assemblies.
6. Locks shall be of such constmction that when locked, the door may be opened from
within by using lever and without the use of a key or special knowledge.
7. Thm-bolts to secure anti-rotation plate without sheer line. Fully threaded thm-bolts are
not acceptable.
8. Spring cage to have double compression springs. Manufacturers utilizing torsion springs
are not acceptable.
9. Latchbolt to be steel with minimum throw deadlatch on keyed and exterior fiinctions;
%" throw anti-friction latchbolt on pairs of doors.
10. Strikes: ANSI curved lip,I-l/4" x 4-7/8", with 1" deep dust box (K510-066). Lips shall
be of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing.
F. Deadlocks: Rotating cylinder trim rings of attack-resistant design. Mounting plates and
actuator shields of plated cold-rolled steel. Mounting screws of Vi" diameter steel and
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
protected by drill-resistant ball bearings. Steel alloy deadbolt with hardened steel roller.
Strike alloy deadbolt with reinforcer and two 3" long screws. ANSI AI56.5, 2001 Grade 1
certified.
G. Exit devices: Von Duprin as scheduled.
1. Provide certificate by independent testing laboratory that device has completed over
1,000,000 cycles and can still meet ANSI/BHMA A156.3 - 2001 standards.
2. All intemal parts shall be of cold-rolled steel with zinc dichromate coating.
3. Mechanism case shall have an average thickness of .140".
4. Compression spring engineering.
5. Non-handed basic device design with center case interchangeable with all functions.
6. All devices shall have quiet retum fluid dampeners.
7. All latchbolts shall be deadlocking with VA' throw and have a self-lubricating coating to
reduce friction and wear.
8. Device shall bear UL label for fire and or panic as may be required.
9. All surface sttikes shall be roller type and utilize a plate undemeath to prevent
movement.
10. Lever Trim: "Breakaway" design, forged brass or bronze escutcheon with a minimum of
.130" thickness, match lockset lever design.
11. Removable Mulhons: Removable with single tum of building key. Securely reinstalled
without need for key.
12. Fumish glass bead kits for vision lites where required.
13. All Exit Devices to be sex-bolted to the doors.
14. Panic Hardware shall comply with CBC Section 1 IB.404.2.7 and shall be mounted
between 34" and 44" above the finished floor surface.
a. Provide exit devices UL certified to meet maximum 5 pound requirements
according to the Califomia Building Code section 1 lB-309.4, and UL listed for
Panic Exterior Fire Exit Hardware.
H. Closers: LCN as scheduled. Place closers inside building, stairs, room, etc.
1. Door closer cylinders shall be of high strength cast iron constmction with double heat
treated pinion shaft to provide low wear operating capabilities of intemal parts
throughout the life of the installation. All door closers shall be tested to ANSI/BHMA
A156.4 test requirements by a BHMA certified testing laboratory. A written certification
showing successfiil completion of a minimum of 10,000,000 cycles must be provided.
2. All door closers shall be fully hydraulic and have full rack and pinion action with a shaft
diameter of a minimum of 11/16 inch and piston diameter of 1 inch to ensure longevity
and durability under all closer applications.
3. All parallel arm closers shall incorporate one piece solid forged steel arms with bronze
bushings. 1-9/16" steel stud shoulder bolts, shall be incorporated in regular arms, hold-
open arms, arms with hold open and stop built in. All other closers to have forged steel
main arms for strength, durability, and aesthetics for versatility of trim accommodation,
high strength and long life.
4. All parallel arm closers so detailed shall provide advanced backcheck for doors subject to
severe abuse or extreme wind conditions. This advanced backcheck shall be located to
begin cushioning the opening swing of the door at approximately 45 degrees. The
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
intensity of the backcheck shall be fully adjustable by tamper resistant non-critical screw
valve.
5. Closers shall be installed to permit doors to swing 180 degrees.
6. All closers shall utilize a stable fluid withstanding temperature range of 120 degrees F. to
-30 degrees F. without requiring seasonal adjustment of closer speed to properly close the
door.
7. Provide the manufactures drop plates, brackets and spacers as required at narrow head
rails and special frame conditions. NO wood plates or spacers will be allowed.
8. Maximum effort to operate closers shall not exceed 5 lbs., such pull or push effort being
applied at right angles to hinged doors. Compensating devices or automatic door
operators may be utilized to meet the above standards. When fire doors are required, the
maximum effort to operate the closer may be increased but shall not exceed 15 lbs. when
specifically approved by fire marshal. AU closers shall be adjusted to operate with the
minimum amount of opening force and still close and latch the door. These forces do not
apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the
door in a closed position. Door shall take at least 5 seconds to move from an open
position of 90 degrees to a position of 12 degrees from the latch jamb.
9. Provide sex-bolted or through bolt mounting for all door closers.
I. Flush Bolts & Dust Proof Strikes: Automatic Flush Bolts shall be of the low operating force
design. Utilize the top boh only model for interior doors where applicable and as permitted by
testing procedures.
1. Manual flush bolts only permitted on storage or mechanical openings as scheduled.
2. Provide dust proof strikes at openings using bottom bolts.
J. Door Stops:
1. Unless otherwise noted in Hardware Sets, provide floor type with appropriate fasteners.
Where wall type cannot be used, provide floor type. If neither can be used, provide
overhead type.
2. Do not install floor stops more than four (4) inches from the face of the wall or partition
(CBC Section llB-307).
3. Overhead stops shall be made of stainless steel and non-plastic mechanisms and finished
metal end caps. Field-changeable hold-open, friction and stop-only functions.
K. Protection Plates: Fabricate either kick, armor, or mop plates with four beveled edges.
Provide kick plates 10" high and 2" LDW. Sizes of armor and mop plates shall be listed in the
Hardware Schedule. Fumish with machine or wood screws of bronze or stainless to match
other hardware.
L. Thresholds: As Scheduled and per details.
1. Thresholds shall not exceed 1/2" in height, with a beveled surface of 1:2 maximum slope.
2. Set thresholds in a fiill bed of butyl-mbber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying
with requirements in Division 7 "Thermal and Moisture Protection".
3. Use %" fasteners, red-head flat-head sleeve anchors (SS/FHSL).
4. Thresholds shall comply with CBC Section I lB-204.1.
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
M. Seals: Provide silicone gasket at all rated and exterior doors.
1. Fire-rated Doors, Resilient Seals: UL 1 OC Classified complies with NFPA 80 & NFPA
252. Coordinate with selected door manufacturers' and selected frame manufacturers'
requirements.
2. Fire-rated Doors, Intumescent Seals: Fumished by selected door manufacturer. Fumish
fire-labeled opening assembly complete and in fiill compliance with ULIOC Classified
complies with NFPA 80 & NFPA 252. Where required, intumescent seals vary in
requirement by door type and door manufacture - careful coordination required.
S. Smoke & Draft Control Doors, Provide ULIOC Classified complies with NFPA 80 &
NFPA 252 for use on "S" labeled Positive Pressure door assemblies.
N. Door Shoes & Door Top Caps: Provide door shoes at all exterior wood doors and top caps at
all exterior out-swing doors.
O. Silencers: Fumish silencers for interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 2 for pairs of
doors. Omit where sound or light seals occurs, or for fire-resistive-rated door assemblies.
2.3 KEYING
A. Fumish a Proprietary Schlage masterkey system as directed by the owner or architect. Key
system to be designated and comblnated by the Schlage Master Key Department even if
pinned by the Authorized Key Center, Authorized Security Center or a local authorized
commercial dealer.
B. A detailed keying schedule is to be prepared by the owner and/or architect in consultation with
a representative of Allegion or an Authorized Key Center or Authorized Security Center.
Each keyed cylinder on every keyed lock is to be listed separately showing the door #, key
group (in BHMA terminology), cylinder type, finish and location on the door.
C. Extend the original Schlage masterkey system established for the project.
D. Fumish all cylinders in the Schlage conventional style except the exit device and removable
mullion cylinders which will be supplied in Schlage Full Size Interchangable Core (FSIC).
Pack change keys independently (PKI).
E. Fumish constmction keying for doors requiring locking during constmction.
F. Fumish all keys with visual key control.
1. Stamp key "Do Not Duplicate".
2. Stamp (BHMA) key symbol on key.
G. Fumish all cylinders with visual key control.
3. Stamp (BHMA) key symbol on face of cylinder plug (VKC).
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
H. Fumish mechanical keys as follows:
4. Fumish 2 cut change keys for each different change key code.
5. Fumish 1 uncut key blank for each change key code.
6. Fumish 6 cut masterkeys for each different masterkey set.
7. Fumish 3 uncut key blanks for each masterkey set.
8. Fumish 2 cut control keys cut to the top masterkey for permanent I/C cylinders.
9. Fumish 1 cut control key cut to each SKD combination.
I. Fumish Schlage Padlocks and the cylinders to tie them into the masterkey system for gates,
storage boxes, utility valve security, roof hatches and roll-up doors keyed as directed in the
keying schedule.
10. Fumish KS43D2200 padlock for use with non-l/C Schlage cylinders. Fumish 47-413
(conventional) or 47-743-XP (PrimusXP) with above.
11. Fumish KS43G3200 padlock for use with FSIC Schlage cylinders. Fumish 23-030
(Classic / Everest) or 20-740 (PrimusXP) with above.
12. Fumish KS41D1200 padlock for use with SFIC Schlage cylinders. Fumish 80-037
(Everest-B) with above.
J. Fumish one Schlage cabinet lock for each cabinet door or drawer so designated on the
drawings or keying schedule to match the masterkey system.
13. Fumish CLIOOPB for use with non-I/C Schlage cylinders.
14. Fusnish CL77R for use with FSIC Schlage cylinders.
15. Fumish CL721G for use with SFIC Schlage cylinders.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Generally to be satin chrome US26D (626 on bronze and 652 on steel) unless otherwise noted.
B. Fumish push plates, pull plates and kick or armor plates in satin stainless steel US32D (630)
unless otherwise noted.
C. Door closers shall be powder-coated to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted.
D. Aluminum items to be finished anodized aluminum except thresholds which can be fiimished
as standard mill finish.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. Screws for strikes, face plates and similar items shall be flat head, countersunk type, provide
machine screws for metal and standard wood screws for wood.
B. Screws for butt hinges shall be flathead, countersunk, flill-thread type.
C. Fastening of closer bases or closer shoes to doors shall be by means of sex bolts and spray
painted to match closer finish.
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
D. Provide expansion anchors for attaching hardware items to concrete or masonry.
E. All exposed fasteners shall have a phillips head.
F. Finish of exposed screws to match surface finish of hardware or other adjacent work.
G. All Exit Devices and Lock Protectors shall be fastened to the door by the means of sex bohs or
through bolts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify that doors and frames are square and plumb and ready to receive work and dimensions
are as instmcted by the manufacturer.
B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
C. Fire-Rated Door Assembly Inspection: Upon completion of the installation, all fire door
assemblies shall be inspected to confirm proper operation of the closing device and latching
device and that only the manufacturer's fiimished fasteners are used for installation and that it
meets all criteria of a fire door assembly per NFPA 80 (Standard for Fire Doors and Other
Opening Protectives) 2013 Edition. A written record shall be maintained and ttansmitted to
the Owner to be made available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The inspection of
the swinging fire doors shall be performed by a certified FDAI (Fire Door Assembly
Inspector) with knowledge and understanding of the operating components of the type of door
being subjected to the inspection. The record shall list each fire door assembly throughout the
project and include each door number, an itemized list of hardware set components at each
door opening, and each door location in the facility.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions and requirements of DHI.
B. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer.
C. Mounting heights for hardware shall be as recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute.
Operating hardware will to be located between 30" and 44" AFF.
D. Set units level, plumb and tme to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment
substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.
E. Drill and countersink units that are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards.
F. Set thresholds for exterior doors in fiill bed of butyl-mbber sealant.
G. If hand of door is changed during constmction, make necessary changes in hardware at no
additional cost.
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
H. Hardware Installer shall coordinate with security contractor to route cable to connect
electrified locks, panic hardware and fire exit hardware to power transfers or electric hinges at
the time these items are installed so as to avoid disassembly and reinstallation of hardware.
I. Hardware Installer shall also be present with the security contractor when the power is tumed
on for the testing ofthe electronic hardware applications. Installer shall make adjustments to
solenoids, latches, vertical rods and closers to insure proper and secure operation.
J. All wiring for electro-mechanical hardware mounted on the door shall be connected through
the power transfer and terminated in the interface junction box specified for in the Electrical
Section.
K. Conductors shall be minimum 18 gage stranded, multicolored. A minimum 12 in. loop of
conductors shall be coiled in the interface junction box. Each conductor shall be permanently
marked with its fimction.
L. If a power supply is specified in the hardware sets, all conductors shall be terminated in the
power supply. Make all connections required for proper operation between the power supply
and the electro-mechanical hardware. Provide the proper size conductors as specified in the
manufacturer's technical documentation.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation
or fiinction of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and
smoothly as intended for the application made.
B. Clean adjacent surface soiled by hardware installation.
C. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to
acceptance or occupancy, retum to that work area and make final check and adjustment of all
hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper
fiinction and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for
final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.
D. Instmct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware finishes, during
the final adjustment of hardware.
E. Continued Maintenance Service: Approximately six months after the completion ofthe
project, the Conttactor accompanied by the Architectural Hardware Consultant, shall retum to
the project and re-adjust every item of hardware to restore proper functions of doors and
hardware. Consult with and instmct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the
maintenance procedures. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed due to
faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. Prepare a written report of current
and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware.
3.4 HARDWARE LOCATIONS
A. Conform to CCR, Title 24, Part 2; and ADAAG; and the drawings for access-compliant
positioning requirements for the disabled.
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Hardware supplier is responsible for providing the services of an Architectural Hardware
Consultant (AHC) or a proprietary product technician to inspect installation and certify that
hardware and its installation have been fiimished and installed in accordance with
manufacturers' instmctions and as specified herein.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. The items listed in the following schedule shall conform to the requirements of the foregoing
specifications.
B. The Door Schedule on the Drawings indicates which hardware set is used with each door.
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 13
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
Manufacturers Abbreviations (Mfr,)
ADA = Adams Rite Mfg.
GLY = Glynn-Johnson Corporation
ILC = Ilco
IVE = Ives
LCN = LCN
NGP = National Guard Products
PEM = Pemko
SCH = Schlage Lock Company
TRI = Trimco
VON = Von Duprin
Aluminum Door Hardware
Overhead Door Stops
Thumbtum
Hinges, Pivots, Bolts, Coordinators, Dust Proof
Strikes, Push Pull & Kick Plates, Door Stops &
Silencers
Door Closers
Thresholds, Gasketing & Weather-stripping
Thresholds, Gasketing & Weather-stripping
Locks, Latches & Cylinders
Sign
Exit Devices
SPEXTRA: 167372
GROUP NO. 01
1 EA CONT. HINGE 224HD 628 IVE
1 EA DEADLOCK MS1850SX4000 628 ADA
1 EA EXIT INDICATOR 4089 130 ADA
1 EA CYLINDER GUARD MS4043 130 ADA
2 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-013 114 626 SCH
1 SET PUSH/PULL BAR 9190HD-12"-NO 630 IVE
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
1 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4010-18 (IF REQUIRED) 689 LCN
I EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 rvE
1 EA DOOR SWEEP 200NA CL NGP
1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL
1 EA SIGN 771 TRI
1 EA WEATHERSTRIP BY DOOR/FRAME
MANUFACTURER
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-14
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
GROUP NO. 02
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
3 EA HW HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5X4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA PANIC HARDWARE AX-98-NL 626 VON
1 EA RIM CYLINDER 20-057 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN
I EA FLOOR STOP FS441 626 rvE
1 SET SEALS 5050B BRN NGP
I EA DOOR SWEEP 200NA CL NGP
I EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL
ROUP NO. 03
6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5X4.5 652 rvE
1 EA AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB31T 630 rvE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80PD SPA 626 SCH
1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL 628 IVE
2 EA MOUNTING BRACKET MB 689 rvE
2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 CUSH 689 LCN
2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE
ROUP NO. 04
2 EA CONT. HINGE 224HD 628 IVE
1 EA THRESHOLD & 4015X4085 ADA
HEADER B
1 EA MORTISE LOCK MS1850S 628 ADA
1 EA EXIT INDICATOR 4089 130 ADA
1 EA CYLINDER GUARD MS4043 130 ADA
2 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-013 114 626 SCH
2 SET PUSH/PULL BAR 9190HD-12"-NO 630 rvE
2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN
2 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4110-18 (IF REQUIRED) 689 LCN
2 EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 IVE
1 EA SIGN 773 TRI
GROUP NO. 05
3 EA HINGE
1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA FLOOR STOP
3 EA SILENCER
5BB1 4.5 X 4.5
ND70PD SPA
4011 OR 4111
FS439
SR64
652
626
695
682
GRY
rVE
SCH
LCN
rvE
IVE
GROUP NO. 06
3 EA HINGE
1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK
1 EA FLOOR STOP
3 EA SILENCER
5BB1 4.5X4.5
ND70PD SPA
FS439
SR64
652
626
682
GRY
rvE
SCH
rvE
IVE
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 15
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
GROUP NO. 07
3 EA HW HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5X4.5 652 rvE
1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 4"X 16" 630 IVE
1 EA PULL PLATE 8302 10" 4" X 16" 630 rvE
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 34" X 2" LDW 630 rvE
1 EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 rvE
3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY rvE
ROUP NO. 08
2 EA HW HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5X4.5 652 rvE
1 EA ELECTRIC HW HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5X4.5 TW8 652 IVE
1 EA EU STOREROOM ND80PDEU SPA 626 SCH
LOCK
I EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
I EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 rvE
1 EA FIRE/LIFE WALL MAG SEM7850 689 LCN
1 SET SEALS 5050B BRN NGP
CARD READER, POWER SUPPLY AND WIRING BY ACCESS CONTROL VENDOR
MAGNETIC HOLDER TIED TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
GROUP NO. 09
2 EA HW HINGE
1 EA ELECTRIC HW HE^^GE
1 EA EU STOREROOM
LOCK
1 EA FIRE/LIFE CLOSER
1 EA FLOOR STOP
1 SET SEALS
5BB1HW 4.5X4.5
5BB1HW 4.5X4.5 TW8
ND80PDEU SPA
4040SE
FS439
5050B
652
652
626
689
682
BRN
IVE
rvE
SCH
LCN
rvE
NGP CARD READER, POWER SUPPLY AND WIRING BY ACCESS CONTROL VENDOR
CLOSER TIED TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
GROUP NO. 10
2 EA HW HINGE
1 EA ELECTRIC HW HINGE
1 EA EU STOREROOM
LOCK
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA FLOOR STOP
1 SET SEALS
5BBIHW 4.5X4.5
5BBIHW 4.5X4.5 TW8
ND80PDEU SPA
4011
FS439
5050B
652
652
626
689
682
BRN
IVE
IVE
SCH
LCN
IVE
NGP
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-16
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research -t- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CARD READER, POWER SUPPLY AND WIRING BY ACCESS CONTROL VENDOR
GROUP NO. 11
3 EA INVISIBLE HINGE
1 EA EXIT X BLANK
OUTSIDE
1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE
1 EA SURF. AUTO
OPERATOR
1 EA ACTUATOR, WALL
MOUNT
218
ND25D SPA
6211 FSE
9542 MS
8310-836T
626
626
SOS
SCH
630 VON
ANCLR LCN
630 LCN
CARD READER AND WIRING BY ACCESS CONTROL VENDOR
GROUP NO. 12
3 EA HINGE
1 EA ENTRANCE/OFFICE
LOCK
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA FLOOR STOP
3 EA SILENCER
5BB1 4.5X4.5
ND50PD SPA
4011
FS439
SR64
652
626
689
682
GRY
IVE
SCH
LCN
rvE
rvE
GROUP NO. 13
3 EA HINGE
1 EA ENTRANCE/OFFICE
LOCK
1 EA FLOOR STOP
3 EA SILENCER
5BB1 4.5X4.5
ND50PD SPA
FS439
SR64
652
626
682
GRY
rvE
SCH
rvE
rvE
GROUP NO.
6 EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
14
HINGE
AUTO FLUSH BOLT
SGL CYL DEADBOLT
90 DEG OFFSET PULL
OH STOP & HOLDER
SILENCER
5BB1 4.5X4.5
FB31T
B660P
8190HD 8"0
450H
SR64
652
630
626
630
630
GRY
IVE
rVE
SCH
rvE
GLY
rvE
GROUP NO. 15
3 EA HINGE
1 EA PASSAGE SET
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA FLOOR STOP
3 EA SILENCER
5BB1 4.5X4.5
NDI OS SPA
4011
FS439
SR64
652
626
689
682
GRY
IVE
SCH
LCN
rvE
rvE
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 17
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
GROUP NO. 16
1 EA CONT. HINGE 224HD 628 rvE
1 EA DEADLOCK MS1850SX4000 628 ADA
1 EA EXIT INDICATOR 4089 130 ADA
1 EA CYLINDER GUARD MS4043 130 ADA
2 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-013 114 626 SCH
1 EA PUSH/PULL BAR 9190HD 12" O 630 IVE
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
1 EA MOUNTESfG PLATE 4010-18 (IF REQUIRED) 689 LCN
1 EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 IVE
1 EA SIGN 771 TRI
GROUP NO. 17
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5X4.5 652 rvE
I EA ESTTERCONNECTED 2I90-3-I-I-101-32D US32D ADA
LOCK
I EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-013 114 626 SCH
I EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 rvE
GROUP NO. 18
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA INTERCONNECTED 2190-3-1-I-I01-32D US32D ADA
LOCK
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-013 114 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
I EA MOUNTING PLATE 4010-18 (IF REQUIRED) 689 LCN
I EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 IVE
GROUP NO. 19
4 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5X4.5 652 rvE
1 EA INTERCONNECTED 2190-3-1-1-I01-32D US32D ADA
LOCK
1 EA THUMBTURN ADA7201 X#2 626 ILC
CYLINDER
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-013 114 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
1 EA MOUNTE^G PLATE 4010-18 (IF REQUIRED) 689 LCN
1 EA FLOOR STOP FS439 682 IVE
GROUP NO. 20
3 EA HINGE BY GATE FABRICATOR
1 EA PANIC HARDWARE AX-98-EO-WH PBAR 626 VON
1 EA CLOSER BY GATE FABRICATOR
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-18
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
GROUP NO. 21
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
CONT. BINGE
INTERCONNECTED
LOCK
MORTISE CYLINDER
FLOOR STOP/HOLDER
THRESHOLD
224HD
2190-3-I-I-101-32D
20-013 114
FS43
PER DETAIL
WEATHERSTRIP BY DOOR/FRAME
MANUFACTURER
628 rVE
US32D ADA
626
626
SCH
rvE
END OF SECTION
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 19
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
Blank Page
DOOR HARDWARES
087100-20
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 088100 - GLASS GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Glass in the following locations:
1. Exterior and interior storefront systems.
2. Exterior storefront doors.
3. Interior sidelights.
4. Interior wood doors and sliding glass doors.
B. Glass of the following types:
1. Monolithic.
2. Insulated.
3. Mirror glass.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 081113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Glazing stops.
B. Section 081116 - Aluminum Door and Window Frames.
C. Section 083213 - Sliding Aluminum-Framed Glass Doors.
D. Section 081416 - Flush Wood Doors: Glazing stops.
E. Section 084113 - Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts: Glazing stops.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use that is
attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and
practices for maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written
instmctions. Evidence of failure is the obstmction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on
interior surfaces of glass.
B. Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Development of manufacturing defects including edge
separation or delamination which materially obstmcts vision through glass.
C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a
specified gas.
GLASS GLAZING
088100-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrory
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Manufacturer: A firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in
referenced glazing publications.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show location of exterior glass units required to be heat strengthened
based on glass stress analysis calculations.
C. Samples for Verification:
1. Glass: 12-inch-square samples of each type of glass indicated except for clear
monolithic glass products,
2. Sealant: 12-inch-long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of
sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two
strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
I. Product Data for glazing sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system,
including printed statement of VOC content.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Calculations: Fumish calculations showing glass stresses based on glass lites and shading
pattems. Calculations shall be prepared by the glass manufacturer and shall be signed by a
registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Califomia.
B. Product Certificates: Signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their
products comply with specified requirements.
1. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's
permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a
quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Glazing Schedule: Indicate glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location.
Use same designation indicated on the Drawings.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For glass and other glazing materials to include in Operating and
Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1.
B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar
in material, design, and extent to that required for this Project, with a record of successfiil
in-service performance.
GLASS GL\ZING
088100-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product
manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are
indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this
Section or in referenced standards.
1. FGMA Publications: "FGMA Glazing Manual."
2. LSGA Publications: "LSGA Design Guide."
3. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16
CFR Part 1201 for Category ll materials.
C. Single-Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product
indicated below:
1. Primary glass of each (ASTM C1036) type and class indicated.
2. Heat-treated glass of each (ASTM C1048) condition indicated.
3. Laminated glass of each (ASTM Cl 172) kind indicated.
D. Glass Quality: No visible strain pattem to the naked eye under various lighting conditions
as judged solely by the Architect.
E. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled, manufacturer-certified workers who
custom fabricate glass similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a
record of successfiil in-service performance.
F. Safety Glass: Category II materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201
and ANSI Z97.1. Subject to compliance with requirements, permanently mark safety glass
with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction
I. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing
standard with which glass complies.
G. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently marked
with appropriate Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) certification label.
H. Mockups: Before installing glazing, build mockups for each type of glass and finish
required to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic
effects, quench pattem visibility both under natural viewing and polarized viewing
conditions, and qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the
following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:
1. Build mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as
directed by Architect.
a. Use fiill size glass units to demonstrate fabrication techniques and quality.
2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constmcted.
3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effect, fabrication, and installation.
4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting glass fabrication.
5. Maintain mockups during constmction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work.
6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed.
7. Rejection: If strain pattem or any other pattem that is not intended or approved is
visible to the naked eye, as judged solely by the Architect, the glass will be rejected.
GLASS GLAZING
088100-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.9 DELFVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent
damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct
exposure to sun, or other causes.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate
temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer
or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
B. Install liquid sealants only when ambient and substtate temperatures are above 40 deg F
(4.4 deg C).
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Laminated Glass: Fumish written warranty signed by glass manufacturer, agreeing to
fiimish replacements for those laminated glass units which develop manufacturing defects
as defined.
1. Warranty Period: 5-years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Insulating Glass: Fumish written warranty signed by glass manufacturer, agreeing to
fumish replacements for those insulating glass units developing manufacturing defects as
defined.
I. Warranty Period: 10-years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Mirror Glass: Fumish written warranty agreeing to fumish replacement mirrors for those
units developing silver spoilage.
1. Warranty Period: 15-years from date of Substantial Completion.
D. These warranties shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may
have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAEsfABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content: Sealants applied on-site on the interior of the building and products used on
the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and
wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage
attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of
GLASS GLAZING
088100-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or
other defects in constmction.
I. Normal thermal movement is defined as that resulting from an ambient temperature
range of 120-deg. F. and from a consequent temperature range within glass and glass
framing members of 180-deg. F.
B. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties
specified based on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to
procedures indicated below:
1. For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6.0 mm thick.
2. For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for
overall unit and for each lite.
3. For laminated-glass lites, properties are based on products of constmction indicated.
4. Tempered Glass Coatings: Apply Low-E, frit, and other specified coatings to glass
only after tempering to minimize quench pattem visibility.
C. Provide mirrored glass that will not fail under normal usage. Failure includes glass
breakage and deterioration attributable to defective manufacture, fabrication, and
installation.
2.3 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS
A. Uncoated Clear Float Glass: ASTM CI036, Condition A (uncoated surfaces). Type I
(transparent glass, flat). Quality q3 (glazing select), class and kind as indicated in schedule
at the end of Part 3.
B. Mirror Glass: ASTM C1503, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class I (clear), and Quality
q2 (mirror), with silvering, electro-plated copper coating, and protective organic coating,
beveled edges.
C. Laminated Glass: ASTM CI 172; laminated with polyvinyl butyral interlayer with a proven
record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after
laminating glass lites and installation.
2.4 HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS
A. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Type I (transparent glass, flat). Quality q3
(glazing select), class and kind as indicated in schedule at the end of Part 3.
B. Safety Glass: ASTM C1048, fully tempered with horizontal tempering, Condition A
uncoated. Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear. Quality q3 glazing select; conforming to
ANSI Z97.1; thickness as indicated.
2.5 INSULATING GLASS
A. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass
separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E2190, and complying
with other requirements specified.
GLASS GLAZING
088100-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a. Guardian Industries.
b. Oldcastle Architectural Glass.
c. PPG Industries, Inc.
2. Sealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard primary and secondary.
3. Spacer: Thermally broken aluminum with black, color anodic finish or black
powdered metal paint finish.
4. Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or blend of both.
2.6 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS
A. Compatibility: Select glazing compounds and tapes of proven compatibility with other
materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and
glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by
testing and field experience.
B. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting
glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions
existing at time of installation.
C. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Comply with ASTM C920, Class A, and other requirements
indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those
referencing ASTM C920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure
and joint substrates capable of water immersion without loss of properties; cured Shore A
hardness of 15-25; color as selected.
1. VOC Content: For sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system, not more
than 250 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Single-Component Neutral- and Basic-Curing Silicone Glazing Sealants:
a. Dow Coming Corporation; 999.
b. GE Silicones; SCS 1200.
c. Tremco; Proglaze.
2.7 GLAZING TAPES
A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape with a solids
content of 100 percent, non-staining and non-migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces,
with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for
application indicated, packaged on rolls with a release paper backing, and complying with
ASTM C1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below:
1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous
pressure.
2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to
continuous pressure.
GLASS GLAZING
088100-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2.8 GLAZING GASKETS
A. Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets: Molded or extmded neoprene, EPDM, or
silicone gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal; complying
with ASTM C864, D.S. Brown Co., Maloney, Tremco or approved equal.
B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extmded or molded closed cell, integral-skinned neoprene,
EPDM, or silicone of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal; complying
with ASTM C509, Tj^e II, black; D.S. Brown Co., Maloney, Tremco or approved equal.
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing
standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for
glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces
contacted in installation.
B. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.
C. Glazing Stops: Screw applied or snap on type (beads) coordinated with glass section
indicated, finished to complement exterior window finish.
D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extmsions with a Shore A durometer hardness
required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.
E. Mirror Mastic: Adhesive setting compound manufactured specifically for setting mirrors
on wall with support channel at bottom edge.
I. VOC Content: Not more than 70 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
F. Extmded-Aluminum Mirror Top and Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with a retum deep
enough to produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrored glass units of thickness
indicated and in lengths required to cover top and bottom edge of each mirrored glass unit
in a single piece.
2.10 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS
A. Pre-Glazed Units: Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to preglaze
units at the factory, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite
complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard
as required to comply with system performance requirements.
B. Field-Glazed Units: Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze
openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions,
and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing
standard as required to comply with system performance requirements.
GLASS GLAZING
088100-7
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.11
A.
B.
C.
MIRROR FABRICATION
Mirror Sizes: To suit Project conditions, and before tempering, cut mirrors to final sizes
and shapes.
1. Fabricate mirrors in single piece wherever possible.
2. Where mirror length exceeds practical shipping and installation limits, follow seam
pattem indicated on Drawings.
3. Fabricate adjoining mirror units to be installed with hairline seams.
Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts before tempering for notches and holes in mirrors without
marring visible surfaces. Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around penetrations in
mirrors.
Mirror Edge Treatment: Flat polished.
1. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical or
atmospheric penetration of glass coating.
2. Require mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory
immediately after cutting to final sizes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following:
1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness,
offsets at comers.
2. Presence and functioning of weep system.
3. Minimum required face or edge clearances.
4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members.
B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before
glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates.
3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL
A. General: Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass exposed to the weather
is required. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading,
and impact loading with no failure of any kind, including loss or breakage of glass, failure
of sealants or gasketing to remain air and water tight, deterioration of glazing materials or
other defects in the materials or their application.
B. Comply with combined written instmctions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets,
and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including
those in referenced glazing publications.
GLASS GLAZING
088100-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to
provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant
thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.
D. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass
from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge
damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair
performance and appearance.
E. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by
preconstmction testing.
F. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing
publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of
compatible sealant suitable for heel bead.
G. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.
H. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm).
1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass.
Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets
and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face
clearances and to comply with system performance requirements.
2. Provide 1/8-inch (3-mm) minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal
to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed
thickness of tape.
I. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving
sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and
according to requirements in referenced glazing publications.
J. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattem, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.
K. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified.
L. Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of glazing
in window units.
M. Do not allow sealants to come in contact with edges of laminated glass units.
3.4 GASKET GLAZING (DRY)
A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit
openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation.
B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in
place with joints miter cut and bonded together at comers.
C. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression
gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against
GLASS GLAZING
088100-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at comers and work toward centers of
openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending
stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.
D. Install gaskets so they protmde past face of glazing stops.
3.5 MIRROR INSTALLATION
A. Securely fasten chrome j-mold directly above backsplash of countertops. Clean j-mold and
remove any constmction debris before installing mirror glass.
B. Affix mirror glass to interior walls where indicated on Drawings using specified mastic.
C. Apply a bead of clear silicone sealant to space between mirror glass and j-mold to create a
seal against water penetration from adjacent plumbing fixtures.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any
way, during constmction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete at frequent intervals during
constmction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or
stains, and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer.
B. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date
scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass using
non-abrasive soft cloths as recommended by glass manufacturer.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed
streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface.
Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces.
B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from constmction
operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do
come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass
manufacturer.
CLASS GLAZING
088100-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -H Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.9 GLAZING SCHEDULE
A. Insulating Glass:
1. Basis-of-Design: PPG, Solarban 70XL.
2. Indoor Lite: Type 1 (transparent glass, flat) float glass. Class 1 (clear), 1/4 inch
thick. Kind HS (heat strengthened). Condition A (uncoated surfaces) or Kind FT
(fiilly tempered). Condition A (uncoated surfaces) as required.
3. Interspace Content and Thickness: Air, 1/2 inch thick space.
4. Outside Lite: Type I (transparent glass, flat) float glass. Class I (clear), 1/4 inch
thick, Kind HS (heat strengthened). Condition C (other coated glass) or Kind FT
(fiilly tempered). Condition C (other coated glass) as required.
5. Color: Clear, low-E coating on number 2 surface.
6. Visible Light Transmittance: 64 percent.
7. Shading Coefficient: 0.32.
8. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.27.
9. Winter Nighttime U Value: 0.28.
10. Summer Daytime U-Value: 0.26.
11. LSG Ratio: 2.37.
B. Interior Heat-Treated Float Glass for Doors and Sidelights:
1. Thickness: 1/4 inch thick.
2. Class 1 (clear), uncoated.
3. Kind: FT (fiilly tempered).
C. Interior Heat-Treated Float Glass for Acoustic Applications:
1. Indoor Lite: Type 1 (transparent glass, flat) float glass. Class I (clear), 1/4 inch
thick. Kind HS (heat strengthened). Condition A (uncoated surfaces) or Kind FT
(fiilly tempered). Condition A (uncoated surfaces) as required.
2. Interspace Content and Thickness: Air, 1/2 inch thick space.
3. Outside Lite: Type I (transparent glass, flat) float glass. Class 1 (clear), 1/4 inch
thick. Kind HS (heat strengthened). Condition A (uncoated surfaces) or Kind FT
(fully tempered). Condition A (uncoated surfaces) as required.
D. Mirror:
1. Thickness: 1/4 inch thick, of dimensions indicated on Drawings.
2. Tempered or heat-strengthened as required.
END OF SECTION 088100
CLASS GLAZING
088100-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
CLASS GLAZING
088100-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 089100 - WALL LOUVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fixed metal louvers and frames at exterior locations.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data describing design characteristics, maximum recommended air
velocity, design free area, materials and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate louver layout plan and elevations, opening and clearance
dimensions, tolerances; head, jamb and sill details; blade configuration, screens, blank off
areas required, and frames.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for field-applied touch up primers, paints, clear coatings, and
galvanizing agents, include printed statement of VOC content and chemical
components.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain louvers and vents through one source from a single
manufacturer where indicated to be of same type, design, or factory-applied color finish.
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS Dl.l, "Stmcttiral Welding Code-Steel."
2. AWS DI.2, "Stmcttiral Welding Code-Aluminum."
3. AWS Dl.3, "Stmcttiral Welding Code - Sheet Steel."
4. AWS Dl.6, "Stmcttiral Welding Code - Stainless Steel."
C. SMACNA Standard: Comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architecttiral Sheet
Metal Manual" for fabrication, constmction details, and installation procedures.
WALL LOUVERS
089100-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver metal louvers so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package louvers for protection
during transportation and handling.
B. Store louvers vertically, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store
louvers to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store louvers in
contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.
C. Protect sttippable protective covering on louvers from exposure to sunlight and high
humidity, except to extent necessary for period of louver installation.
1.6 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify louver openings by field measurements before fabrication and
indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from the following metals with average recycled
content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled
content is not less than that indicated below:
1. Steel: Average recycled content of steel to be a minimum 60 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius ofthe project site.
C. VOC Content: Adhesives, sealants, paints, welding, and coatings applied on-site on the
interior of the building and products used on the interior of the building shall comply with
VOC limits .
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. The Airolite Company.
2. Constmction Specialties, Inc.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, G90 (Z275) zinc coating, mill
phosphatized.
B. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 Series stainless steel,
unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are incompatible with joined materials.
WALL LOUVERS
089100-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1. Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions.
2. Use hex-head or Phillips pan-head screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise
indicated.
3. For fastening galvanized steel, use hot-dip-galvanized steel or 300 series stainless-
steel fasteners.
4. For color-finished louvers, use fasteners with heads that match color of louvers.
C. Postinstalled Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry: Torque-controlled expansion anchors,
made from stainless-steel components, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load
equal to 4 times the loads imposed, for concrete, or 6 times the load imposed, for masonry,
as determined by testing per ASTM E488/E488M, conducted by a qualified independent
testing agency.
D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/D 1187M.
E. Flashings: Of same material as louver frame.
F. Sealants: As recommended by louver manufacturer.
2.4 FIXED, FORMED-METAL LOUVERS
A. Horizontal, Drainable-Blade Louver: Factory welded assembly complete with steel storm-
resistant blades, bird screen, steel sills, integral stmctural supports and blade braces.
1. Blade Profile: Single, drainable.
2. Frame and Blade Nominal Thickness: As required to comply with stmctural
performance requirements, but not less than 0.052 inch (1.32 mm) for frames and
0.040 inch (1.02 mm) for blades.
3. Material: Galvanized steel.
4. Finish: Baked-enamel or powder-coat as standard with manufacturer, color to be
selected.
5. Free Area Requirements: TBD.
6. Louver Depth: As indicated on Drawings.
7. Mullion Type: As indicated on Drawings.
8. Basis-of-Design Product: Model 658; as manufactured by Industrial Louvers, Inc.
9. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal.
10. R-value of Blank-off Panels: Match R-value of adjacent wall constmction.
B. Gasketing: PVC compression gaskets, 1/2- by 1/2-inch, or I/4-inch bead of sihcone
sealant.
2.5 LOUVER SCREENS
A. General: Provide screen at each exterior louver.
1. Screen Location for Fixed Louvers: Interior face.
2. Screening Type: Bird screening.
B. Secure screens to louver frames with stainless-steel machine screws, spaced a maximum of
6-inches (150 mm) from each comer and at 12-inches (300 mm) oc.
WALL LOUVERS
089100-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Louver Screen Frames: Fabricate with mitered comers to louver sizes indicated.
1. Metal: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are
attached.
2. Finish: Mill finish, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Type: Non-rewirable, U-shaped frames for permanently securing screen mesh.
D. Louver Screening for Galvanized-Steel Louvers:
1. Bird Screening: Galvanized steel, 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) square mesh, 0.041-inch
(1.04-inm) wire.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Assemble louvers in factory to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units as
necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation.
B. Maintain equal louver blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at
head and sill, to produce uniform appearance.
C. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with
allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances,
and perimeter sealant joints.
1. Louver Frame: Channel shape, welded comer joints.
2. Louver Panel Thickness: 6-inches deep.
D. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly.
E. Where indicated, provide subsills made of same material as louvers or extended sills for
recessed louvers.
F. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed
from view, unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections
between frame members necessary.
G. Head and Sill Flashings: Roll formed or extmded to required shape, single length in one
piece per location.
2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
2.8 GALVANIZED-STEEL SHEET FINISHES
A. Finish louvers after assembly.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil
and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic
coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and
repair according to ASTM A780/A780M.
WALL LOUVERS
089100-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply
manufacturer's standard 2-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting
topcoat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm) for topcoat. Comply with
coating manufacturer's written instmctions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum
dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm).
1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that prepared openings and fiashings are ready to receive work and opening
dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install louver assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions.
B. Locate and place louvers and vents level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent
work.
C. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws
where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection.
D. Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured.
E. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as
indicated.
F. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering, and grinding. Restore finishes so
no evidence remains of corrective work. Retum items that cannot be refinished in the field
to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units.
G. Protect galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by
applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with
concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals.
H. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as louver installation
progresses, where weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with Section 079200 for
sealants applied during louver installation.
I. Install flashings and align louver assembly to ensure moisture shed from flashings and
diversion of moisture to exterior.
J. Secure louvers in opening framing with concealed fasteners.
3.3 ADJUSTD^G
A. Strip protective finish coverings.
WALL LOUVERS
089100-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -H Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Restore louvers and vents damaged during installation and constmction so no evidence
remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by
Architect, remove damaged units and replace with new units.
1. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color and
gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of louvers and vents that are not protected by temporary covering,
to remove fingerprints and soil during constmction period. Do not let soil accumulate until
final cleaning.
B. Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent not
harmful to finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 089100
WALL LOUVERS
089100-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -t- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Non-load-bearing steel framing members for the following applications:
1. Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, fiirring,
etc.).
2. Interior suspension systems (e.g., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.).
3. Resilient channel installation for acoustical constmction.
4. Flat strap and backing plate for support of wall mounted equipment and fixtures.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Application of gypsum board over non-load bearing
steel framing.
B. Section 072116 - Blanket Insulation: Acoustic insulation.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following:
1. Brand.
2. Stud sizes.
3. Stud gauge.
B. Shop Drawings: Show provision for fixture and equipment anchorage to stud systems
different from typical systems or details indicated.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
b. Provide total weight of products provided.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been exttacted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and constmction identical to those
tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM El 19 by an independent testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 - 1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide components that comply with rating
requirements specified for fire-rated assemblies under UL 2079 for non-load bearing wall
systems.
1. Deflection Clips and Firestop Track: Connections and/or top mnner provided in fire-
resistance-rated assemblies shall be certified by UL 2079 for cyclic movement
requirements.
C. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and constmction
identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E90 and classified
according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency.
D. Stmctural supports and blocking for light fixtures and miscellaneous wall- or ceiling-
mounted items shall be designed and engineered by Contractor.
E. Performance Requirements:
1. Loads: Comply with CBC requirements for design of metal framing systems for
gypsum board wall assemblies.
2. Deflection:
a. Partitions to Receive Gypsum Board: L/240.
b. Partitions to Receive Tile Backer Board: L/360.
c. Framed Ceilings: L/360. L/240 maximum, typical.
3. Seismic Requirements: Comply with code requirements for seismic bracing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content
such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than the following:
1. Light Gage Metal Framing: Minimum 28 percent total recycled content, and
minimum 16 percent post-consumer recycled content.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Steel Framing and Furring Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one ofthe following:
1. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
2. United States Gypsum Co.
B. Steel Slip-Type Head Joints: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
1. Brady Constmction Innovations, Inc., Sliptrack Systems.
2. ClarkDietrich Building Systems, SLP-TRK Slotted Track.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 - 2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Grid Suspension Assemblies: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by one of the following:
1. Chicago Metallic Corp.
2. USG Interiors, Inc.
D. Steel Headers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. ClarkDiettich Building Systems, ProX Header.
2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C754 for conditions indicated.
1. Steel Studs and Runners: Comply with ASTM C645 requirements for metal and
profiles shown on Drawings, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).
a. If stud thickness is not indicated, provide thickness as required for specified
deflection criteria, based on stud depth and spacing indicated and partition
height required.
b. If stud spacing is not indicated, space studs at 16-inches oc.
3. Flange Edges of Studs: Bent back 90 deg and doubled over to form 3/16-inch-wide
minimum lip (retum) and complying with the requirements indicated on Drawings
for depth indicated.
4. Protective Coating: ASTM A653/A653M, G60 (Z180) minimum, hot-dip galvanized
zinc coating, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following:
1. Slotted Slip Track: ASTM C645 top mnner with 2-1/2-inch- (63.5-mm-) deep
flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs; with 1-1/2-inch x 1/4-inch
vertical slots.
C. Interior Headers: ASTM A653/A653M and ASTM C645, where indicated.
1. Product: ClarkDietrich, ProSTUD Drywall Framing System.
a. ProSTUD 25:
1) Strength: 25 Gauge: Grade 50 with a minimum yield point of 50,000
psi (345 MPa).
2) Minimum Thickness: 0.0150 inches (0.3810 mm).
3) Design Thickness: 0.0158 inches (0.4013 mm).
b. ProSTUD 20:
1) Strength: 20 Gauge: Grade 65 with a minimum yield point of 65,000
psi (448 MPa).
2) Minimum Thickness: 0.019 inches (0.4826 mm).
3) Design Thickness: 0.0200 inches (0.5080 mm).
2. Width: As required for opening width indicated on Drawings.
3. Finish: Galvanized, Class G90 in accordance with ASTM A1003/A1003M with
coating weight in accordance with ASTM C645.
4. Intemal Clip: ProX Clip Series:
a. Thickness: 16 gauge (54 mils).
b. Width: As indicated on Drawings.
5. Fasteners: Sheet metal screws in accordance with ASTM C954 or SAE J78:
a. Interior: No. 8 screws.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 - 3
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
b. Exterior: No. 10 screws.
D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width
indicated and where required by Owner for Owner-installed items. Where backing is not
indicated on Drawings comply with the following:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).
2. Install continuous plate across minimum 3 studs, attaching to each stud.
3. Notch channel at studs.
4. For Loads Under 50 lbs/ft:
a. Plate Size: 6" x 1-1/4", 16 gage track channel.
b. Attachment: No. 8 flat head screws, three at each stud.
5. For Loads 51 lbs/ft to 100 lbs/ft:
a. Plate Size: 6" x 1-1/4", 16 gage track channel.
b. Attachment: Welding.
6. For Loads 101 lbs/ft to 250 lbs/ft:
a. Plate Size: 6-inch wide 14 gage plate with 4" x 1-1/4" 16 gage track channel
stiffeners welded to back.
E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch (1.37-mm) bare-steel thickness, with
minimum 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flanges.
1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm) minimum, unless noted otherwise on Drawings.
2. Clip Angle: Not less than I-I/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38.1 by 38.1 mm), 0.068-inch-
(1.73-mm-) thick, galvanized steel.
F. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645.
1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).
2. Depth: 7/8 inch (22.2 mm).
2.4 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Tie Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch-(1.59-mm-)
diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire.
B. Wire Hangers: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch (4.12-
mm) diameter.
C. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of
0. 0538 inch (1.37 mm) and minimum 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flanges.
1. Depth: 2 inches (51 mm).
D. Furring Channels (Furring Members): As specified herein.
E. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C645, direct-hung system
composed of main beams and cross-fiirring members that interlock.
1. Acceptable Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems.
b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; 640 Drywall Ceiling Suspension.
c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 -4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.
1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding
power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
B. Shot Pins: 0.140-inch diameter low velocity powder-actuated drive pins equivalent to
Ramset/Red Head No. 1508, or equal, with 7/8-inch minimum penetration into concrete.
C. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide the following:
1. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener
penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel
stud size.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
3.2
Examine areas and substtates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal
frames, cast-in anchors, and stmctural framing, for compliance with requirements,
installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
E^STALLATION, GENERAL
A. Installation Standard: ASTM C754.
1. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in
ASTM C1063 that apply to framing installation.
2. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C840 that
apply to framing installation.
B. Cutting:
1. General: Cut framing components squarely or on angle as required to fit tightly with
proper bearing against abutting members.
2. Cutting Studs: If stud web is cut more than 50-percent, or stud flanges are cut,
restore stud to original strength by wire-tying, or welding on steel reinforcement.
C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy
trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, fiimishings, or similar constmction.
1. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board
manufacturer or, if none available, with "Gypsum Constmction Handbook" published
by United States Gypsum Co.
D. Backing Plates:
1. Install as indicated and specified for support of wall-hung cabinets, toilet partitions
and accessories, and other items to be mounted on vertical surfaces.
2. Welding shall comply with AWS Dl.3.
3. Paint welds with a mst-inhibitive paint.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 - 5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
E. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.
F. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing
members. Frame both sides of joints independently.
G. Isolate steel framing from building stmcture at locations indicated to prevent transfer of
loading imposed by stmctural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings.
Provide slip- or cushioned-type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and avoid axial
loading.
H. Partitions must securely abut to building mullions and walls. Do not use mechanical
fasteners to connect framing to mullions; provide closed cell neoprene gasket between
mullion and end stud.
3.3 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Install suspension system components in sizes and spacings indicated on Drawings, but not
less than those required by referenced installation standards for assembly types and other
assembly components indicated.
B. Isolate suspension systems from building stmcture where they abut or are penetrated by
building stmcture to prevent transfer of loading imposed by stmctural movement.
C. Suspend hangers from building stmcture as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting stmctural or suspension system.
a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstmctions and offset resulting
horizontal forces by bracing, counter-splaying, or other equally effective
means.
2. Where width of ducts and other constmction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers
in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices.
a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads
within performance limits established by referenced installation standards.
3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to stmctures or to
inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for
substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail.
4. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.
D. Seismic Bracing: Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support.
E. Headers: Install in accordance with ASTM C1007.
F. Grid Suspension Systems for Use with Gypsum Board: Attach perimeter wall ttack or
angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam
and cross-fiirring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 - 6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
G. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12
feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and
transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes.
3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
A. Where studs are installed directly against dissimilar materials at exterior walls, install
isolation sttip between studs and exterior wall.
B. Install steel studs and fiirring in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that
required by the referenced steel framing installation standard to comply with maximum
deflection and minimum loading requirements specified:
1. Space studs as indicated on Drawings.
2. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction and so that
leading edges or ends of each gypsum board can be attached to open (unsupported)
edges of stud flanges first.
C. Install ttacks (mnners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing flill height to
stmctural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are
indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating
partitions above ceiling.
1. Deflection Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead stmctural supports,
install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of
finished assemblies.
2. Door Openings: Frame door openings to comply with details indicated and with
applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Screw
vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install mnner track
section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of
overhead stmcture, where indicated on Drawings.
3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as
required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of
openings to match framing required above door heads.
D. Stud Wall Lateral Bracing: Comply with requirements of the CBC. Laterally brace walls
extending above ceiling height by means of braces installed at not more than 45 degrees
from horizontal as follows:
1. 3-5/8 in X 25 gauge studs at 8 feet oc on each side of wall (in tension only).
2. 12 gauge wire at 6 feet oc on each side of wall (in tension only).
3. 3-5/8 inch x 1-1/4 inch x 16 gauge studs at 8 feet oc acting in either tension or
compression. They may be on one side of wall only.
a. Maximum length is 7 feet when in compression.
b. For lengths from 7 to 10 feet (when in compression) form box studs built from
two studs welded toe to toe for lengths from 10' to 16' (when in compression).
c. Form "T" sections of 4" x 1-5/8" x 18 gauge studs welded together.
4. Attach stud braces at middle third of beams, purlins or joists.
E. Provide horizontal 3/4 inch channel track and web stiffeners continuous at all walls over
17 feet high.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 - 7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more
than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet in any direction from the plane formed by faces of adjacent
framing.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 092216
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092216 - 8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 092400 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION EXCLUDES
A. Metal furring and lathing.
B. Portland cement plaster systems of the following types:
1. 3-coat system over metal stud framing.
C. Integral color acrylic plaster finish system.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Exterior sheathing substrate for cement plaster system.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples for Verification:
1. Integral Color Finish Coat: For each type of factory-prepared colored finish coat
indicated; 12 by 12 inches (305 by 305 mm), and prepared on rigid backing.
2. Accessories: For each type of accessory specified.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include
statement indicating cost for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been exttacted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for paints and coatings, including printed statement of VOC content and
chemical components.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's code compliance report.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau's Stucco Resource
Guide.
B. Mockups: Before plastering, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m) in surface area
to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. Build
mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the
completed Work:
1. Install mockups for each type of color and finish indicated.
2. Architect will select representative surfaces and conditions for application of plaster.
3. Build mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as
directed by Architect.
4. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constmcted.
5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects, fabrication, and installation.
6. In presence of Architect, damage part of the exposed-face surface for each finish,
color, and texture, and demonstrate materials and techniques proposed for repair of
surface blemishes to match adjacent undamaged surfaces.
7. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting application of plaster system.
8. Maintain mockups during constmction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work.
9. Demolish and remove mockups when directed.
10. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time
of Substantial Completion.
C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1.8 DELFVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, constmction traffic, and other
causes.
1.9 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Exterior Plasterwork:
1. Apply and cure plaster to prevent plaster drying out during curing period. Use
procedures required by climatic conditions, including moist curing, providing
coverings, and providing barriers to deflect sunlight and wind.
2. Apply plaster when ambient temperature is greater than 40 deg F (4.4 deg C).
3. Protect plaster coats from freezing for not less than 48 hours after set of plaster coat
has occurred.
4. Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for
hydrating plaster in a maimer that prevents drafts of air from contacting siu^aces
during plaster application and until plaster is dry.
B. Factory-Prepared Finishes: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for
environmental conditions for applying finishes.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel with average recycled content such
that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not
less than 25 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Adhesives, sealants, paints, welding, and coatings applied on-site on the
interior of the building and products used on the interior of the building shall comply with
VOC limits as specified in Section 018113 - Sustainable Design Requirements.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Primer: 100%) BMI acrylic primer and textured finish.
E. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter which can affect plaster.
2.2 FIELD MIXED PLASTER MATERIALS
A. Base-Coat Cements: Type as indicated below:
1. Portland cement, ASTM C150/C 150M, Type I or II.
2. Masonry cement, ASTM C91/C91M, Type N.
B. Lime: ASTM C206, Type S or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes, ASTM C207,
Type S.
C. Sand Aggregate for Base Coats: Natural or manufactured sand, in accordance with
ASTM C897.
D. Alkali-Resistant Fiber Reinforcement: ASTM CI 116/Cl 116M Type III 4.1.3, 100% virgin
homopolymer micro-fibers; 1/2- to 3/4-inch long, free of contaminants, containing no
reprocessed olefin materials, engineered and designed to be added to stucco scratch coat.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Fibercast 500 (formerly Harbourite), manufactured by SI Concrete Systems,
(423) 892-8080 www.fibermesh.com.
b. Grace Micro Fiber manufactured by Grace Constmction Products (877) 423-
6491 www.graceconstmction.com.
c. Stucco-Bond manufacttired by Porta Corp. (800) 245-0306
www.fortacorp.com.
E. Bonding Agent:
1. Exterior Plaster: ASTM C932, resinous emulsion which will provide bond for
gypsum or Portland cement, plaster, concrete, masonry, old or new surfaces
2. Interior Plaster: ASTM C631, non-oxidizing, non-crystallizing, and unaffected by
reapplication of water.
PORTLAND CEMENT PU^STERING
092400-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
F. Dash-Coat Material: BMI Natural/White Stucco Finish.
G. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter that can affect plaster.
H. Field Mixed Plaster Finish Materials:
1. Cement: As specified for plaster base coat, white color.
2. Lime: As specified for plaster base coat.
I. Ready-Mixed Acrylic-Based Finish Coatings: Factory-mixed acrylic-emulsion coating
systems, formulated with colorfast mineral pigments and fine aggregates; anti-bacterial,
anti-fiingal, and with ultraviolet screening agents, for use over Portland cement plaster base
coats. Include manufacturer's recommended primers and sealing topcoats for acrylic-based
finishes.
1. Products:
a. La Habra Stucco.
b. Califomia Stucco Products Corp.
c. ChemRex.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
2. Color Pigment: Mineral oxide type, color as selected; factory mixed.
3. Color: Match Architect's sample.
2.3 WEATHER BARRIERS
A. Weather-Resistive Barrier: See Section 072729.
2.4 LATHING AND CONTROL JOINT MATERIALS
A. Lath: ASTM C847, minimum 3.4 Ib./yd^ self-furred galvanized steel diamond mesh metal
lath.
1. Galvanize metal lath in compliance with ASTM A653/A653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip
galvanized zinc coating.
2. Partition Framing and Vertical Furring: Install flat diamond-mesh lath.
3. Flat-Ceiling and Horizontal Framing: Install 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) rib lath.
4. Curved-Ceiling Framing: Install welded-wire lath.
5. On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install self-fiirring, diamond-mesh lath.
B. Casing Bead: Formed sheet steel; minimum 25 gage thick; depth governed by plaster
thickness; maximum possible lengths; expanded metal flanges, with square edges.
C. Control Joint Accessories:
1. Double-J Control Joint: Keene XJ15-3, CEMCO, or accepted equivalent; one-piece,
25 gage galvanized steel, expanded 2-inch solid sheet metal flanges each side.
2. Solid-Leg Control Joint: Keene #40, CEMCO, or accepted equivalent, two-piece, 25
gage galvanized steel, 2-inch solid sheet metal flanges each side.
3. Reveal: Fry, PCS-75-100, one-piece extmded aluminum, clear anodized finish.
Provide manufacturer's prefabricated watertight comers and transitions, and splice
plates.
D. Expanded Metal Strip Lath: ASTM C847 with ASTM A653/A653M, 60 (Z180), hot-dip
galvanized zinc coating.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
E. Comer Mesh Reinforcement: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A653/A653M, G60
(Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
F. Anchorage Methods: Screws or other approved metal supports, of type and size to suit
application, galvanized to rigidly secure lath and associated metal accessories in place.
G. Install woven wire metal lath on sheathed stud walls using self furring fasteners.
2.5 CEMENT PLASTER MIXES - FIELD MDC
A. General: Comply with ASTM C926 for applications indicated.
I. Fiber Content: Add fiber to base-coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least two
minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instmctions for fiber quantities in
mixes, but do not exceed 1 lb of fiber/cu. ft. (16 kg of fiber/cu. m) of cementitious
materials. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability.
B. Base Coat and Brown Coat: One part plastic cement, 3-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate, 0.5% by
weight plastic cement synthetic fibers, and 1/2 part (maximum) potable water.
C. Factory-Prepared Finish-Coat Mixes: For ready-mixed finish-coat plasters acrylic-based
finish coatings, comply with manufacturer's written instmctions.
D. Mix only as much plaster as can be used prior to initial set.
E. Add color pigments to finish coat in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. Ensure
uniformity of mix and coloration.
F. Mix materials dry, to uniform color and consistency, before adding water.
G. Protect mixtures from freezing, frost, contamination, and evaporation.
H. Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred.
I. Do not use all plastic cement mixes.
2.6 FINISH
A. General: Provide finishes described in Technical Services Information Bureau's - Plaster
Textures & Acrylic Finishes.
1. Exterior Finish: Number 30 mesh, fine sand float surface finish.
2.7 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Comply with ASTM CI063 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with
thicknesses and number of plaster coats required.
1. Foundation Weep Screed: Fabricated from hot-dip galvanized steel sheet,
ASTM A653/A653M, G60 (Z180) zinc coating.
2. ComerAid: Stockton Wire Products, Wire-CA; galvanized, welded wire exterior
comer reinforcement.
3. Extemal-Comer Reinforcement: Fabricated from metal lath with
ASTM A653/A653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Exterior Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, also ASTM CI193 and tested under ASTM C719;
Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT, M, G, A, and O; single component, low-
modulus, non-sag sealant,
1. Acceptable Sealants:
a. Tremco; Spectrem 3 or Spectrem 4.
2. Sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substtates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal
frames, cast-in anchors, and stmctural framing, for compliance with requirements and other
conditions affecting performance.
B. Ensure that the installation of the windows and sheet metal flashings, including the
associated self-adhesive flashings is completed prior to cement plaster installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmfiil
effects caused by plastering.
B. Clean and remove surface projections, and apply bonding agent.
C. Verify support framing is tied together at specified spacing with 16 gage wire.
3.3 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
A. Building Paper Installation: Apply minimum two layers of building paper over exterior
sheathing. Use small staples so that paper is taut and flat. Patch any holes in paper before
proceeding with installation of metal lath.
B. Self-Adhered Sheet Membrane:
1. Provide one layer self-adhered sheet membrane under all sheet metal flashings, at
interior and exterior comers of exterior walls and around window and door openings
under cement plaster.
2. Provide one layer of building paper over self-adhered sheet membrane under cement
plaster as a slip sheet.
3. Provide two layers self-adhered sheet membrane under copings and transition
flashings and at surfaces less than vertical. Where two layers of self-adhered sheet
membrane are required, lap sheet metal transition flashings between the two layers of
self-adhered sheet metal, one under one over the sheet metal flashing flange.
4. Properly weather-lap self-adhered sheet membrane installations to avoid reverse lap
conditions.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
5. Do not penetrate non-vertical installations of self-adhered sheet membrane with
fasteners.
6. Where penettations of vertical installation of self-adhered sheet membrane occur,
seal penettations weathertight.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF METAL LATH
A. Install metal lath in accordance with ASTM C1063.
1. Partition Framing and Vertical Furring: Install flat diamond-mesh lath.
2. Flat-Ceiling and Horizontal Framing: Install 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) rib lath.
3. Curved-Ceiling Framing: Install welded-wire lath.
4. On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install self-fiirring, diamond-mesh lath.
B. Apply metal lath taut, with long dimension perpendicular to supports. Secure side laps with
tie wire where they occur between supports. Lap ends and sides.
1. Lap ends of lath minimum 1-inch in accordance with ASTM C933. Where end laps
occur between supports provide additional framing support in order to anchor lath to
stmcture, and secure with tie wire.
2. Lap sides of lath 1/2-inch minimum.
3. Run lath continuously at intemal comers or terminate with casing bead.
4. Secure self-fiirred type lath to framing at fiirring points as much as possible.
5. Fasteners: Spaced maximum 6-inches oc. All ceiling lath to be wire-tied to 3/4-inch
cold rolled channels. Screw attachment of overhead lath will not be permitted.
C. Discontinue lath at all control joint and expansion joint locations. Fully back the
discontinued sheets of lath at these locations with blocking for edge fasteners; ensure
conttol joints are located over studs or sheet metal backer plates.
1. Embed end of control joints in sealant during installation.
D. Attach metal lath to metal supports using 18-gage tie wire at maximum 6 inches oc.
3.5 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES
A. Install according to ASTM C1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings.
B. General: Anchor cement plaster accessories through the sheathing to the stud supports
using appropriate fasteners.
C. Reinforcement for Extemal Comers:
1. Install lath-type, extemal-comer reinforcement at exterior locations.
2. Install comerbead at interior locations.
D. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings. Where not
indicated comply with the following:
1. As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) of the following maximum
sizes:
a. Vertical Surfaces: 144 sq. ft. (13.4 sq. m).
b. Horizontal and other Nonvertical Surfaces: IOO sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m).
2. At distances between control joints of not greater than 18 feet (5.5 m) oc.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3. As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) with length-to-width ratios of
not greater than 2-1/2:1.
4. Where control joints occur in surface of constmction directly behind plaster.
5. Where plasterwork areas change dimensions, to delineate rectangular-shaped areas
(panels) and to relieve the stress that occurs at the comer formed by the dimension
change.
E. Place 6" x 18" sttip lath diagonally at comers of lathed openings and 12" around
penettations such as lighting fixtures. Secure rigidly in place.
F. Continuously reinforce intemal angles with comer mesh, except where the metal lath
retums 3 inches from comer to the angle reinforcement; fasten at perimeter edges only.
G. Place Comeraid at comers; fasten at outer edges only.
H. Place casing beads at terminations of plaster finish. Stop ends 1/4 inch away from top of
wall. Caulk with silicone sealant.
I. Reinforce interior angles and fiat joints with joint tape and embedding material
recommended by manufacturer.
J. Position the layering of sheet membrane products and self-adhesive flashings so that plaster
does not come in direct contact with self-adhesive flashing at horizontal locations including
floor lines, reveals and sills.
3.6 PLASTER APPLICATION
A. Inspect building paper, after lath and accessory installation and before plastering, to identify
and repair open holes, tears or other water intmsion pathways.
B. General: Comply with ASTM C926 and manufacturer's instmctions.
1. Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6.4 mm in 3 m) from a
tme plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge
placed on surface.
2. Finish plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories
that act as a plaster ground unless otherwise indicated. Where casing bead does not
terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster
sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal.
C. Bonding Compound: Apply on solid flanges of metal accessories and plaster bases.
D. Do not install stucco during extremely hot, dry, or windy conditions. Do not install stucco
during freezing conditions or on frozen substrates.
E. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with
recommendations of plaster manufacturer.
F. Vertical Framed and Sheathed Surfaces: Apply scratch coat to a nominal thickness of 3/8
inch over metal lath, brown coat to a nominal thickness of 3/8 inch, and a finish coat to a
nominal thickness of 1/8 inch.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. When scratch coat is firm, score in one direction.
2. Apply scoring in brown coat to adequately key finish coat into base and as required
to achieve required finished texture in approved mockup.
3. Premixed Plaster Material: BMI 690 Plaster carries an ICC-ES Report #2535 which
allows for application of the scratch and brown coat for Type I-V constmction by any
of the following:
a. Traditional scratch and brown application.
b. Double-back method.
c. Single pass of the scratch and brown coat 3/4" - 7/8" in thickness.
G. Horizontal Surfaces: Apply scratch coat to a nominal thickness of 1/4-inch over metal lath,
brown coat to a nominal thickness of 1/4-inch, and a finish coat to a nominal thickness of
1/8-inch.
H. Walls; Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three-coat
plasterwork; 3/4-inch (19-mm) thickness.
I. Ceilings; Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three-coat
plasterwork; 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.
J. Apply the stucco in discrete panels without intermption to avoid cold joints and differences
in appearance.
K. Abut wet stucco to set stucco at natural or architectural breaks in the wall such as expansion
joints, pilasters, terminations, reveals, or changes in plane.
L. Do not install stucco onto grounds of accessories.
M. Completely embed lath and flanges of accessories and completely cover attachments with
stucco.
N. Curing: Use fine fog spraying for curing operations.
1. Scratch Coat: Minimum 48 hours moist cure before application of brown coat.
2. Brown Coat: Minimum 48 hours moist cure; 7 days before application of finish coat.
3. After 48 hours, review with plastering superintendent to determine need for any
further moist curing.
3.7 FINISH COAT APPLICATION
A. General: Apply 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick finish coat and steel trowel to a smooth and
consistent finish to match approved mockup and Archhect's sample.
B. Acrylic-Based Finish Coatings: Apply coating system, including primers, finish coats, and
sealing topcoats, according to manufacturer's written instmctions.
1. Trowel-apply acrylic finish, maintaining a wet edge at all times.
2. Do not moist cure acrylic finish.
3. Protect finished surface from climatic conditions until dry.
4. Match existing texture and blend new to old stucco to greatest extent possible.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Avoid excessive working of surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing
excess fines to surface.
D. Ensure finished installation is tme, plumb and square. Remove excess stucco from within
conttol and expansion joints before the stucco sets.
3.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, patch, replace, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to
restore cracks, dents, and imperfections.
B. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, crazing and check cracking, dry outs,
efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has failed. Match
adjacent finish texture so no evidence of patching is visible.
C. Upon completion of application, point up plaster around trim and other locations where
plaster meets dissimilar materials.
3.9 PLASTER REPAIR
A. Where plaster is to be applied over existing plaster surface, remove any loose plaster
material and clean area to be repaired.
B. Repair and replace all sheathing found to have water or mold damage. Align new sheathing
flush with existing.
C. Install building paper, overlapping existing and covering new sheathing for a complete
underlayment system.
D. Install lath from new openings to existing lath, overlapping a minimum of 2 inches and
fasten in place.
E. Apply bonding agent to remaining plaster surfaces.
F. Apply finish coat and steel trowel to a smooth and consistent finish matching existing
adjacent finish as demonstrated in approved mock up.
G. Where all plaster is removed, cut edges of removed section sttaight and square. Remove all
plaster, lath, and building paper in preparation for installation of new material as specified
herein.
3.10 ADJUSTING
A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from
doorframes, windows, and other surfaces not indicated to be plastered. Repair floors, walls,
and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering.
3.11 CLEANEVfG
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
END OF SECTION 092400
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092400-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION EsfCLUDES
A. Gypsum wallboard, rated and non-rated.
B. Ceramic tile backing wallboard.
C. Exterior sheathing.
D. Gypsum board trims and accessories.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 078400 - Firestopping.
B. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Acoustical sealant.
C. Section 092216 - Non-Stmcttiral Metal Framing.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Gypsum Board Constmction Terminology: Refer to ASTM Cll and GA-505 for
definitions of terms related to gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in
other referenced standards.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
B. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
b. Provide total weight of products provided.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of
VOC content and chemical composition of each product used.
^^^^
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of gypsum board certifying that their
products comply with specified requirements.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum board with fire-resistance ratings, provide
materials and constmction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
ASTM El 19 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
1.8 DELFVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and
identification of manufacturer or supplier.
B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, constmction traffic, and other
causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging.
C. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or
otherwise damage metal comer beads and trim.
1.9 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for
applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C840 and with gypsum board
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain
not less than 40 deg F (4 deg C). For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board,
maintain not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 48 hours prior to application and
continuously after until dry. Do not exceed 95 deg F (35 deg C) when using temporary heat
sources.
C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces, as required, for drying joint treatment materials.
Avoid drafts during hot dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERL\L REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide gypsum board products with average recycled content such that
postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less
than 50 percent.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Adhesives and sealants applied on-site on the interior of the building and
products used on the interior ofthe building shall comply with VOC limits as specified.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
1. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
2. Pabco.
3. United States Gypsum Co.
2.3 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Provide gypsum board materials manufactured by one of the
following:
1. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
2. United States Gypsum Co.
B. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to
minimize end-to-end butt joints.
C. Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, in
5/8 inch thickness to comply with ASTM C840 for application system and support spacing
indicated.
D. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396/C 1396M except where noted otherwise:
1. Fire-Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C 1396M; Type X where required for fire-
resistive-rated assemblies.
2. Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1396/CI396M; High-strength, sag-resistant type
for ceiling surfaces.
3. Long Edges: Tapered.
4. Thickness: 5/8-inch throughout unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
E. Exterior Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C1I77/C1177M, Georgia-Pacific, Dens-Glass Gold
Exterior Sheathing, 5/8-inch- (15.8-mm-) thick water-resistant treated gypsum core board
with inorganic glass mats both sides and long edges, gold color alkali resistant surface
coating, for exterior applications.
2.4 CERAMIC TILE BACKING PANELS
A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in
each area and correspond with support system indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C1178/C1178M.
1. Manufacturer: Georgia Pacific; DensShield Tile Backer.
2. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). Type X.
3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10.
4. Locations: Where ceramic tile is to be installed; maximum framing at 16-inches oc.
2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Comer beads, edge trim, and control joints complying
with ASTM C1047.
1. Material: Formed metal or metal combined with paper, with metal sheet steel zinc-
coated by hot-dip or electrolytic processes, or with aluminum or rolled zinc.
B. Square Comer Bead Reinforcement: One of the following or accepted equivalent:
1. Dur-A-Bead as manufactured by USG or accepted equivalent.
2. Wallboard comer bead with 1 1/4-inch flanges as manufactured Gold Bond Building
Products Div., National Gypsum Co. or accepted equivalent.
C. Metal Casing Bead: One of the following or accepted equivalent:
1. No. 200A Metal Trim manufactured by USG or accepted equivalent.
2. No. 100 wall board casing manufactured by Gold Bond National Gypsum Company.
D. Control Joints: One of the following or accepted equivalent:
1. No. 093; as manufactured by USG or accepted equivalent.
2. E-Z expansion joint 0.093 zinc control joint, manufactured by Gold Bond National
Gypsum Company.
2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C475 and the
recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment
materials for each application indicated.
B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: ASTM C475 and as follows:
1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, one grade for bedding tapes and
filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh.
C. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board:
1. Factory-packaged, job-mixed, chemical-hardening powder products formulated for
uses indicated.
2. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated as a taping compound only or for
taping and filling only, use formulation that is compatible with other joint
compounds applied over it.
D. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind
base for ceramic tile, use formulation recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer for
this purpose.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
E. For topping compound, use sandable formulation.
F. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Interior Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based
products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use.
1. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product.
2. All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds.
G. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: G-P Gypsum; "ToughRock Setting Compound."
2. Glass-Mat Gj^sum Sheathing Board: As recommended by sheathing board
manufacturer.
2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. Spot Grout: ASTM C475, setting-type joint compound recommended for spot grouting
hollow metal door frames.
B. Fastening Adhesive for Metal: Special adhesive recommended for laminating gypsum
panels to steel framing.
I. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that
comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
a. Multipurpose Constmction Adhesives: 70 g/L.
C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.
a. Gold Bond, Type-S, 1-inch drywall screws.
b. U.S. Gypsum Type-S, panhead, 1-inch.
D. Drywall Adhesive: APA AFG-01; Liquid Nails or PL400.
1. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that
comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
a. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L.
E. Other Fasteners: As required and recommended by gypsum wallboard manufacturer and in
accordance with the specified Standards. Space fasteners in accordance with CBC Table
47 G and 47 H.
F. Acoustical Accessories:
1. Acoustic Insulation: See Section 072116.
2. Acoustical Sealant: See Section 079200.
3. Rated Acoustical Sealant: See Section 079200.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow
metal frames, cast-in-anchors, and stmctural framing with Installer present for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to
comply with ASTM C840 and GA-216.
B. When cutting gypsum drywall is required, work from the face side. When cutting by
scoring, cut through the face paper and then snap the panel back away from the cut face.
Then break the back paper by snapping the gypsum board in the reverse direction or by
cutting the back paper.
1. Smooth all cut ends and edges of panels where necessary to obtain a smooth joint.
C. Install wall/partition board panels to minimize the number of abutting end joints or avoid
them entirely. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in altemate
courses of board. At high walls, install panels horizontally with end abutting joints over
studs and staggered.
D. Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated, install
according to ASTM C840 in specific locations as directed by Architect.
E. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp
panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16
inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.
F. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating intemal comer
constmction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber,
including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members, or provide
control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.
G. Locate both edge or end joints over supports. Position adjoining panels so that tapered
edges abut tapered edges, and field-cut edges abut field-cut edges and ends. Do not place
tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on
opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints at comers of framed openings where possible.
H. Attach gypsum panels to studs so that the leading edge or end of each panel is attached to
nailing members except where joints are at right angles to framing members.
I. For cut-outs in panels for pipes, fixtures, or other small openings, make holes and cut-outs
by sawing or by such other method that will not fracture the core or tear the covering and
with such accuracy that plates, escutcheons, trim, etc., will cover all edges.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
2. Use of "score and knock out" method will not be permitted.
J. Where partitions intersect open roof tmsses and other stmctural members projecting below
underside of roof stmcture, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and
other stmctural members; allow 1/4-to-1/2-inch-wide joints to install sealant.
K. Apply wall board first to ceilings and then to walls, using maximum practical lengths to
minimize end joints.
L. Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing gypsum board partitions at stmctural abutments,
except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4-inch-to-1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and
trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints
between edges and abutting stmctural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and
finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.
N. Where gypsum wallboard is applied to metal ceiling framing or fiirring, attach with 1 inch
Type S screws at 16 inches oc in field and with 1-1/4 inch Type S screw at 12 inches oc at
edges.
O. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant.
P. Place control joints to be consistent with lines of building spaces.
1. Provide where system abuts stmctural elements.
2. Provide at dissimilar materials.
3. Provide where lengths in partitions exceed 3O'-O".
Q. At recesses for equipment and accessories in fire rated walls, line recess with fire rated
gypsum board to maintain specified fire rating of wall.
R. For partitions, apply fiill height sheets with long dimension parallel to framing members
with abutting edges over supports. Where ceiling heights exceed lO'-O" and where required
by fire resistive ratings, apply sheets with long dimension perpendicular to framing
members. For ceilings, apply sheets with long dimension either perpendicular or parallel to
framing members to result in fewest joints. For fire-rated assemblies, apply gypsum board
in accordance with CBC Tables 720.1(2) and 720.1(3) as applicable.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FASTENERS
A. Start screws at the center of the gypsum board sheet.
B. Do not locate fasteners less than 3/8-inch from edges or ends of sheets. Do not locate
fasteners less than one-inch from edges or ends in horizontal applications.
C. Fire-Rated Partitions: Install fasteners in accordance with the more restrictive of either
CBC Table 720.1(2) or the Underwriters' Laboratories assemblies as denoted on partition
schedule.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Non-Fire-Rated Partitions: Install fasteners in accordance with GA-216 and ASTM C840.
E. Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install fasteners in accordance with CBC Table 720.1(3).
F. Non-Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install fasteners spaced not more than 12-inches on center.
G. Install screws using powered screw guns with adjustable screw-depth control head. Drive
shank perpendicular to gypsum board surface. Do not hammer screws.
H. Set fastener heads slightly below surface of gypsum board, but do not break or strip paper
face around fastener.
I. Stagger fasteners opposite each other on adjacent ends and edges.
J. Omit fasteners at edges where metal edge trim will be installed.
3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners
used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory
manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners.
B. Install comer beads at extemal comers.
C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semi-
exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound except
where other types are indicated.
D. Control Joints:
1. Ceilings: Maximum area for ceilings with perimeter relief shall be 2,500-sq. ft.;
maximum area for ceilings without perimeter relief shall be 900-sq. ft. Do not exceed
50-feet between control joints in ceilings with perimeter relief; 30-feet between
control joints in ceilings without perimeter relief
2. Walls and Partitions: Maximum spacing between control joints shall not exceed 30-
feet.
3. Control joint locations shall occur only where indicated on reviewed layout
drawings.
E. Install L-bead where edge trims can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed.
3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of comer
bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects, and
elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration and levels of
gypsum board finish indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Carefully inspect the Drawings and verify the desired location of metal trim. Install all
metal trim in strict accordance with the approved submittal of the manufacturer's
recommendations, paying particular attention to make all trim installations plumb, level and
tme to line with firm attachment to supporting members.
C. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint
compound.
D. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to ttim accessories with concealed face
flanges as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer and as required to prevent cracks
from developing in joint compound at flange edges.
1. Taping is not required under wainscot surfaces, except at moisture-resistant type and
fire-rated type walls.
E. Fold reinforcing tape along its centeriine and apply to all interior angles, following the
same procedure for all joints.
F. Lightly sand and dry compound with fine sandpaper between coats to remove all
irregularities.
G. Apply a second coat of compound to all joints, feathering approximately 3 inches beyond
edges of the tape. Also apply a second coat to all nail recesses, leaving flush with the
adjacent surface. When compound is dry, sand again.
H. Apply final skim coat, feathering out approximately 2 inches beyond the second coat.
Third coat nail recesses and metal trims. Skim coat interior angles. After drying, lightly
sandpaper surfaces, using caution not to excessively damage the face paper of the gypsum
drywall.
I. Examine surfaces to ensure against defects. Touch up as required for uniformity. Provide
smooth, un-textured sanded finish suitable to receive specified paint system.
J. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM
C840:
1. Level 0: In areas of temporary constmction, no taping or accessories are required.
2. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas and concealed areas. Provide higher level of finish as
required to comply with fire-resistance ratings and acoustical ratings.
3. Level 2: Gypsum board substrate at tiling, except remove tool marks and ridges.
4. Level 3: Not used.
5. Level 4:
a. Location(s): Staff offices.
b. Finish Texture: Smooth.
6. Level 5:
a. Location(s): Reading rooms, conference rooms, group study rooms, and large
open areas that are not clearly labeled as staff office spaces; bulkheads, soffits,
and gypsum board finish surfaces in areas of the building accessible to the
public with wall areas greater than lOOSF.
b. Finish Texture: Smooth.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
K. Interior Gypsum Board Finishing:
1. Comers: Square.
2. Taping (Level 1):
a. Use taping or all-purpose compound.
b. Butter taping compound into inside comers and joints.
c. Center tape over joints and press down into fresh compound.
d. Remove excess compound. Tape joints of gypsum board above suspended
ceilings.
3. First Coat (Level 2):
a. Use taping or all-purpose drying-type compound or setting-type joint
compound.
b. Immediately after bedding tape, apply skim coat of compound over body of
tape and allow to dry completely in accordance with manufacturer's
instmctions.
c. Apply first coat of compound over flanges of trim and accessories, and over
exposed fastener heads and finish level with board surface.
4. Second Coat (Level 3):
a. Use all purpose or topping drying type joint compound.
b. After first coat treatments is dried, apply second coat of compound over tape
and trim, feathering compound 2-inches beyond edge of first coat.
5. Third Coat (Level 4):
a. Use all purpose or topping drying type joint compound.
b. After second coat has dried, sand surface lightly and apply thin finish coat to
joints, fasteners and trim, feathering compound 2-inches beyond edge of
second coat.
c. Allow third coat to dry. Apply additional compound, and touch-up and sand,
to provide surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges, ready for
application of finish.
6. Skim Coat (Level 5):
a. Apply skim coat of all-purpose drying-type compound over exposed surfaces
of gypsum board.
b. After skim coat has dried, touch-up and sand to provide surface free of visual
defects, tool marks, and ridges, and ready for application of finish.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING
A. Comply with GA-253 and manufacturer's written instmctions.
B. Cut boards at penetrations, edges, and other obstmctions of work; fit tightly against
abutting constmction, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Install boards with a 3/8-inch (9-mm) setback where non-load-bearing constmction
abuts stmctural elements.
2. Install boards with a 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) setback where they abut masonry or similar
materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking.
C. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these
materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing
through completed exterior wall assembly.
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Apply fasteners so screw heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut
into facing.
E. Do not bridge building expansion joints with sheathing; cut and space edges to match
spacing of stmctural support elements.
F. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up.
Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent boards
without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of stud flanges, and stagger end joints of
adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing. Screw-attach boards at perimeter and
within field of board to each steel stud.
1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches (200 mm) oc. and set back a minimum of 3/8
inch (9 mm) from edges and ends of boards.
G. Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over flanges of steel studs. Abut
ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Screw-attach boards at
perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud.
I. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches (200 mm) oc and set back a minimum of 3/8
inch (9 mm) from edges and ends of boards.
3.7 EXTERIOR SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT
A. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written recommendations.
1. Apply elastomeric sealant on joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient
quantity of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal
other penetrations and openings.
2. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing board joints, and
apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed sealant in entire face of tape.
Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely
covered. Seal other penetrations and openings.
3.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. General: Execute cutting, fitting, and patching to repair damage.
1. Fit products together, to integrate with existing work.
2. Remove and replace defective gypsum board.
B. Cutting:
1. Perform cutting, associated stmctural reinforcing, and patching in a manner to
prevent damage to the existing building and to provide proper surfaces for the
installation of new materials. Adjust and fit products to provide a neat installation.
2. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed
without prior written approval.
C. Gypsum Board and Gypsum Plaster: At the Contractor's option, on existing walls and
ceilings designated for cutting and patching work, the Contractor may use any of the
following methods, or combination thereof to match adjacent wall plane and finish, and as
required to meet the required fire ratings:
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -H Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1. Patch gypsum board walls or ceilings with new gypsum board the same thickness as
existing surface.
2. Patch gypsum plaster walls or ceilings using gypsum plaster to match and align with
the adjacent surface thickness.
3. Remove entire gypsum board or gypsum plaster surface plane and replace with new
gypsum board to the comer of the wall or ceiling plane.
D. At partitions and ceilings, provide modification of finishes See Drawings for extent of
work.
1. At Contractor's option, where modifications are required, finishes may be cut and
patched, or removed and replaced on one or both sides.
E. Patching:
1. Patch surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. Finish to nearest intersection. For an
assembly, refinish entire unit.
2. Patch to preserve continuity of existing fire ratings.
3. Patch surfaces to successfully duplicate undisturbed adjacent profiles, materials,
textures, and finishes. Use materials which match existing constmction.
4. Where there is dispute as to whether duplication is successfiil or has been achieved
to a reasonable degree, the Architect's decision will be final.
5. Fit work to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
6. At penetrations of fire-rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floor constmction
completely seal voids with fire-rated material in accordance with U.L. specifications
to full thickness of the penetrated element.
3.9 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Take all means necessary to prevent spilling and splashing compound. Promptly remove
any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B. Do not allow the accumulation of scrap and debris resulting from the gypsum drywall
installation and finishing operations.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer that
ensures gypsum board assemblies remain without damage or deterioration at time of
Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 092900
GYPSUM BOARD
092900-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 093000 - TILING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Removal, salvage and repair of existing tile installations.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 079200 - Joint Sealers: Sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation
joints in tile surfaces.
B. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Gypsum backing board and cementitious backing board
installed as part of gypsum wallboard systems for use under tile installations.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
B. Samples for Verification:
1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish
required.
2. Grout of each type and for each color required.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been exttacted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Deliver extta materials to Owner. Fumish extra materials that match products installed as
described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels
clearly describing contents.
I. Tile and Trim Units: Fumish quantity of fiill-size units equal to 3 percent of amount
installed for each type, composition, color, pattem, and size indicated.
TIUNG
093000-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer's Qualifications: A minimum of 3-years' experience installing ceramic tile of the
types specified, and a minimum of 5 installations of a magnitude similar to or larger than
the work of this Section.
B. Single-Source Responsibility for Tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of
tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in
appearance without delaying progress ofthe work.
C. Single-Source Responsibility for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a
uniform quality from one manufacturer for each cementitious and admixture component and
from one source or producer for each aggregate.
D. Field-Constmcted Mock-Up: Before installing tile, erect mock-ups for each form of
constmction and finish required to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and installation. Build mock-ups
using materials to be used in the final work.
1. Locate on site in a location and size as directed by the Architect.
2. Obtain Architect's acceptance before start of final work.
3. Retain and maintain mockup during constmction in undisturbed condition as a
standard forjudging completed work.
E. Floor tile shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 determined in accordance with
ASTM C1028
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels
intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile
packages.
B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter, and other
causes.
1.8 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply
with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations.
B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide
buildup.
C. Maintain temperatures at 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more in tiled areas during installation and
for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced
installation standard or manufacturer's instmctions.
TIUNG
093000-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide ceramic tile products with average recycled content such that
postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less
than 60 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Adhesives, sealants, and coatings applied on-site on the interior of the
building and products used on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits as
specified.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 TILE PRODUCTS
A. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National
Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types, compositions, and grades of tile
indicated.
B. Unglazed Ceramic Floor Tile: ASTM CI028, with a wet coefficient of friction of 0.5 or
greater.
1. Nominal Facial Dimensions: TBD.
2. Thickness: 1/4-inch.
3. Face: Plain with cushion edge.
4. Finish: TBD
C. Glazed Wall Tile: Provide flat tile complying with the following requirements: TBD
1. Tile Dimensions: TBD.
2. Nominal Thickness: 5/16-inch.
3. Face: Plain with cushion edge.
4. Finish: Bright and matte series.
D. Shapes and Trim: Selected from manufacturer's standard shapes and trim units:
1. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and
to comply with following requirements:
a. Size: As indicated, coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile
where applicable.
b. Base: Coved.
c. Wainscot Cap: Bullnose cap.
d. Intemal Comers: Field-butted square comers, except use coved base and cap
angle pieces designed to member with stretcher shapes.
E. Natural Stone Floor Tile: Salvaged existing material.
TIUNG
093000-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.3 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials: ANSI A108.1.
B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI 118.4, and ANSI 118.11, non-sag type, composition
as follows:
1. Prepackaged dry mortar mix composed of premium white cement, graded white
aggregate, and manufacturer's standard dry polymer additive in the form of a re-
emulsifiable powder to which only water is added at the job site.
2. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard.
C. Water: Clean, potable.
2.4 GROUTING MATERIALS
A. Latex-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, Portland cement, latex additive, and water;
latex- Portland cement type; un-sanded.
1. Latex additive (water emulsion) serving as replacement for part or all of gaging
water, added at job site with dry grout mixture, with type of latex and dry grout mix
as follows:
2. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard.
B. Commercial Portland Cement Grout (Sanded Grout): ANSI Al 18.6, for stone tile.
C. Color Admixture: Cementitious type, color as specified; Standard and Designer Series as
manufactured by Custom Building Products, Bostick, or approved equal.
D. Application: Use commercial Portland cement grout combined with latex additive for
grouting joints in floor tile unless otherwise indicated.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Solid Surfacing Thresholds: Honed finish; color as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's fiill range to coordinate with floor tile.
1. Size: 1/2 inch high by width of jamb by full width of wall or frame opening.
2. Profile: As indicated on Drawings.
3. Edges: Beveled one side as indicated on Drawings, radiused edges from bevel to
vertical face.
B. Ceramic Tile Backing Panels: See Section 092900.
C. Metal Edge Strips: Schluter Systems:
1. Tile-to-Wood: Deco or Reno-T.
2. Tile-to-Carpet: Schiene.
3. Tile-to-Resilient Flooring: Reno-V.
TIUNG
093000-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.6 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT
A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and
manufacturers including those for accurate proportioning of materials, water, or additive
content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing
time, and other procedures needed to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with
optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and areas where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of installed tile.
B. Level and smooth subfloor, incorporating slopes as required on Drawings. Sand or grind
protmsions, bumps, and ridges. Patch and repair cracks and rough areas. Fill depressions.
C. Verify that substtates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films
and curing compounds.
D. Do not start work until grounds, anchors, recessed frames, plugs, hangers, bucks, electtical
and mechanical work in or behind tile have been installed. Do not proceed until adjoining
work is protected.
E. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample
submittals, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile
units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other
packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either retum to manufacturer
or blend tiles at Project site before installing.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. TCNA Installation Guidelines: TCNA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"; comply
with TCNA installation methods indicated.
B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a
complete covering without intermptions except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly
at obstmctions, edges, and comers without dismpting pattem or joint alignments.
C. Accurately form intersections and retums. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without
marring visible surfaces. Carefiilly grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in
items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and
other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
TIUNG
093000-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Jointing Pattem: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattem. Align joints when
adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center
tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile
cutting. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise shown.
E. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile
sheets so that extent of each sheet is not apparent in finished work.
F. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
G. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control,
conttaction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials,
mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw cut joints after installation of tiles.
H. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so
they are free of foreign matter.
B. Remove latex-Portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.
C. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken,
unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work.
D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile
surfaces.
E. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout
manufacturer's printed instmctions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect
metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning.
Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer
and installer that ensure that tile is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
C. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective
cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or
other heavy covering during constmction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear.
D. Prohibit foot and wheel ttaffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is
completed.
TIUNG
093000-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 1 0, 201 5
3.6 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
A. General: Install tile according to most current edition of the TCNA Handbook using
method numbers as indicated below.
B. Bonded Mortar Bed Stone Floor Tile over Concrete Floor: TCNA Handbook, No. Fl 12.
C. Thin-set Floor Tile over Concrete Floor: TCNA Handbook, No. Fl 13.
D. Wall Tile over Wood or Metal Studs and Gypsum Wallboard: TCNA Handbook, No.
W243.
E. Thresholds: TCNA Handbook, No. TR6I I.
F. Expansion Joints: TCNA Handbook, No. EJ 171.
1. Exterior: Provide expansion joints at 12- to 16-feet on center in both directions, over
cold joints and saw-cut control joints, and where tile abuts restraining surfaces. Joint
width shall be minimum 3/8-inch wide for joints spaced 12-feet on center and 1/2-
inch wide for joints spaced 16-feet on center.
2. Interior: Provide expansion joints at 24- to 36-feet on center in both directions, over
cold joints and saw-cut control joints, and where tile abuts restraining surfaces. Joint
spacing for tile exposed to direct sunlight or moisture shall be 12-to 16-feet on center.
Joint width for paver tile shall be minimum 1/4-inch wide; ceramic mosaic tile and
glazed wall tile shall be minimum I/8-inch.
3. Sealant Materials: As specified in Section 079200.
END OF SECTION 093000
TIUNG
093000-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
TIUNG
093000-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Acoustical tile ceilings:
1. Installed in suspended metal grid system.
2. Adhered to ceiling substtate.
B. Suspended metal grid ceiling system and perimeter trim.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Suspended gypsum board ceilings.
B. Division 21: Sprinkler heads in acoustical ceilings.
C. Division 23: Grilles, registers, and diffusers in acoustical ceilings.
D. Division 26: Lighting fixtures in acoustical ceilings.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including the following:
1. Preparation instmctions and recommendations.
2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3. Installation methods.
4. Ceiling suspension members.
B. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following
items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items
involved:
1. Ceiling suspension system members.
2. Method of attaching hangers to building stmcture.
3. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffiisers, grilles, speakers,
sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit reflected ceiling plans on which the following items are shown and
coordinated with each other for the fabrication and installation of the Work, based on input
from installers of the items involved for Architect's action.
1. Layout of suspension systems, location of hangers, seismic braces and trapezes.
2. Hanger spacing and fastening details.
3. Trapeze details.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrory
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -H Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
4. Splicing method for main and cross mnners.
5. Method of attaching hangers to building stmcture.
6. Support at ceiling fixtures and air diffusers.
7. Change in level details.
8. Locations and dimensions of access panels, light fixtures, supply and exhaust grilles
and diffiisers, sprinkler heads, speakers, and detection devices.
9. Seismic control details.
10. Develop and coordinate location of all Work which is to be located in ceiling with the
Sections involved per Section 013300 prior to making shop drawing submittal.
D. Samples for Verification: Submit samples of each type of exposed finish required, prepared
on samples of size indicated below and of same thickness and material indicated for final
unit of Work.
1. Fumish sufficient samples to establish full range of colors and textures for materials
exposed in the finished Work. Label samples to indicate product and location in the
Work. Samples will be reviewed for appearance only. Compliance with other
requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor.
2. Ceiling Tiles: Samples of each acoustical tile type, pattem, and color; 12" x 24"
minimum.
3. Set of 12-inch-long samples of suspension system members.
E. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data that show values which demonstrate a percentage improvement in the
proposed building performance rating compared to the baseline building performance
rating per ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004.
2. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
3. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been exttacted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
4. Product Data that indicate methods to be used for ensuring a reduction of indoor air
quality problems in order to help sustain the comfort and well-being of constmction
workers and building occupants.
5. Product Data for sealants, including printed statement of VOC content.
6. Product Data for installation adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of
VOC content and chemical composition of each product used.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for each acoustical tile ceiling.
B. Calculations: Submit for Architect's information. Submit calculations prepared by a
qualified Stmcttiral Engineer, registered in State of Califomia, for details other than as
shown or specified.
C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For each acoustical tile ceiling and components and anchor
and fastener type.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
095123-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Fumish extra materials described below that match
products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with
appropriate labels.
1. Ceiling Units: Fumish quantity of fiill-size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount
installed.
2. Suspension System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0
percent of quantity installed.
3. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2.0 percent of quantity installed.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling tile and supporting suspension
system through one source from a single manufacturer.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical tile ceilings that comply with the
following requirements:
1. Surface-Buming Characteristics: Provide acoustical tiles with the following surface-
buming characteristics complying with ASTM E1264 for Class A materials as
determined by testing identical products per ASTM E84:
a. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.
C. Seismic Standard: Provide acoustical tile ceilings designed and installed to withstand the
effects of earthquake motions according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them
in a fiilly enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct
sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and
stabilized moisture content.
C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefiilly to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any
way.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Install acoustical units after interior wet work is dry.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-3
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.1 SUSTAEVJABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content
such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than 25 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Sealants applied on-site on the interior of the building and products used on
the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits as specified.
1. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Ceiling Tile: Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Optima Tegular.
1. Item Number: 3250.
2. Classification: Type XII, Form 2, Pattem E
3. Size: 24 by 48-inches.
4. Thickness: 1-inch.
5. Composition: Wet-formed mineral fiber.
6. Acoustics NRC: 0.95.
7. CAC: NA.
8. Edge: Square tegular.
9. Surface Color: White.
10. Surface Finish: Factory-applied latex paint.
11. Grid Width: 15/16-inch.
2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Suspension System: ASTM C635/C635M, Armstrong World Industries, Inc.,
1. Silhouette XL 9/16" Bolt Slot with 1 /8" reveal grid.
a. System Type: Dimensional Tee.
b. Exposed Grid Surface Width: 9/16-inch.
c. Main Runners: 9/16-inch flange, 1-3/4-inch high, double web constmction.
d. Cross Runners: 9/16-inch flange, double web constmction.
e. Cross Tee/Main Beam Interface: Mitered.
2. Seismic Category: C.
3. Finish: White, low gloss baked enamel finish, color to match ceiling tiles exactly.
4. Wall Angle, Reveals, and Miscellaneous Trim: Roll-formed from electro-galvanized
steel strip to match main mnners and cross tees.
B. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C635/C635M, Table
I, Direct Hung, double web, Intermediate-Duty System, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1. Gage: Provide wire sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM
C635/C635M, Table 1, Direct-Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but
provide not less than 0.106-inch diameter (12-gage).
D. Support Hangers and Channels: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with mst-inhibitive
paint, size and shape to suit application and seismic requirements.
1. Hanger Wires: Connection device capable of carrying not less than 100-pounds.
2. Bracing Wires: Connection device capable of carrying not less than 200-pounds or
the actual design load, whichever is greater, with a safety factor of 2 without
yielding.
E. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not
indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with
seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as
that used for exposed flanges of suspension system mnners.
1. Provide manufacturer's standard edge moldings that fit acoustical panel edge details
and suspension systems indicated and that match width and configuration of exposed
mnners, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Seismic Stmts: Manufacturer's standard compression stmts designed to accommodate
seismic forces.
G. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed and spaced to secure
acoustical tiles in-place.
H. Adhesive for Glue-on Application: WW Henry Company, Henry 237 Acousti-Gum
Acoustical Ceiling Tile adhesive, or approved equal.
1. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that
comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
a. Ceiling Tile Adhesives: 5 g/L.
I. Perimeter Trim for Glue-on Applications: Armstrong Slip-on Wall Moldings; #7842, 5/8"
thick.
2.3 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A. Acceptable Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:
a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant.
b. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
a. OSI Sealants, Inc.; Pro-Series SC-175 Rubber Base Sound Sealant.
b. Pecora Corporation; BA-98.
c. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
B. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag,
paintable, nonstaining latex sealant, with a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), complying with ASTM C834 and
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
effective in reducing airbome sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in
building constmction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to
ASTM E90.
C. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening,
nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-mbber sealant, with a VOC content of 250
g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24),
recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airbome sound transmission.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and stmctural framing to which ceiling system attaches or abuts, with
Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other sections that
affect installation and anchorage of ceiling system.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths
at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half-width units at borders, and
comply with refiected ceiling plans.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with seismic design requirements
indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instmctions and CISCA's "Ceiling
Systems Handbook."
B. Standard for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems: Comply with
ASTM C636/C636M.
C. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally pattemed units (if any) in manner shown
by reflected ceiling plans.
3.4 INSTALLATION, SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling
plenum that are not part of supporting stmctural or ceiling suspension system.
B. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstmctions; offset resulting horizontal forces
by bracing, counter-splaying, or other equally effective means.
C. Where width of ducts and other constmction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form
of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to
support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum
of four tight tums. Connect hangers directly either to stmctures or to inserts, eye screws, or
other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or
otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
E. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers
to cast-in-place hanger inserts, post-installed mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power-
actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete.
F. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.
G. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to stmctural members.
H. Space hangers not more than 48-inches oc along each member supported directly from
hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 8-inches from ends of
each member.
I. Ceiling grid members shall be attached to not more than 2 adjacent walls in accordance with
ASCE 7, Section 13.5.6.2(b). Ceiling grid members shall be at least 3/8-inch and not more
than 3/4-inch free of other walls. If walls mn diagonally to ceiling grid system mnners, one
end of main and cross mnners shall be free, and a minimum of 3/4-inch clear of wall.
J. The width of the perimeter supporting closure angle shall be not less than 7/8-inch.
K. Install suspension system mnners so they are square and securely interlocked with one
another. Remove and replace dented, bent, kinked or otherwise damaged mnners.
L. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of
four tight tums. Suspend bracing from building's stmctural members as required for
hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten
bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or post-installed anchors.
M. Provide expansion joints in the ceiling at intersections of corridors and at junctions of
corridors with lobbies or other areas.
N. Provide lateral-force bracing assemblies consisting of a compression stmt and four 12-
gauge splayed bracing wires oriented 90-degrees from each other at the following spaces:
1. Place sets of bracing wires spaced not more than 12-feet by 12-feet on center.
2. Provide bracing wires at locations not more than 1/2 the specified spacing from each
perimeter wall and at the edge of vertical ceiling offsets.
3. The slope of these wires shall not exceed 45-degrees from the plane of the ceiling and
shall be taut without causing the ceiling to lift. Splices in bracing wires are not
permitted.
4. Compression stmts shall not be more than I (horizontal) in 6 (vertical) out of plumb.
O. Provide seismic separation joints for ceiling areas greater than 2,500-square feet.
P. Testing of Concrete Anchors:
1. When drilled-in concrete anchors or shot-in anchors are used in reinforced concrete
for hanger wires, 1 out of 10 shall be field tested for 200-pounds of tension.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. When drilled-in concrete anchors are used for bracing wires, 1 out of 2 shall be field
tested for 440-pounds in tension. Shot-in anchors in concrete are not permitted for
bracing wires.
Q. Support of Light Fixttires and Air Terminals: Comply with ASTM C635/C635M.
1. Ceiling suspension systems that support light fixtures, air-ventilation grilles or
partitions shall have a classification of heavy-duty.
2. Recessed or drop-in light fixtures and grilles shall be supported directly from the
fixture housing to the stmcture above with a minimum of two 12-gauge wires located
at diagonally opposite comers. Fixture support wires may be slightly loose to allow
the fixture to seat in the grid system.
3. Fixture shall not be supported from main mnners or cross runners if the weight of the
fixtures causes the total dead load to exceed the deflection capability of the ceiling
suspension system.
R. Perimeter Trim:
1. Provide in longest lengths available and combinations of lengths to minimize number
of joints required.
2. Do not use pieces shorter than 48-inches.
3. Miter joints at comers.
4. Install to neatly close with adjoining vertical surfaces.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and
where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
B. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of
moldings before they are installed.
C. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16-inches (400 mm) oc and
not more than 3-inches (75 mm) from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a
tolerance of 1/8-inch in 12-feet (3.2 mm in 3.66 m). Miter comers accurately and connect
securely.
D. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
3.6 INSTALLATION, CEILING TILES
A. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete.
B. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system
mnners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penettations to provide a
neat, precise fit.
C. Install acoustical tile in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and
trim. Place splines or suspension system flanges into kerfed edges so that every tile-to-tile
joint is closed by double lap of material.
D. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
E. Arrange directionally pattemed acoustical tiles as follows:
1. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans.
F. Fit adjoining tile to form flush, tight joints and to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim.
Scribe and cut for accurate fit at borders and around penetrating work.
G. Trim cut tiles at wall junctures so that tegular edges fit properly into grid and edge
moldings. Trim edges of tegular tiles to match edges on untrimmed sides as indicated on
Drawings. Paint cut edges to match ceiling tile face.
H. Conform to State safety orders and applicable codes, including the seismic bracing
requirements of CBC.
3.7 GLUE-APPLIED CEILe«JG TILES
A. Install ceiling tiles with adhesive where indicated, following adhesive manufacturer's
written instmctions.
B. Do not 'butter' too many tiles in advance, as a skin will form on the adhesive dabs and
weaken the bond.
C. Level tiles by inserting a 1/16-inch thick fiber spline approximately 3-inches long at each
comer.
D. Use a minimum 48-inch long straight edge and press to the face of the installed tile to help
level the ceiling.
E. Install trim at perimeter as recommended by ceiling tile manufacturer.
3.8 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust hangers as required. Addition of kinks or bends in hanger are not acceptable; take up
in ties only.
B. When complete, grid members of each assembly shall be mutually parallel/square,
accurately aligned, with joints neatly formed and closely fitted and aligned flush; each
assembly shall be securely anchored and braced to stmcture to prevent movement.
3.9 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and
suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instmctions for cleaning and touch-up
of minor finish damage.
B. Exposed surfaces of grids shall be clean and free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains,
discoloration, fingerprints, and other defects and damage.
C. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfiilly cleaned and repaired to permanently
eliminate evidence of damage.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
095123-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 095123
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS
095123-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -1- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 096123 - CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Liquid applied treatment system to restrict in-concrete relative humidity transfer for below
grade, on-grade and above-grade horizontal surfaces. System prevents the transfer of
relative humidity levels, which causes floor bubbling, peeling, adhesive failure and floor
dampness after installations.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 096813 - Tile Carpeting: Hydraulic-cement-based trowelable patching and
leveling compound applied to existing concrete slabs for vapor emission tteatment.
B. Section 099729 - Concrete Floor Sealing: Concrete floor sealer/hardener at back-of-house
areas.
1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Time considerations for process are contingent upon conditions encountered and
constmction schedule. A minimum of 3 weeks should be considered for extensive work.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Treatment system data, including independent laboratory testing results.
2. Warranty certificate sample.
3. Crack and joint sealing detail or method.
4. Primers used to coat treatment
5. Cement topcoat product data and thickness requirements.
B. Quality Control Submittals.
C. Certificates: Submit applicator's certificate from manufacturer.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content,
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
096123-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for installation coatings, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator: Certified by the manufacturer of special coating system and shall provide
proof of certification and shall have valid Califomia C-15, C-61 or C-33 contractor's
license.
B. Manufacturer: Minimum of five (5) years producing specified make, model number,
product name and no formulation change.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Products shall meet current local. State and Federal environmental laws.
B. Provide adequate ventilation during application within an enclosed space.
C. Disposal of containers and materials and associated labor costs shall be the responsibility
of the applicator.
D. Installed in building climates that are representative of the finished building atmosphere.
Minimum of 65 degrees Fahrenheit or above 50%RH prior to, during and 48 hours after
installation process.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to cover all
costs of treatment system products, process controls, replacement of finished flooring and
adhesive and associated labor to reinstall finished flooring materials. Warranty does not
include normal weathering.
1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner
may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and
mn concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the
Contract Documents.
CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
096123-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Use materials and products that contain the maximum amount of
recycled content allowed that retains material integrity.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Paints and coatings applied on-site on the interior of the building and
products used on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits.
1. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Coatings: Meet the following:
a. EPA Method 24 testing of less than 100 g/liter, by independent laboratory
testing.
b. Contains no formaldehyde, formaldehyde precursors and zero-carcinogens
c. Contains zero hazardous air pollutants (HAP's)
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for the vapor emission treatment is based on the
manufacturer identified below. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the
named product or a comparable product by one of the following:
1. Basis-of-Design: FloorSeal Technology
2. Diamond Stone Products.
3. Synthetics Intemational.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. General: Two-component epoxy based treatment for penetrating dry, damp and wet
concrete floor surfaces. Product shall maintain adhesion to concrete containing silicates
and resin treatments.
B. MES 100 - A two-component modifled epoxy sealant used to control excessive moisture
vapor emission, alkalinity, and Relative Humidity levels.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Cementitious Topcoat: 100 percent Portland cement based self-leveling compound to be
applied to areas receiving resilient flooring. Cement must bond with subsequent floor
coverings and adhesives. Approved products:
1. Mapei Ultraplan 1 Plus by Mapei Intemational
2. Ardex K-15 by Ardex Engineered Cements, Inc.
CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
096123-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify substrates meet manufactures requirements prior to installations.
B. Verify concrete moisture results are acceptable for a warranted treatment installation.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Mask and protect adjacent wall and floor surfaces from effects of scarification and
application.
B. Shot blast concrete surfaces using a #390- #460 shot to prepare concrete. Remove all
foreign materials detrimental to treatment, such as curing compounds, silicate sealers, loose
patching materials and surface oil and ensure a clean surface profile. Re-shot blast areas
where surface debris remains and silicate sealers where previously applied.
C. Vacuum all surfaces to remove dust, debris and shot. Do not acid etch or use clean
sweeping agents.
D. Rout out all stmctural cracks, control joins and cold joints to a 1/4-inch depth minimum.
Vacuum out debris. Thoroughly dig out any features with large, thorough passage into soil
substrate, vacuum, and fill with appropriate crack filling material.
E. Acceptable Surface Profile:
1. Absorbent and allows water to penetrate freely without resistance. Slick surfaces
from curing compounds and/or release agents must be shot blasted completely off.
2. Perform all required adhesion, core testing, laboratory evaluation and chemical
testing of substrate to meet treatment manufactures warranty requirements
3.3 SUBSTRATE COMPLIANCE
A. Apply liquid applied treatment system rated to restrict IOO%RH and 14pH at all floor
surfaces before flooring products are installed.
3.4 TREATMENT APPLICTION
A. Verify that surfaces are solid, free of loose particles, cracks, pits, rough projections or
foreign matter detrimental to maximum adhesion of the treatment.
B. Apply one-coat of treatment over slab surface, cracks, joints and around penetrations at
manufacture recommended coverage rates using a lint free roller, notched squeegee or
medium bristle floor broom.
C. After coating has sufficiently cured, re-apply second-coat of treatment over all substrate
areas to create a uniform surface.
D. Apply crack and joint treatments to maintain treatment warranty.
CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
096123-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.5 CEMENT TOPCOAT APPLICATION (WHERE INDICATED)
A. Allow vapor emission treatment system to cure a minimum of 12 hours at 80°F; 24 hours at
55°F unless permitted otherwise by manufacturer.
B. Apply approved non-porous primer before installing cement products to smooth uneven
floor transitions. A non-porous primer must be used to secure cement products. Do not use
cement products with special additives as a replacement for a non-porous primer.
C. Use a high quality patch or Portland cement-based product only. Follow the flooring
manufactures recommendations for cement thickness requirements.
D. Mix and pour cement topcoat at a nominal 1/8" thickness directly over primer surface.
E. Final surfaces shall be smooth and absorbent to allow proper adhesion of primers,
adhesives and flooring products.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Maintain trade ttaffic to protection treatment system and process immediately after
completion and until finished flooring system is installed.
END OF SECTION 096123
CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
096123-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
CONCRETE VAPOR EMISSION TREATMENT
096123-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10,2015
SECTION 096433 - SPRUNG WOOD FLOORS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wood subfloor and sleeper supports, with double tempered hardboard top sheet.
B. Wood reducer strips.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including descriptive literature and installation
instmctions for flooring, reducer strips, and sealer.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout of wood flooring, including plans,
elevations, sections, details of anchorage and attachment, and conditions requiring reducer
strips, baseboard, and ttim.
C. Samples for Verification:
1. For each type of wood flooring and accessory, with stain color and finish required,
approximately 12 inches (300 mm) long and of same thickness and material indicated
for the Work and showing the full range of normal color and texture variations
expected
2. Rubber pad.
3. Moistiu-e barrier.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Certificates: Chain-of-custody certificates certifying that products specified to be
made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include
evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification
body.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product.
2. Product Data: For installation adhesives and coatings applied on-site used on the
interior of the building and products used on the interior of the building including
printed statement of chemical composition and VOC content of each product used.
3. Product Data: For field-applied clear coatings, include printed statement of VOC
content and chemical components.
4. Product Data:
a. For each composite-wood product used, documentation indicating that the
bonding agent contains no urea formaldehyde.
b. For each adhesive used, documentation indicating that the adhesive contains
no urea formaldehyde.
Sprung Wood Floors
096433-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Quality Control Submittals
1. Manufacturer's Instmctions: Submit manufacturer's installation instmctions.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instmctions.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Extra Materials: Deliver extra material to the Owner. Before installation begins, fumish
not less than I percent of the quantity of wood flooring installed on the Project, packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Member of Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association
(WFMA) or Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association (MFMA).
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody
by an FSC-accredited certification body.
C. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
1.8 DELFVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLE^JG
A. Transport, store, and handle wood flooring products by methods to avoid damage, deliver in
undamaged condition in manufacturer's packaging.
B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions with labels intact and legible.
C. Store wood flooring products using methods that protect from moisture including methods
that prevent condensation; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by
manufacturer's instmctions.
1.9 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Do not deliver or install wood flooring system until wet constmction work is completed and
surrounding air has maximum moisture content of 40%.
B. Provide permanent heat, light and ventilation prior to installation.
C. Environmental Requirements
1. Moisture Content: At time of delivery, average moisture content of wood flooring to
be 6 to 9 percent, with a maximum of 12 percent for any one piece and not more than
5 percent outside of given average range.
2. Store wood flooring materials in maximum 80 degrees F and minimum 65 degrees F,
with maximum relative humidity of 60% and minimum relative humidity of 40%.
Spmng Wood Floors
096433-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3. Store the wood flooring in the building where it is to be laid for a minimum of 5 days
to allow any absorbed moisture to evaporate.
4. Maintain the temperature of the building between 65 degrees Fahrenheit and 70
degrees Fahrenheit at least 5 days prior to installation and throughout the installation
period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content: Coatings applied on-site on the interior of the building and products used on
the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits as specified in Section 01352-
LEED Requirements.
1. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Use only composite wood and agrifiber products free of
urea formaldehyde resin binders.
C. Certified Wood: Use wood based products made from wood obtained from forests certified
by an FSC accredited certification body to comply with the Forest Stewardship Councils
"Principles and Criteria."
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacttirers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Action Floor Systems; Actioncush I.
2. Connor; DuraCushion I.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Strip Flooring: Indicate grade on each piece.
1. Species: Hard White Maple unless otherwise indicated on Drawings; Select Grade as
approved by Architect.
2. Strip Sizes: 2-1/4" wide by 33/32" thick; random lengths; precision tongue and
groove ends and edges except where otherwise directed and recommended by
MFMA or WFMA.
3. Pattem: Straight pattem in direction of longest wall.
4. Treatment: Clear penetrating treatment, water-repellent, providing protection against
mold, mildew, staining, and decay fungi, as recommended by wood flooring
fabricator.
5. Divider and Edge Sttips: Match wood strip flooring.
B. Subflooring:
1. Plywood Underlayment: APA C-D Grade, Exterior grade subfloor sheathing,
Douglas fir, westem larch, or southem pine plywood.
a. Comply with requirements specified in Section 06105 - Miscellaneous Rough
Carpentry.
Sprung Wood Floors
096433-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10,2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
b. Thickness: 1/2" unless otherwise indicated.
2. Rubber Pads: Type recommended by manufacturer for ballet exercise type wood
flooring installed over plywood subfloor installed on cushioned pads; 2-1/4" by 3" by
3/8" thick.
a. Tensile Strength: ASTM D412, minimum tensile strength of 1500 psi.
b. Aging: ASTM D395, Method A Test; verify maximum change in hardness of
10 points, and maximum change in tensile strength of 25%, and maximum
change in uhimate elongation of 25%.
3. Subject sample to 70 hour aging and 158 degree F temperature exposure, and allowed
to cool to room temperature.
C. Wood Sttip Flooring Fasteners: Blind nail strip flooring to subfloor as recommended by
MFMA.
D. Floor Finish: Gymnasium quality polyurethane or modified polyurethane; tj^e as
recommended by flooring manufacturer.
1. Sheen: Gloss.
2. Sealer: As recommended by finish manufacturer.
3. Finish Coats: Minimum two coat system over sealer.
4. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions: Provide materials with VOC
emissions less than limits established by South Coast Air Quality Management
District Rule #1168.
a. Sealants used as fillers shall exceed requirements of BAAQMD Regulation 8,
Rule 51.
E. Transition Ramps:
1. Dimensions: 6" deep x 47-1/2" wide.
2. Weight: 5 lbs
3. Materials are the same as the O'Mara Spmng Floor Panels or comparable material.
4. Cleats (curbs):
5. 95" long x 2" wide x 1 thick. (This is for touring floors only.)
6. Weight: 6 lbs
7. Manufactured of poplar or same material as floor.
8. Sealed with black lacquer paint.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Moisture Barrier: As manufactured by Junckers, "Polyfelt", or approved equal.
B. Wood Trim: Provide wood baseboard and shoe molding of same species and grade as wood
flooring, vented.
C. Shims: As required to level the floor under reducer strips.
D. Reducer Strips: 2 inches (51 mm) wide, tapered on 1 side, and in thickness matching wood
flooring.
E. Adhesive: Mastic recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers for application
indicated.
Spmng Wood Floors
096433-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. Use adhesive that complies with the following limits for VOC content when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 60 g/L.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting performance of wood flooring.
1. Verify that substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in
other Sections.
2. For adhesively applied wood flooring, verify that substrates are free of cracks, ridges,
depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient
products.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Substtate Moisture Testing, General: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer or, if
none, comply with applicable recommendations in NWFA's "Installation Guidelines: Wood
Flooring".
1. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.
C. Concrete Moisture Testing: Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test per ASTM F1869, as
follows:
1. Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m) and
perform not less than 2 tests in each installation area with test areas evenly spaced in
installation area.
2. Proceed with installation only after substtates have maximum moisture-vapor-
emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Verify that floor is level to a tolerance of 1/8-inch in 10 feet with no more than 1/2-inch
deviation over the entire floor slab area. Grind down high spots or fill in low spots with
approved flooring compound to correct improper conditions.
B. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances on substtates that are
incompatible with installation adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using
mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
C. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation.
After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3 MOISTURE PROTECTION
A. Install moisture barrier where indicated on Drawings and as required by manufacturer.
B. Subfloor: Unroll moisture barrier parallel to the width of the room overlapping flanged
edges and continuous duct taping of all joints.
Sprung Wood Floors
096433-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Place moisture barrier over entire slab area to receive wood plank flooring, overlapping
flanges and extending up walls 4-inches. Seal seams using duct tape.
D. Resilient Pads: Single screw through center web downward into sleeper and countersink
3/8-inch minimum so the screw heads do not come in contact with shims or plywood
subfloor when floor is deflected under load.
3.4 WOOD STRIP FLOORING INSTALLATION
A. Apply two layers of 1/2" thick plywood sheets over mbber pads.
1. Each bottom layer 4' by 8' plywood sheet shall bear on 32 mbber pads, approximately
12" on center in each direction, stapled to underside of plywood.
2. Apply similar 12" pattem on partial sheets of plywood.
3. Lay first layer of plywood parallel to short side of room, lay second layer diagonally
or at right angles to first layer and fasten by machine nailing or stapling; do not
damage waterproofing.
4. Maintain 1/4" clearance between panels at sides and ends.
5. Leave continuous air space of 2" wide between subflooring and perimeter walls and
permanent obstmctions.
6. Lap panels so no joints faU over any joint of first layer of plywood.
B. Comply with MFMA recommendations.
C. Blind nail tongue and groove wood strip flooring in accordance with MFMA instmctions.
1. Begin installation in center of space with double-tongue sttips of flooring.
2. Provide overall light appearance, keeping contrast from one board to the next board
gradual to avoid dark streaks.
3. Leave continuous air space, 2" wide, between finished flooring and perimeter walls
and permanent obstmctions.
4. Ensure joints of flooring are in line; ensure permanent attachment to substtate.
D. Stagger end joints of adjacent strips of flooring to allow minimum two boards between each
adjacent joint.
1. Lay flooring symmetrical about room center line; fit neatly to vertical intermptions.
2. Lay flooring with strips laid parallel in required direction.
3. Provide divider strips at centeriine of door openings and where flooring terminates
with tile or other floor finishes.
E. Provide maximum 1:12 slope where finished floor surface changes level between wood
flooring and adjacent flooring.
F. Accessories: Install base, thresholds, reducer strips and other trim as indicated to cover
expansion spaces.
3.5 FLOOR FINISH
A. Remove excess adhesive from floor surface as work progresses.
B. Sand flooring to smooth even finish with no evidence of sander marks; take precaution to
contain dust from this operation.
Spmng Wood Floors
096433-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
1. Remove dust by vacuum and mask off adjacent surfaces.
C. Apply sealer and bumish with No. 2 steel wool using power machine.
D. Apply finishing materials in minimum two finish coats in accordance with MFMA
Specifications for Heavy Duty and Gymnasium Finishes, manufacturer's printed
instmctions and the following:
1. Apply first transparent coat, allow to dry, and buff with steel wool to remove
irregularities.
2. Remove dust by vacuum and damp cloth and apply second coat; allow to dry.
3.6 CLEAND«JG
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. After completion of installation, and the finishing and drying of floors, cover flooring
immediately with nonstaining, non-asphalt type kraft building paper.
1. Do not cover site-finished floors with kraft paper or other material before finish fiilly
cures.
2. Lap and tape edges of paper.
3. Do not permit taping residue to come in contact with finished flooring.
B. At Project completion and acceptance, carefiilly take up and remove the protective paper
covering from the job site.
END OF SECTION 096433
Sprung Wood Floors
096433-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Spmng Wood Floors
096433-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 096500 - RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
I. I RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION EvJCLUDES
A. Linoleum sheet flooring.
B. Resilient wall base, reducer strips, and other accessories.
1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Install flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have
been completed.
B. Install flooring adequately in advance of scheduled occupancy of each Phase ofthe project
to assure proper curing of adhesives prior to allowing foot traffic on flooring.
C. Do not install resilient floor coverings over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are
sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive as determined by floor covering manufacturer's
recommended bond and moisture test.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
1. Provide manufacturers' product data for adhesives, including printed statement of
VOC content.
B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of all seams, whether deviating from seam locations
indicated on Drawings or not.
C. Samples for Verification: In manufacturer's standard size, but not less than 6-by-9-inch
(150-by-230-mm) sections of each different color and pattem of floor covering required.
1. For heat-welding bead, manufacturer's standard-size Samples, but not less than 9-
inches (230 mm) long, of each color required.
D. Heat-Welded Seam Samples: For each flooring product and welding bead color and pattem
combination required; with seam mnning lengthwise and in center of 6-by-9-inch (150-by-
230-mm) Sample applied to a rigid backing and prepared by Installer for this Project.
E. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. Product Data for low emitting flooring materials, including printed statement of VOC
content and chemical components.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Fumish extta materials matching products installed as
described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels
clearly describing contents.
1. Sheet Flooring: Fumish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or
fraction thereof, in roll form of each different composition, wearing surface, color,
and pattem of sheet flooring material.
2. Floor Tile: Fumish 1 box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color,
and pattem of floor tile installed.
3. Resilient Base Material: 50 lineal feet of each color and size.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project who are
approved and certified by flooring manufacturer, as well as competent in techniques
required by manufacturer for floor covering installation and seaming method indicated.
B. Single-Source Responsibility for Flooring: Obtain each type, color, and pattem of resilient
flooring from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in
appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.
C. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide resilient flooring with the following fire
performance characteristics as determined by testing products per ASTM test method
indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq.cm or more per ASTM E648.
2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E662.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver resilient flooring and installation accessories to Project site in original
manufacturer's unopened cartons and containers each bearing names of product and
manufacturer. Project identification, and shipping and handling instmctions.
B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient temperatures
maintained between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C).
C. Move flooring and installation accessories into spaces where they will be installed at least
48 hours in advance of installation.
1.8 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) in spaces to receive flooring for at
least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after
installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C).
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Do not install flooring until it is at the same temperature as the space where it is to be
installed.
C. Close spaces to traffic during installation.
D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after fioor covering installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content: Adhesives applied on-site on the interior of the building and products used
on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits as specified.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Leveling compound adhesives and sealers must meet or be lower than the current
VOC content limits of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD)
Rule #1168.
B. Low Emitting Materials: Provide linoleum flooring installed on the interior of the building
that meets the testing and product requirements for certification by SCS FloorScore.
2.2 LINOLEUM SHEET
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Basis of Design: Forbo Industries.
2. Armstrong World Industries.
3. Azrock Commercial Flooring.
B. Sheet Linoleum: ASTM F2034; homogeneous sheet linoleum of primarily natural materials
consisting of linseed oil, wood flour, and rosin binders, mixed and calendered onto natural
jute backing, with pattem and color extending throughout total thickness of material.
1. Width: 79-inches.
2. Thickness: 1/10-inch.
3. Slip Resistance: In accordance with ADA recommendation of .6 for flat surfaces.
4. Static Load Limit: ASTM F970, 450 Ib/sq in.
5. Fire Resistance
a. Smoke Density: ASTM E622, 450 or less.
b. Critical Radiant Flux: ASTM E648, Class 1.
6. Style and Color: As indicated in drawings.
2.3 RUBBER BASE
A. Resilient Wall Base: ASTM F1861, Type TS (mbber, vulcanized thermoset).
1. Manufacturer: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
2. Group (Manufacturing Method): I (solid, homogeneous).
3. Style: Cove (with top-set toe.
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
4. Minimum Thickness: 0.125-inch (3.2 mm).
5. Height: 4-inches (102 mm).
6. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length, but not less than 100 feet.
7. Outside Comers: Premolded.
8. Inside Comers: Premolded.
9. Surface: Smooth.
10. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
B. Adhesives (Cements): Water-resistant type recommended by tile manufacturer to suit
resilient floor tile products and substtate conditions indicated.
1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24 and South Coast Air
Quality Management District Rule #1168).
a. Flooring Adhesives: 50 g/L.
b. Rubber Base Adhesives: 50 g/L.
C. Heat-Welding Bead: Solid-strand product of floor covering manufacturer.
I. Color: Match floor covering.
D. Floor Polish: Provide protective metal, cross-linked acrylic floor polish products as
recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. General: Examine areas where installation of flooring will occur, with Installer present, to
verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient flooring installation and
comply with manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section.
B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F710 and the following:
1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other
materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine
adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests
recommended by tile manufacturer.
2. Finishes of subfloors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in
Section 033000 for slabs receiving resilient flooring.
3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any
kind.
C. Verify adhesives are compatible with concrete curing compounds on slabs. Where adhesive
is found not to be compatible, remove curing compound prior to installation of material.
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates
indicated to receive flooring.
B. Concrete Substtates: Prepare according to ASTM F710.
1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compoimds, sealers, and hardeners.
2. Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with
installation only after substtates pass testing.
3. Moisture and Alkalinity Testing:
a. Perform at a rate of three tests for the first 1,000 square feet and one additional
test for each 1,000 square feet thereafter.
b. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869; proceed with installation
only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of
water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.
c. Intemal Relative Humidity Test: ASTM F2170; proceed with installation only
after substrates have a maximum relative humidity level of 75%RH or less.
d. Digital Alkalinity-pH Test: ASTM F710; proceed with installation only after
substrates have a result of 9.0pH or less.
e. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only
after substrates pass testing.
C. Use ttowelable leveling and patching compounds per manufacturer's directions to fill
cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
D. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible
with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, by using a terrazzo or
concrete grinder, a dmm sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire
bmsh.
F.
3.3
Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient flooring immediately before
tile installation. Following cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts,
carbonation, or dust.
Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to applying
adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions.
LE^OLEUM INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with floor covering manufacttirer's installation instmctions and other
requirements indicated that are applicable to each type of floor covering installation
included in Project.
B. Linoleum must be "wet-set" in adhesive within 10-15 minutes after application of the
adhesive. Do not apply adhesive before linoleum pieces have been properly measured, cut,
and prepared for application. Do not apply more adhesive than required for prepared
linoleum.
C. Maintain uniformity of linoleum direction. Install one sheet at a time.
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Librory
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low traffic
areas, but in no case less than 6-inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates.
E. Heat-Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F1516. Rout joints and use welding bead to
permanently fiise sections into a fiilly sealed, seamless floor covering. Prepare, weld, and
finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining floor covering surfaces.
1. Match edges of resilient floor coverings for color shading and pattems at seams.
2. Avoid cross seams.
F. Scribe, cut, and fit linoleum to butt tightiy to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and
built-in fiimiture, including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings.
G. Extended linoleum into spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
H. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for fiiture
cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other
nonpermanent marking device.
I. Adhesive Material Installation: Use ttowel as recommended by flooring manufacturer for
specified adhesive. Spread at rate of approximately 150 sq ft/gallon as recommended by
flooring manufacturer.
J. Produce completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,
telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections.
K. Comply with floor covering manufacturer's directions including those for trowel notching,
adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times.
L. Hand-roll linoleum in both directions from center out to embed floor coverings in adhesive
and eliminated trapped air. At walls, door casings, and other locations where access by
roller is impractical, press floor coverings firmly in place with flat-bladed instmment.
3.4 RUBBER BASE INSTALLATION
A. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other
permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
B. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of
adjacent pieces aligned.
C. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in
continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.
D. Do not stretch wall base during installation.
E. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 24-inches between joints.
F. Miter intemal comers. At extemal comers, 'V cut back of base strip to 2/3 of its thickness
and fold. At exposed ends use premolded unhs.
G. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces.
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
H. Scribe and fit to door frames and other intermptions.
I. Job-Formed Comers:
1. Inside Comers: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form by cutting
an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where comer is formed.
Shave back of base where necessary to produce a snug fit to substrate.
2. Outside Comers: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form without
producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. Shave back of base at points where
bends occur and remove strips perpendicular to length of base that are only deep
enough to produce a snug fit without removing more than half the wall base
thickness.
J. Where base wraps around columns, ensure that seams are terminated with a mitered joint at
the comers of the column. Offset, asymmetrical seams on the face of the column are not
permissible.
3.5 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. Apply contact bond adhesive to the back of the moulding and the wall/floor surface area.
B. When adjoining carpet, ttim the carpet so that it fills the undercut area of the moulding
completely.
C. Do not perform any maintenance on the product for 24 hours after installation is completed.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing flooring installation:
1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by
flooring manufacturers.
2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.
3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by resilient flooring
manufacturer.
4. Damp-mop floor to remove black marks and soil.
B. Resilient Accessory Cleaning:
1. Thoroughly sweep or vacuum the entire surface area to remove all loose dirt and grit
2. Scmb the resilient accessory surfaces with a neutral cleaning solution mixture
recommended by manufacturer, using a clean cloth or sponge.
3. Rinse with clean cold water and allow the product to thoroughly dry.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor tile surfaces
before applying liquid floor polish.
1. Use floor polish product acceptable to flooring manufacturer.
2. Sealer: Apply manufacturer's recommended sealer, 1-2 coats.
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3. Polish: Apply 2-3 coat(s).
4. Reapply floor polish after cleaning.
B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from constmction
operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of constmction
period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by flooring manufacturer.
C. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over flooring. Place plywood or hardboard
panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects
over protective panels without moving panels.
D. Cover products installed on horizontal surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until
Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 096500
RESIUENT FLOORING
096500-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research H- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Modular, fiision-bonded, tufted carpet tile.
B. Hydraulic-cement-based trowelable patching and leveling compound.
1. Location(s): Existing concrete slabs scheduled to receive carpet tiles and resilient
flooring.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 096123 - Concrete Vapor Emission Treatment: Liquid applied treatment system
applied to freshly placed concrete slabs.
B. Section 096500 - Resilient Flooring: Resilient wall base and accessories installed with
carpet tile.
C. Section 099729 - Concrete Floor Sealing: Concrete floor sealer/hardener at back-of-house
areas.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on
physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. Include installation
recommendations for each tj^e of substrate.
B. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label
each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattem, and designation
indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
1. Carpet Tile: Full-size Sample.
2. Exposed Edge, Transition, and other Accessory Stripping: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long
Samples.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been exttacted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
TILE CARPETING
096813-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
4. Product Data for low emitting flooring materials, including printed statement of VOC
content and chemical components.
D. Product Schedule: For carpet tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.
B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For carpet tiles to include in maintenance manuals. Include the
following:
1. Methods for maintaining carpet tile, including cleaning and stain-removal products
and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule.
2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet
tile.
B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Fumish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products
installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with
labels describing contents.
1. Carpet Tile: Full-size imits equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type
indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd. (8.3 sq. m).
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is approved by carpet tile manufacturer
and certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance
with its certification program requirements with a minimum of 5 years continuous
experience in the installation of the types of carpet tile specified.
B. Carpet Surface Buming Characteristics: Provide carpet identical to that tested for the
following fire performance characteristics, per test method indicated below. Identify carpet
with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization.
1. Test Method: ASTM E84.
2. Flame Spread: 75 or less.
3. Fire Hazard Classification: Class I floor finish.
4. Minimum critical flux limit of 0.45-watts/square centimeter when tested in
accordance with NFPA 253.
C. Static electricity generation of installed carpet shall not exceed 3.5 KV at 70-deg. F and 20-
percent R.H. for life of carpet tile.
TILE CARPETING
096813-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Carpet Tile Low-VOC Emissions: Provide carpet and cushion materials that have been
tested and certified to indicate carpet, carpet backings, cushions, and adhesives emit no or
low VOCs (volatile organic compounds). Provide products carrying the following
certifications:
1. CRI Green Label.
E. Mockups: Before installing carpet tile, build mockups to verify selections made under
sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for
materials and execution.
1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undamaged at time of
Substantial Completion.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling."
B. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers labels intact until time for use,
with seals unbroken and store rolls in a flat position. Protect from damage, dirt, stains and
moisture.
C. Do not store carpet tile near products that can off gas harmfiil substances.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 7.2, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity" and
Section 7.12, "Ventilation."
B. Environmental Limitations:
1. Do not install carpet tiles until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient
temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project
when occupied for its intended use.
2. Use adhesives in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations, and
ventilate area with maximum outside air for a minimum of 48-hours after installation.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer
agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials,
fabrication, or installation within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet tile due to unusual ttaffic,
failure of substtate, vandalism, or abuse.
2. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge
raveling, snags, mns, loss of tuft bind sttength, dimensional stability, excess static
discharge, and delamination.
3. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
TILE CARPETING
096813-3
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide carpet tile products with average recycled content such that
postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less
than 45 percent.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by material manufacturer for products and
substrate conditions indicated.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Use materials that are free of added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
2.2 CARPET TILE
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Basis of Design: Shaw Contract. Group
2. Bentley Prince Stteet.
3. Interface Flooring Systems.
4. Lees Carpets.
a. Color: As indicated on drawings.
b. Pattem: As indicated on drawings.
c. Size: As indicated on Drawings.
d. Installation Pattem: As indicated on Drawings.
2.3 ESfSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based
formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for the leveling and patching compound is
based on the manufacturer identified below. Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the
following:
a. Basis-of-Design: Ardex Feather Finish.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining, pressure-sensitive type to suit
products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements
for installed carpet tile and is recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable
installation.
1. VOC Limits: Provide adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC
content when tested according to ASTM D5116:
a. Total VOCs: 10.00 mg/sq. m x h.
b. Formaldehyde: 0.05 mg/sq. m x h.
c. 2-Ethyl-l-Hexanol: 3.00 mg/sq. mx h.
TILE CARPETING
096813-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and
other conditions affecting carpet tile performance. Examine carpet tile for type, color,
pattem, and potential defects.
B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F710 and the following:
Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other
materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness
characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by carpet tile
manufacturer.
Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-
Place Concrete" for slabs receiving carpet tile.
Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with
installation only after substrates pass testing.
Moisture and Alkalinity Testing:
a. Perform at a rate of three tests for the first 1,000 square feet and one additional
test for each 1,000 square feet thereafter.
b. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869; proceed with installation
only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of
water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.
c. Intemal Relative Humidity Test: ASTM F2170; proceed with installation only
after substrates have a maximum relative humidity level of 75%RH or less.
d. Digital Alkalinity-pH Test: ASTM F710; proceed with installation only after
substrates have a result of 9.0pH or less.
e. Perform tests recoinmended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only
after substrates pass testing.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and with
carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instmctions for preparing substrates indicated
to receive carpet tile installation.
B. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible
with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use
mechanical methods recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.
C. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile.
TILE CARPETING
096813-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.3 TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND APPLICATION
A. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written
instmctions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protmsions in substrates. Fill or level
cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider and protmsions more than
1/32 inch (0.8 mm), unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's
written instmctions.
1. Acid etching, adhesive removers, solvents and sweeping compounds are not
acceptable means for cleaning the substrate.
B. Apply the trowelable leveling and patching compound to the substtate with the flat side of a
steel trowel to obtain a solid mechanical bond before applying the desired thickness. Apply
sufficient pressure to fill all defects and to feather the product onto the subfloor surface.
1. Thickness: Least amount possible to attain the desired smoothness and level floor
surface for finished flooring installation.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 14, "Carpet Modules," and with carpet tile
manufacturer's written installation instmctions.
B. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.
C. Maintain dye lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area.
D. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in
fumiture including cabinets, pipes, outiets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal
cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.
E. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstmctions,
removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings.
F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for fiiture
cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent,
nonstaining marking device.
G. Install pattem parallel to walls and borders.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet tile:
1. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner
recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.
2. Remove yams that protmde from carpet tile surface.
3. Vacuum carpet tile using commercial machine with face-beater element.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
TILE CARPETING
096813-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed carpet tile to comply with CRI 104, Section 16, "Protection of Indoor
Installations."
B. Protect carpet tile against damage from constmction operations and placement of equipment
and fixtures during the remainder of constmction period. Use protection methods indicated
or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 096813
TILE CARPETING
096813-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
TILE CARPETING
096813-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 098100 - ACOUSTIC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Acoustic insulation in batt form.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of insulation product specified.
B. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Insulation: Product Data Sheets for each product to be used as required by the
U.S.G.B.C. as proof that each product meets the requirements of the
GREENGUARD Environmental Institute's GREENGUARD certification.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency for insulation products.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials identical to those whose
indicated fire performance characteristics have been determined per the ASTM test method
indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable
testing and inspecting organization.
1. Surface Buming Characteristic: ASTM E84.
2. Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM El 19.
3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTMEI36.
B. Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building
insulation from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in
appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION
098100-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture,
soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's
recommendations for handling, storage, and protection during installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERL\L REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide products made from fiberglass batts with average recycled
content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled
content is not less than 30 percent.
B. Insulation Materials: Provide only insulation materials that are GREENGUARD Certified.
2.2 GLASS FIBER INSULATING MATERIALS
A. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard
thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
B. Insulation for Sound Attenuation: ASTM C665; "Sound Attenuation Batts"; Type I
preformed glass fiber batts conforming to the following:
1. Batt Width: Maximum width as required for application.
2. Thickness: 3-5/8-inches.
3. Facing: Unfaced.
4. Flame Spread Rating: Less than 25, as tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
5. Smoke Developed: Less than 50, as tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
6. Overall Sound Transmission: STC 50.
7. Minimum density of 6 Ib/cu ft (96 kg/cu m), thermal resistivity of 4.5 deg F x h x sq
ft/Btti X in. at 75 deg F (31.2 K x m/W at 24 deg C).
2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS
A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation
or mechanical anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging or corroding
insulation, anchors, or substrates.
B. Acoustical Sealants: See Section 079200.
C. Staples: Steel wire; type and size to suit application.
D. Tape: Mesh reinforced, self-adhering type, 2-inch wide.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION
098100-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
of the Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other
conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory.
B. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation are dry and ready to receive
insulation.
C. Verify mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed and tested.
D. Do not proceed with installation of insulation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's instmctions applicable to products and application
indicated. If printed instmctions are not available or do not apply to project conditions,
consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before
proceeding with installation of insulation.
B. Extend insulation fiill thickness as indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and
fit tightly around obstmctions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that
interfere with placement.
C. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required
to make up total thickness. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces.
D. Install for sound attenuation in interior walls, above toilet room ceilings, and over
suspended ceilings where indicated, without gaps or voids.
3.3 D^STALLATION OF ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION
A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's
written instmctions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with
adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of
units.
B. Install glass-fiber insulation in cavities formed by framing members according to the
following requirements:
1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members.
If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a
snug fit between ends.
2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit
between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION
098100-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -H Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
4. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm),
support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by stapling paper
flanges to flanges of metal studs.
C. Tape seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in insulation membrane.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to physical abuse and other causes.
B. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation will be subject to abuse and
cannot be concealed and protected by permanent constmction immediately after
installation.
END OF SECTION 098100
ACOUSTIC INSUL\TION
098100-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 099100 - PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and
surfaces.
B. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to
shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections.
C. Painting exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules, except where
a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural.
Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent
materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from
standard colors or finishes available.
D. Painting includes field-painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color
coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical
and electrical equipment.
E. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces,
operating parts, and labels.
F. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code-
required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature
plates.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications: Shop-priming ferrous metal.
B. Section 081113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Shop-priming steel doors and frames.
C. Section 099300 - Staining and Transparent Finishing: Stained and clear finished wood
trims.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. VOC Ranges: Ranges listed are as prescribed by Master Painters Institute (MPI),
Architectural Painting Specification Manual as follows:
I. VOC Range E3: Lowest; <51 g/1.
PAINTING
099100-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. VOC Range E2: Next lowest; 51 -200 g/l.
3. VOC Range El: Highest allowable; 201-350 g/l.
4. VOC Range EO: Outside range.
B. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D16 apply to this section.
1. Low Gloss (Gl): Refers to a 'velvet-like' finish with a gloss maximum of 10 when
measured with a 60-degree meter per ASTM D523.
2. Low Sheen (G2): Refers to an eggshell finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20
when measured with a 60-degree meter per ASTM D523.
3. Satin(G3-G4): Refers to a low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35
when measured with a 60-degree meter per ASTM D523.
4. Semi-gloss (G5): Refers to a satin-like finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35
when measured with a 60-degree meter per ASTM D523.
5. Gloss (G6): Refers to a high-sheen finish with a gloss range higher than 65 when
measured with a 60-degree meter per ASTM D523.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each paint system specified.
1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each
material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify
each material by manufacturer's catalog number and coating material proposed for
use.
2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information,
including label analysis and instmctions for handling, storing and applying each
coating material proposed for use.
3. Cross-reference to finish system and locations of application areas. Use same
designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
4. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local
regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
5. Printout of MPI's current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category
specified in Part 2, with the product proposed for use highlighted.
B. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be
applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual
substrate.
1. Submit Sample Bmsh Outs on rigid backing, 8-1/2" x 11" minimum.
2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system.
3. Label each coat of each Sample.
4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
5. Opaque Colors and Finishes- Submit samples, on hardboard, using materials
accepted for Project, of each color and paint finish selected with texture to simulate
actual conditions. Prepare three samples, 8-112 Inches by 11 Inches, with required
number of palnl coats clearly visible.
6. Transparent and Stained Finishes: Prepare samples on species and quality of wood to
be used in the Work. Re-submit as requested until acceptable sheen, color, and
texture are achieved. Label and identify each sample as to location and application.
PAINTING
099100-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data that indicates methods to be used for ensuring a reduction of indoor air
quality problems in order to help sustain the comfort and well-being of constmction
workers and building occupants.
4. Product Data for paints, including printed statement of VOC content and chemical
components.
5. Product Data Sheets for each product to be used as required by the U.S.G.B.C. as
proof that each product meets the requirements of either Green Seal's GS-11 or GC-
03 documents.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Provide paint cards fully labeled with manufacturer of each paint system applied on the
project. Provide the following with each system:
1. Manufacturer name.
2. Manufacturer's paint product.
3. Primer name and number.
4. Color name and number.
5. Gloss level.
6. Location(s) where used.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Fumish extra materials described below that are from same production mn (batch mix) as
materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Quantity: Fumish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each
material and color applied.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same
manufacturer as the finish coats.
B. Field Samples: Apply field sample of each paint system indicated and each color and
finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution prior to
commencing work.
1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application
of each paint system specified in Part 3.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9
sq. m).
b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
PAINTING
099100-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
2. Components: One fiill component as directed.
3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review.
4. Install field sample using means and methods identical to those that are going to be
employed during full production.
5. Allow coating to cure in accordance with manufacturer's written instmctions.
6. Perform adhesion test on existing paint to remain using X-cut method per
ASTM D3359. Ratings 4A and 5A acceptable.
7. Final approval of color selections will be based on field sample.
a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of
additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.
8. Approval of field sample does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in field sample unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information:
1. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instmctions.
6. Application instmctions.
7. Color name and number.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage
in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
C. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste
daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from
fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C).
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C).
C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85
percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or
wet surfaces.
D. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are
enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during
application and drying periods.
PAINTING
099100-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Use materials and products that contain the maximum amount of
recycled content allowed that retains material integrity.
B. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
C. VOC Content: Paints and coatings applied on-site on the interior of the building and
products used on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits.
1. Use materials that have the minimum VOC content in units of g/L when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Paint Materials: Provide only paint materials that meet the requirements of Green Seal
documents.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers, Interior Paints: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering interior 0-low VOC paint products that may be incorporated into the
Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Benjamin Moore; EcoSpec WB.
2. Glidden Professional; Lifemaster No VOC.
3. Kelly-Moore; Enviro-Cote.
4. Sherwin-Williams; Harmony Coating System.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers, Exterior Paints: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering exterior paint products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Benjamin Moore.
2. Glidden Professional
3. Kelly-Moore.
4. Sherwin-Williams.
2.3 PAINT MATERIALS
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related
materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under
conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing
and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the
various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's
product identification will not be acceptable.
PAINTING
099100-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or
materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the
exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Fumish the manufacturer's
material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.
D. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to the manufacturer's standard color
designations.
E. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having
jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC
limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L.
4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
5. Anticorrosive and Antimst Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L.
6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L.
7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
8. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L.
9. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L.
10. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance
with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry
before paint is applied.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, fiimish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
C. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over
substrates primed by others.
D. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture
meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Wood: 15 percent.
3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
4. Plaster: 12 percent.
E. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
surfaces are dry.
1. Beginning coating application constitutes acceptance of substrates and conditions.
PAINTING
099100-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.2 PREPARATION, GENERAL
A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting
fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-
applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if
necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces.
B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of
substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior
to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
C. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect
in writing about anticipated problems using the specified finish-coat material with
substrates primed by others.
D. Follow proper procedures, methods, guidelines, and regulations for paint preparation
related to lead paint sanding. Wear goggles, NIOSH-approved respirators, mbber gloves,
and appropriate clothing.
E. Clean building exterior using pressurized hot water.
1. Clean heavily soiled areas with fiber bmsh and water.
2. Equip pressure washer with fan tip nozzle of 250 degree minimum.
3. Do not permit water temperature to exceed 180 degrees F.
4. Do not permit water pressure to exceed 1,200 psi.
F. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If
surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and bum, correct this
condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that
permitted in manufacturer's printed directions.
G. Exposed Equipment: Verify installations are complete before initiating preparation of
surfaces of exposed mechanical and electrical piping, conduit, ductwork, and equipment for
field-painting.
H. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-bmsh,
clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same
primer as the shop coat.
I. Factory-Primed and Enamel Substrates: Wipe clean and dry.
J. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled
by workers skilled in the trades involved.
3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instmctions
for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
PAINTING
099100-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Plaster:
1. Clean plaster adjacent to new repairs so that the paint bonds and blends into new and
old, minimum 6 inches beyond repairs.
2. Allow new plaster to cure thoroughly (30 days minimum) prior to applying paint.
Moisture content shall be 8 percent or less, as measured with a moisture meter, at
time of paint application.
3. Scmb surfaces of existing plaster with a solution of 10 percent tri-sodium-phosphate
to remove any glaze, and to etch the surface. Wash the solution from the surface
using clean water.
4. Patch cracks, holes and defects with patching plaster. Remove all powder and dust
by washing with clear water.
5. Spot prime patches and stains.
C. Steel Substrates: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop-
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent
or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Stmctures
Painting Council (SSPC) specification SSPC-SP 10 and written instmctions of paint
manufacturer.
1. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat
before priming.
2. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damages. Wire-
bmsh, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with
the same primer as the shop coat.
D. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents
so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove grease and oil residue
from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce
clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.
1. Treat exterior galvanized surfaces according to SSPC SP-7 and interior galvanized
surfaces to SSPS SP-1.
E. Apply primers to metal surfaces in the field under any of the following circumstances:
1. Where it can be established that shop primer was applied more than 30 days (7 days
for some primers, verify with metal shop) before delivery to the site.
2. If shop-applied primer is contaminated during transport or storage.
3. If salts are deposited from marine fog, road salts, constmction dusts, etc. during
storage.
F. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence,
chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen, as required, to remove glaze. If
hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface
preparation.
1. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer.
2. Treat concrete surfaces which are highly glazed or where traces of form release
agents are present with a preparation of one-part concentrated muriatic acid, 4-parts
water and one-part detergent or as recommended by parting compound manufacturer.
Remove acid with water. Allow to dry.
PAINTING
099100-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3. Remove stains on concrete resulting from weathering or corroded metals, with a
solution of 2-oz. sodium methasilicate in one-gallon water. Wet stained areas with
water before application of solution. Allow to dry.
4. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate
tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and bum,
correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture
content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instmctions.
3.4 MATERIALS PREPARATION
A. Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions.
B. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign
materials and residue.
C. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required
during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary,
strain material before using.
D. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits.
3.5 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and
techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
B. Do not paint over dirt, mst, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions
detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
C. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules.
D. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
E. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the
application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as
recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required
to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions.
1. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats.
a. Do not apply additional coats until the completed coat has been inspected and
approved.
b. Only the inspected and approved coats of paint will be considered in
determining the number of coats applied.
2. Sand and dust between coats to remove defects visible to the unaided eye from a
distance of 5 feet.
3. On removable panels and hinged panels, paint the back sides to match the exposed
sides.
PAINTING
099100-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
F. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of
paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to
ensure that surfaces, including edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners,
receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
G. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and fiimiture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently
fixed equipment or fiimiture with prime coat only.
H. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
surfaces.
I. Paint visible surfaces of ducts where visible through registers or grilles with a flat, non-
specular black paint.
J. Do not paint fire-treated plywood backboards to be used for telephone or electrical
equipment unless permitted by authorities having jurisdiction.
K. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces.
L. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted.
3.6 SCHEDULING PAINTING
A. Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for
painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface
deterioration.
B. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat
until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate
thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the
undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.
3.7 APPLICATION PROCEDURES
A. Apply paints and coatings by bmsh, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the
manufacturer's directions.
B. Bmshes: Use bmshes best suited for the material applied.
C. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by
the manufacturer for the material and texture required.
D. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the
manufacturer for the material and texture required.
E. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturer's
recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as
recommended by the manufacturer.
PAINTING
099100-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5
F. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete at a rate to ensure complete coverage with
pores filled.
G. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended
by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not
been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction
spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no bum-through or
other defects due to insufficient sealing.
H. Painted surface shall be considered unacceptable if any of the following are evident under
final lighting source (including daylight) for interior surfaces:
1. Visible defects are evident on vertical surfaces when viewed at normal viewing
angles from a distance of not less than 39-inches (1000 mm).
2. Visible defects are evident on horizontal surfaces when viewed at normal viewing
angles from a distance of not less than 39-inches (1000 mm).
3. Visible defects are evident on ceiling, soffit and other overhead surfaces when
viewed at normal viewing angles.
4. When the final coat on any surface exhibits a lack of uniformity of color, sheen,
texture, and hiding across full surface area.
5. Coating exhibits lack of full adhesion to surfaces, including but not limited to
bubbling, peeling, chipping, and other adhesion defects.
I. Miscellaneous Surfaces and Procedures
1. Exposed mechanical items
a. Finish electric panels, access doors, conduits, pipes, ducts, grilles, registers,
vents, and items of similar nature to match the adjacent wall and ceiling
surfaces, or as directed.
b. Paint visible duct surfaces behind vents, registers, and grilles flat black.
c. Wash metal with solvent, prime, and apply 2 coats of alkyd enamel.
2. Exposed pipe and duct insulation
a. Apply 1 coat of latex paint on insulation which has been sized or primed under
other Sections; apply 2 coats on such surfaces when unprepared.
b. Match color of adjacent surfaces.
c. Remove band before painting, and replace after painting.
3. Hardware
a. Paint prime coated hardware to match adjacent surfaces.
b. Paint metal portions of head seals, jamb seals, and astragal seals to match the
color of the door frame unless otherwise directed by the Architect.
4. Wet areas
a. For oil base paints, use 1 percent phencimercuric or 4 percent
tetrachlorophenol.
b. For water emulsion and glue size surfaces, use 4 percent sodium
tetrachlorophenate.
5. Exposed Vents: Apply 2 coats of heat resistant paint approved by the Architect
J. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove,
refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements.
PAINTING
099100-11
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.8 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, mbbish, and other
discarded paint materials from the site.
B. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered
paint by washing and scraping. Be carefiil not to scratch or damage adjacent finished
surfaces.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to
Architect.
B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective
wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations.
C. At completion of constmction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
3.10 PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULES
A. Schedule: Only major areas are scheduled. Treat miscellaneous and similar items and
areas within room or space with similar system.
B. Number of Coats: Where number of coats are specified, it is only as a minimum
requirement. Apply additional coats, at no additional cost to Owner, if necessary to
completely hide base material, produce uniform color, and provide satisfactory finish
result.
C. Systems Specifications: These specifications are a guide and are meant to establish
procedure and quality. Confer with Architect to determine exact finish desired.
D. Acceptance of Final Colors: Do not apply final coats of paint for either exterior and
interior systems until colors have been accepted by Architect.
E. Painted surfaces shall be considered unacceptable, as judged solely by the Architect, if any
of the following are evident under natural lighting source for exterior surfaces and final
lighting source (including daylight) for interior surfaces:
1. Visible defects are evident on vertical surfaces when viewed at normal viewing
angles from a distance of not less than 39-inches (1000 mm).
2. Visible defects are evident on horizontal surfaces when viewed at normal viewing
angles from a distance of not less than 39-inches (1000 mm).
3. Visible defects are evident on ceiling, soffit and other overhead surfaces when
viewed at normal viewing angles.
PAINTING
099100-12
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
4. When the final coat on any surface exhibits a lack of uniformity of color, sheen,
texture, and hiding across fiill surface area.
5. Coating exhibits lack of fiill adhesion to surfaces, including but not limited to
bubbling, peeling, chipping, and other adhesion defects.
3.11 EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE
A. References used in this schedule are based on systems described in the Painting and
Decorating Contractors of America, Master Painters Institute, Architectural Painting
Specification Manual (MPI).
B. Steel Pipe Railings:
1. Polyurethane, Pigmented (over epoxy primer): MPI EXT 5.3L
a. Prime Coat: Epoxy primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Polyurethane matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Polyurethane (gloss).
C. Galvanized Steel Flashings (Not Chromate Passivated):
1. Latex: MPIEXT5.3A
a. Prime Coat: Cementitious primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (semi-gloss).
D. Plaster: /mi^
1. Latex Paint over Alkali-Resistant Primer System: MPI EXT 9.IC.
a. Prime Coat: As recommended by manufacturer of topcoat.
b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended by manufacturer, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Elastomeric.
E. Concrete, Vertical Surfaces:
1. Latex Paint System MPI EXT 3.1 A.
a. Prime Coat: Exterior latex primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat).
3.12 ^^^TERIOR FETISH SCHEDULE
A. References used in this schedule are based on systems described in the Painting and
Decorating Contractors of America, Master Painters Institute, Architectural Painting
Specification Manual (MPI).
B. Steel - Primed:
1. Latex (over alkyd primer): MPI INT 5.IQ
a. Prime Coat: Alkyd metal primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Interior latex (semi-gloss).
C. Steel - Primed Metal Railings:
I. Pol3airethane, Pigmented (over self-priming epoxy): MPI INT 5.1V "^.^3
PAINTING
099100-13
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
a. Prime Coat: HB self-priming epoxy.
b. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Epoxy (semi-gloss).
D. Gypsum Board Walls:
1. Latex System: MPIINT9.2A.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Interior latex (low sheen).
E. Gj^sum Board Ceilings:
1. Latex (over latex sealer): MPirNT9.2A.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Interior latex (flat).
F. Gypsum Board at Toilet Rooms:
1. Latex System: MPI INT 9.2A.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Interior latex (semi-gloss).
G. Painted Wood Trims:
1. Latex (over latex sealer): MPIINT6.4R
a. Primer: Latex primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Interior latex (satin).
END OF SECTION 099100
PAINTING
099100-14
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 099300 - STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Speciflcation Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Surface preparation and application of wood stains and clear wood finishes to new interior
wood carpentry work, restaining of existing wood ttim and panel finishes.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 099100 - Painting: Painted exterior and interior surfaces.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of stain indicated.
1. Material List: An inclusive list of required stain materials. Indicate each material
and cross-reference the specific stain system and application. Identify each wood
stain material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
2. Cross-reference to finish system and locations of application areas. Use same
designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
3. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label
analysis and instmctions for handling, storing, and applying each wood stain.
4. Printout of MPI's current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category
specified in Part 2, with the product proposed for use highlighted.
B. Samples for Verification: For each color and stain material to be applied, with texture to
simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of actual substrates.
1. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until
required color and texture are achieved.
2. Provide list of materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label each
Sample for location and application.
3. Submit Samples on the following substrates for Architect's review of color and
texture only:
a. Stained Wood: Provide 8- by 10-inch (200- by 250-mm) samples of each
stained wood finish to be used on representative surfaces.
4. Transparent and Stained Finishes: Prepare samples on species and quality of wood to
be used in the Work. Re-submit as requested until acceptable sheen, color, and
texture are achieved. Label and identify each sample as to location and application.
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating
percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
2. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
3. Product Data that indicates methods to be used for ensuring a reduction of indoor air
quality problems in order to help sustain the comfort and well-being of constmction
workers and building occupants.
4. Product Data for stains and clear coatings, including printed statement of VOC
content and chemical components.
5. Product Data Sheets for each product to be used as required by the U.S.G.B.C. as
proof that each product meets the requirements of either Green Seal's GS-11 or GC-
03 documents.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Applicator.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Provide stain and clear finish cards fiilly labeled with manufacturer of each staining system
applied on the project. Provide the following with each system:
1. Manufacturer name.
2. Manufacturer's stain or clear finish product.
3. Primer name and number.
4. Color name and number.
5. Gloss level.
6. Location(s) where used.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Fumish extra stain materials from the same production mn as the materials applied and in
quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with
labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
1. Quantity: Fumish Owner with extta stain materials in quantities indicated below:
a. Semitransparent Stain: 5 gal. (18.75 L) of each color applied.
b. Clear Wood Finish: 5 gal. (18.75L).
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MPI Standards:
I. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in hs "MPI Approved
Products List."
B. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying wood stains similar
in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in
applications with a record of successfiil in-service performance.
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Source Limitations: Obtain primers, stains, and other finishes through one source from a
single manufacturer.
D. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each finish system indicated and each color
selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application
of each type of finish system and substrate.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9
sq. m).
b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
2. Final approval of stain color selections will be based on benchmark samples.
a. If preliminary stain color selections are not approved, apply additional
benchmark samples of additional stain colors selected by Architect at no added
cost to Owner.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers bearing
manufacturer's name and label and the following information:
1. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification).
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instmctions.
6. Application instmctions.
7. Color name and number.
8. Handling instmctions and precautions.
9. VOC content.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a
clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and
waste daily.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Temperature Limitations: Apply stains only when temperatures of surfaces to be stained
and the surrounding air are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C) for oil-
based stain, or between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C) for latex-based stain.
B. Weather Limitations: Do not apply stain in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity
exceeds 85 percent; when temperatures are less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point;
or to damp or wet surfaces.
1. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain temperature and conditions specified
before starting or continuing with coating operation.
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-3
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co.
2. Cabot Incorporated, Samuel.
3. Coronado Paint Company.
4. Sherwin-Wilhams Co.
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each finish system that are compatible with one
another and substtates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a finish system, provide products recommended in writing by
manufacturers of topcoat for use in finish system and on substrate indicated.
B. Stain Colors: Match Architect's samples.
C. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having
jurisdiction and, for interior stains and finishes applied at project site, the following VOC
limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
1. Clear Wood Finishes, Vamishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L.
2. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L.
3. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
2.3 WOOD STAIN MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Stain-Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality stain material of the various
stain types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for
application indicated. Stain-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product
identification will not be acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of
work.
1. Maximum Moisture Content of Wood Substrates: 15 percent when measured with an
electronic moisture meter.
2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes.
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3. Begin fmish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
surfaces are dry.
4. Beginning application of finish system constitutes Contractor's acceptance of
substrate and conditions.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which coatings are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instmctions and recommendations in "MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.
B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be
finished. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide
surface-applied protection before surface preparation and finishing.
I. After completing finishing operations, reinstall items that were removed; use workers
skilled in the trades involved. Remove surface-applied protection if any.
C. Clean and prepare surfaces to be finished according to manufacturer's written instmctions
for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
1. Remove surface dirt, oil, or grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse
thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil
marks by sanding lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by bmshing.
2. Remove mildew by scmbbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew
removal and as recommended by stain manufacturer.
3. Countersink steel nails, if used, and fill with putty tinted to final color to eliminate
mst leach stains.
D. Apply wood filler paste to open-grain woods, as defined in "MPI Architectural Painting
Specification Manual," to produce smooth, glasslike finish.
E. Mixing: Mix and prepare stains according to manufacturer's written instmctions. Stir stain
thoroughly before applying and frequently during application to maintain color consistency.
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and application in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as
required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary,
remove surface film and then strain material before using.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instmctions.
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated.
2. Finish surfaces behind movable equipment and fiimiture same as similar exposed
surfaces.
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, bmsh
marks, mns, ropiness, or other surface imperfections.
C. Minimum Spreading Rate: Apply stain at manufacturer's recoinmended spreading rate to
ensure proper penettation. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and tj^pe
of stain material being applied.
1. Do not apply stain on surfaces that are not sufficientiy dry when recommended by
stain manufacturer. Ensure that each coat is dry and hard before applying succeeding
coat.
D. Apply stain evenly with bmsh. Thoroughly stain edges and ends of boards. Bmsh out
excess stain that collects in butts of boards. Avoid staining in direct sunlight.
1. Bmshes: Use bmshes best suited for type of material applied. Use bmshes of
appropriate size for surface being stained.
2. Drying Time: Allow a minimum of 24 hours between coats unless directed otherwise
by manufacturer.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, mbbish, and other
discarded materials from Project site.
1. After completing staining, clean window glass and other surfaces. Remove spattered
stain by proper methods without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces.
B. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether being stained or not, against damage from staining.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and restaining as approved by
Architect.
B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly stained finishes. After completing staining
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their
work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
stained surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA Pl.
3.6 INTERIOR WOOD-FES[ISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE
A. Stained Wood Trims:
1. Lacquer (over stain): MPI INT 6.3F
a. Wood Stain: Interior wood stain.
b. Sealer Coat: Clear lacquer sanding sealer.
c. Two Finish Coats: Clear lacquer (satin).
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. Interior Wood Wall Caps:
I. Polyurethane Vamish (over stain): MPI INT 6.3E
a. First Coat: Semi-transparent stain.
b. Intermediate Coats: Two coats polyurethane vamish.
c. Top Coat: Pol)airethane vamish (semi-gloss).
END OF SECTION 099300
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099300-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 099729 - CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete floor sealer/hardener.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 096123 - Concrete Vapor Emission Treatment: Liquid applied treatment system
applied to freshly placed concrete slabs.
B. Section 096813 - Tile Carpeting: Hydraulic-cement-based trowelable patching and
leveling compound applied to existing concrete slabs for vapor emission treatment.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit literature and manufacturer's installation instmctions.
B. Samples: Submit all materials to be used to the engineer for approval prior to start of work.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
I. Product Data for installation coatings, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
1.5 E^FORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates: Submit certification that the sealer/hardener compoimd complies with these
specifications.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Experience in the production and use of the product
specified. Supply a list of projects where specified products have been used on similar
projects with similar jobsite and exposure conditions.
B. Contractor Qualifications: Minimum five years prior experience with the use and
application ofthe specified materials or similar products.
C. Pre-Installation Conference: Conference shall be attended by Contractor, Owner,
Architect, sealer subcontractor and his foreman. Review procedures, materials, techniques,
and coordinate related work and shutdowns.
CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING
099729-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Mock-up: Before applying curing and sealing compound to entire surface, test a small area
to verify that product is providing the desired moisture retention, penetration ability and
finish appearance (sheen).
1. Test a minimum 4 ft. by 4 ft. area on selected area of concrete. Use the
manufacturer's application instmctions. Let test area protective treatment cure before
inspection. Keep test area available for comparison throughout the protective
treatment project.
E. Substitutions: Provide request for substitution in writing to Architect for review including
the following:
1. A certificate of compliance from an independent testing laboratory that the proposed
substitute product meets or exceeds the specified performance criteria, when tested
in accordance with the specified test standards.
2. Documented proof showing that the proposed substitute has a five year proven
record of performance on similar stmctures under similar exposures.
3. At least five successfiil installations which allow the Architect to investigate the
condition of the system.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver sealer in original; unopened containers with the manufacturers name, labels,
product identification and batch numbers. They shall be ordered in sufficient quantities
and shall be delivered in ample time to facilitate the work.
B. Store and condition the specified product as recommended by the manufacturer. The
material shall be stored on the premises where directed.
1.8 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Refer to the applicable manufacturer's written literature for the recoinmended temperature
of surfaces to be sealed and ambient conditions during application and drying.
B. Do not apply material if the substrate is frozen or if freezing conditions are imminent.
C. When using as a curing compound, apply when surface water has completely disappeared
and the concrete will not be marred by workmen.
D. Do not apply if rain is expected within 12 hours.
E. Provide suitable coverings to protect adjacent surfaces and objects. Mask finished surfaces
for protection. Provide drop cloths, where necessary to adequately protect all surfaces not
to be sealed. Mask off adjoining surfaces and close off drains.
F. Do not allow surfaces to become contaminated between coats.
G. Protect sealed surfaces during drying from traffic, damage and contamination.
CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING
099729-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
1.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A. Verify that manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are accessible on site
before applying sealer.
B. Provide adequate forced air ventilation during application of sealer.
C. Avoid contact with eyes and skin; do not ingest or inhale. Prolonged or repeated exposure
may cause skin irritation or allergic reactions.
D. Wear goggles, NIOSH and MSHA approved respirators, mbber gloves, and appropriate
clothing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content: Coatings applied on-site on the interior of the building and products used
on the interior ofthe building shall comply with VOC limits .
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Coatings: Meet the following:
a. EPA Method 24 testing of less than 40 g/liter
b. Contains no formaldehyde, formaldehyde precursors and zero-carcinogens
c. Contains zero hazardous air pollutants (HAP's)
2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering acrylic sealers that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1. BASF; MasterKure CC 1315.
2. NoxCrete; Cure & Seal 100-250 E.
B. Product: High solids, solvent based, non-yellowing, acrylic copolymer concrete curing,
sealing and dustproofing compound.
1. Meeting the applicable requirements of ASTM C1315 Type 1, Class A; ASTM
C309; AASHTO M-148.
2. VOC Content: < 350 g/l.
3. Gloss: Glossy.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's printed instmctions.
CONCRETE FLOOR SEAUNG
099729-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Remove all dirt, oil, grease, paint or foreign cure residue with manufacturer's
recommended stripping and cleaning agent and clean with a 10% caustic solution,
exercising normal precautions for handling such materials.
C. Rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry.
D. Verify that voids and cracks are filled with grout and that ridges and fins are removed
leaving a smooth broom trowel finish.
E. Sweep and air blow surfaces to receive floor sealer to remove dust and foreign matter.
F. Check that pipes, vents, drains, and other penettations of the floor sealer are completed.
G. Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to coating.
H. Do not allow traffic on cleaned surfaces prepared for finish.
3.2 EXISTING, OLDER CONCRETE PREPARATION FOR CLEAR SEALEsfG
A. Determine condition of the concrete in accordance with manufacturer's written instmctions.
B. Preparation: Sweep the area to be cleaned free of trash and debris. Protect all areas not to
be cleaned or stripped. Mask off all adjacent surfaces with painter's tape or plastic duct
tape. Use a spray shield to be prevent overspray onto adjacent constmction. Be sure all
pilot lights, arcing or sparking devices are off
C. Sealing Existing Concrete: All surfaces must be stmcturally sound, clean, and free of dust,
dirt, laitance, efflorescence, curing compounds, paint, oil, grease and other contaminants.
Prior to application, properly treat and repair surface defects, voids, cracks and joints.
Concrete may be damp, but must be free of standing water.
3.3 CLEAR SEALER APPLICATION
A. Apply sealing compound in a uniform, continuous film by sprayer, short nap roller, bmsh,
or push broom.
B. Apply sealer to entire interior floor area indicated unless noted otherwise.
C. Sealing Existing Concrete: Apply a fiill, even coat of curing and sealing compound at the
rates described on the manufacturer's printed literature. Use an applicator or roller to pick
up puddles or excess material from the surface. If a higher sheen is desired a second coat
may be applied as soon as the first coat has dried (2-4 hours at 75°F). Obtain
recommendation from manufacturer for proper product to use for second coat.
D. Airless Sprayer or Airless Air Assist: Apply at rate recommended by manufacturer. Let dry
for at least 30 minutes. Treated products may be "force-dried" using heat when permitted
by manufacturer in writing.
E. Sponge or Synthetic Lint-Free Mop: Wet applicator with clean water, then apply a thin
coat of sealer. Apply a second coat once the first application is tack-free (about an hour).
CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING
099729-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
Do not permit traffic on treated surfaces for minimum 12 hours after application. Protect
from water for 24 hours.
3.4 DRYESJG
A. Allow coated concrete to dry for a minimum of 8-12 hours. Do not open surfaces to foot
traffic before dryness is obtained. Maximum surface hardness should develop within 7-10
days.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean curing and sealing compound from tools with soap and water following
manufacturer's written instmctions.
B. Leave finished work and work area in a neat, broom-clean condition without evidence of
spillovers onto adjacent areas.
C. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect sealed area from traffic for length of time required by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 099729
CONCRETE FLOOR SEAUNG
099729-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING
099729-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 101100 - VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Glass whiteboards.
B. Bulletin boards.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1. Show location of tack assembly seams and joints.
2. Include sections of typical trim members.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated as follows:
1. Cork Swatches: Manufacturer's full range of cork colors for initial color selection.
2. Tack Assembly: Not less than 8-1/2 by II inches (215 by 280 mm), mounted on
substrate indicated for final Work. Include one panel for each type, color, and texture
required.
3. Trim: 6-inch- (152-mm-) long sections of each trim profile including comer section.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of visual display surface indicated and as follows:
1. Visual Display Surface: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm), mounted
on substrate indicated for final Work. Include one panel for each type, color, and
texture required.
E. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for composite wood products, documentation indicating that the
product contains no urea formaldehyde.
2. Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content and
chemical components.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For visual display units to include in maintenance manuals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of visual display surface through one source from a
single manufacturer.
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS
101100-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of visual
display units and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section
"Product Requirements."
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide fabrics with the surface-buming characteristics
indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E84 by UL or another
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify
materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver factory-built visual display boards completely assembled in one piece without
joints, where possible. If dimensions exceed maximum manufactured panel size, provide
two or more pieces of equal length as acceptable to Architect. When overall dimensions
require delivery in separate unhs, prefit components at the factory, disassemble for delivery,
and make final joints at the site.
B. Store visual display units vertically with packing materials between each unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Use only composite wood and agrifiber products free of
added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
B. VOC Content: Adhesives, sealants, paints, welding, and coatings applied on-site on the
interior of the building and products used on the interior of the building shall comply with
VOC limits.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Provide anchorage of display cases capable of withstanding the
effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads
for Buildings and Other Stmctures": Section 9, "Earthquake Loads."
2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheet: Porcelain-enamel-clad, ASTM A463/A463M, Type 1,
stretcher-leveled aluminized steel, with 0.0236-inch (0.60-mm) uncoated thickness; with
porcelain-enamel coating fused to steel at approximately 1000 deg F (538 deg C).
I. Gloss Finish: Low gloss; dry-erase markers wipe clean with dry cloth or standard
eraser. Suitable for use as projection screen.
B. Hardboard: AHA Al35.4, tempered.
C. Particleboard: ANSIA208.1, Grade 1-M-1, made with binder containing no urea
formaldehyde.
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS
101100-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
D. Extmded-Aluminum Bars and Shapes: ASTM B221, Alloy 6063.
E. Aluminum Tubing: ASTM B429/B429M, Alloy 6063.
F. Fasteners: Provide screws, bolts, and other fastening devices made from same material as
items being fastened, except provide hot-dip galvanized, stainless-steel, or aluminum
fasteners for exterior applications. Provide types, sizes, and lengths to suit installation
conditions. Use security fasteners where exposed to view.
2.4 GLASS WHITEBOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Glass Whiteboard Assembly:
1. Glass: PPG Starphire Tempered Safety Writing Glass, I/4-inch thick,
a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a. Clams Glassboards.
b. Connect by Claridge Products & Equipment, Inc.
3. Dimensions: As indicated on Drawings.
4. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard concealed type.
5. Edges: Polished, eased.
B. Marker Tray: Manufacturer's standard, continuous.
1. Solid Type: Extmded aluminum with ribbed section and smoothly curved exposed ^'^J
ends. SMIT
C. Marking Implements: Provide two new boxes of approved markers and one new eraser for
each markerboard.
2.5 TACK ASSEMBLIES
A. Aluminum Frames and Trim: Fabricated from not less than 0.062-inch- (I.57-mm-) thick,
extmded aluminum; of size and shape indicated.
I. Factory-Applied Trim: Manufacturer's standard.
B. Tack Surface: Linoleum-based surfacing material.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Forbo Bulletin Board.
2. Color: To be selected by Architecture from full range of available colors.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Porcelain-Enamel Visual Display Assemblies: Laminate porcelain-enamel face sheet and
backing sheet to core material under heat and pressure with manufacturer's standard
flexible, waterproof adhesive.
B. Fabricate bulletin boards to requirements indicated for dimensions, design, and thickness
and finish of materials.
VISUAL DISPIAY UNITS
101100-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Use metals and shapes of thickness and reinforcing to produce flat surfaces, free of oil
canning, and to impart strength for size, design, and application indicated.
D. Aluminum Frames and Trim: Fabricate units straight and of single lengths, keeping joints
to a minimum. Miter comers to neat, hairline closure.
2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable
variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other
components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are
assembled or installed to minimize conttast.
D. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum finishes.
E. Class II, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as
fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural
Class II, clear coating 0.010 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substtates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances, surface conditions of wall, and other conditions affecting
performance.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of connections
before installation of motor-operated, sliding visual display unhs.
C. Examine walls and partitions for proper backing for visual display units.
D. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth where sliding visual display and
recessed units will be installed.
E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove dirt, scaling paint, projections, and depressions that will affect smooth, finished
surfaces of visual display boards.
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS
101100-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Install visual display units in locations and at mounting heights indicated on
Drawings, or if not indicated, at heights indicated below. Keep perimeter lines straight,
level, and plumb. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors,
trim, and accessories necessary for complete installation.
1. Mounting Height: 36 inches (914 mm) above finished floor to top of chalktray.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF FACTORY-FABRICATED VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS
A. Glass White Boards: Install wall brackets where indicated. Level brackets horizontally.
Ensure screws are flush with bracket to eliminate potential scratching and damage to glass
white board during installation.
B. Hang glass white boards on brackets following manufacturer's written instmctions.
C. Install marker tray below white board as indicated on Drawings.
D. Bulletin Boards: Attach units to wall surface with concealed wood cleats screwed to wall.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust doors to operate smoothly without warp or bind and contact points meet accurately.
Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean visual display units according to manufacturer's written instmctions. Attach one
cleaning label to visual display surface in each room.
B. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Cover and protect visual display units after installation and cleaning.
END OF SECTION 101 IOO
VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS
101100-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
VISUAL DISPL\Y UNITS
101100-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 101400 - SIGNAGE
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION DvfCLUDES
A. Room identification signage for ADA requirements only rooms that are being changed as
part of the remodel work
B. Interior signage for the following:
1. Directional signage.
2. Room identification.
3. Occupancy signs.
4. Toilet room signs.
5. Elevator lobby maps.
6. Assistive listening signs.
7. Stairway floor number signs.
8. Tactile exit signs.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Sign locations shown on the location plans are for general information only. Prior to
installation and as required, arrange meetings with the Architect at the site for final location
for all sign items.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include constmction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large-scale sections of typical members and
other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout, spacing,
reinforcement, accessories, and installation details.
1. Provide message list for each sign, including large-scale details of wording, lettering,
artwork, and Braille layout.
2. Fumish message list for each sign required, including large scale details of wording
and layout of lettering.
3. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent constmction, fumish setting
drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchors.
4. Fumish fiill-size spacing templates for individually mounted dimensional letters and
numbers.
SIGNAGE
101400-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign, include the following Samples to verify
color selected. Resubmit samples until color, texture, sheen, and other specified criteria
have been approved.
1. Panel Signs: Full-size samples of each type of sign required.
2. Dimensional Characters: Full-size Samples of each type of dimensional character
(letter and number) required. Show character style, material, finish, and method of
attachment.
3. Acrylic: Show representative color, thickness and surface finish.
4. Casting: Show representative texture, character style, spacing, finish, and method of
attachment.
5. Approved samples will be retumed for installation into Project.
D. Elevator Lobby Map: Prior to fabrication submit to the Architect for approval a schematic
map for all floors of the building for use as a fire evacuation map.
E. Graphic Images:
1. Submit fiill size pattems or prints of typical copy layouts and/or graphic elements to
be applied on signs. Using layouts on the Drawings as a guide, optically enlarge and
hand correct images before submitting to the Architect for approval before
fabrication.
2. Finished art of Project symbols and arrows will be provided by the Architect for
photo enlargement to fiill-size dimensions shown on the Drawings. After photo
enlargement, submit to the Architect for approval before fabrication.
3. Elevator Lobby fire evacuation map art shall be schematically presented. Submit
camera ready artwork for all floors to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication.
F. Sign Location: Provide Graphic Schedule and location plans to identify and locate all
signs. Item numbers listed in the Graphic Schedule shall be found on location plans and
shall identify locations of specific sign items.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide the Owner with proper cleaning instmctions
required for continued maintenance of signs.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Off-Street Parking Space Identification:
1. Entry Drive Accessibility Notification: Provide one 17" x 22" sign at each entry
drive where indicated on Drawings, with text as indicated on Drawings.
2. Disabled Parking Spaces: Identify each parking space with a permanently affixed
reflectorized sign on a post immediately adjacent to and visible from each space,
graphics as indicated on Drawings.
3. Signage Size: 70 square inches minimum, posted at 60 inches minimum from the
bottom of the sign to the parking space finished grade.
4. Van-Accessible Signage: Mount on post below the disabled parking sign where
indicated on Drawings.
SIGNAGE
101400-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
B. CBC and ADA Requirements: Compliance applies to interior signage, including Braille
lettering.
C. Provide signage at public toilet rooms.
D. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with code provisions as
adopted by authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Fire doors.
b. Room capacity.
c. Elevator signs.
d. Stairway identification.
e. Live load capacity.
f. Signs for accessible spaces.
g. Area of refiige signs.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Interior Signage: Cast acrylic sheet, transparent, clear, semi-matte or non-glare, 0.125-inch
thick, frameless signs, color TBD.
B. Engraved Copy: Machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices
into panel sign on face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform
depth.
1. Engraved Plastic Laminate: Engrave through exposed face ply of plastic-laminate
sheet to expose contrasting core ply.
2. Engraved Metal: Fill engraved copy with enamel.
3. Engraved Opaque Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with enamel.
4. Face-Engraved Clear Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with enamel. Apply opaque
background color coating to back face of acrylic sheet.
5. Copy Height: 5/8-inch minimum, 2-inch maximum as recommended by sign
manufacturer for required copy.
C. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying
with CBC requirements per 1II7B.5.3. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 Raster
Braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs and cut
marks.
1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet.
2. Raised-Copy Thickness: Minimum of 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).
3. Characters: Width-to-height ratio of between 60% and 110%) measured by the width
ofthe uppercase letter "O" and height of the uppercase letter "F'; and a stroke width-
to-height ratio maximum 15% measured by the width and height of the uppercase
letter "!'.
4. Braille Layout:
SIGNAGE
101400-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
a. Dots: 1/10-inch oc in each cell.
b. Dot Spacing: I/5-inch between cells as measured from the second column of
dots in the first cell.
c. Dot Height: Minimum 1/40-inch above the background.
D. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy and background colors, provide Pantone
Matching System (PMS) colored coatings, including inks and paints, that are recommended
by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to acrylic surface and are non-fading for
application intended.
E. Symbols of Accessibility: Provide 6-inch- (150-nim-) high symbol fabricated from opaque
non-reflective vinyl film, 0.0035-inch (0.089-mm) nominal thickness, with pressure-
sensitive adhesive backing suitable for both exterior and interior applications.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Mounting Methods: Use concealed fasteners or silicone adhesive fabricated from materials
that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface.
B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts
for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed
steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Fumish inserts, as
required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 n^JSTALLATION, n>^TERIOR SIGNAGE
A. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion
and other defects in appearance.
B. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable.
Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent
walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches (75 mm) of sign without encountering
protmding objects or standing within swing of door.
C. Install sign items, including all components, in accordance with reviewed Graphic Schedule
at locations shown.
D. Install with reviewed manufacturer's adhesive or mechanical fasteners after application of
finish painting at heights noted.
E. Where signs are adhered to glass, provide opaque vinyl on the opposite side of the glass,
aligned with and sized to match sign, to conceal double stick tape or adhesive.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
SIGNAGE
101400-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbad Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
3.3 ESfTERIOR SIGN SCHEDULE
A. Directional Signs:
1. Sign Size: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
3. Background Finish/Color: TBD.
4. Character Finish/Color: TBD.
5. Character Size: As indicated on Drawings.
6. Provide signs with raised upper case letters with Grade 2 Braille. Comply with ADA
Article 4.30.
7. Text/Message:
a. At Stairs: "STAIRS"
b. At Elevator: "IN CASE OF FIRE, USE STAIRS"
B. Room Signs:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
10.
Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
Perimeter: Unframed.
Copy: Tactile and Braille on surface.
Character Style: TBD.
Text: As indicated in the Sign Schedule.
Message: Fixed.
a. Room: Match room names and numbers indicated on Drawings.
Sizes:
a. Sign: As indicated on Drawings.
b. Character Height: As indicated on Drawings.
Colors:
a. Frame: TBD.
b. Character: TBD.
c. Background: TBD.
Provide signs with raised upper case letters with Grade 2 Braille. Comply with ADA
Article 4.30.
Schedule: Refer to approved Graphic Schedule for location(s).
C. Occupancy Signs:
1. Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
2. Perimeter: Unframed.
3. Copy: Subsurface.
4. Character Style: TBD.
5. Text: Maximum occupancy load: [Insert load as indicated on Drawings].
6. Message: Fixed.
7. Sizes:
a. Sign: As indicated on Drawings.
b. Character Height: As indicated on Drawings.
8. Colors:
a. Frame: None.
b. Character: Black.
c. Background: TBD.
9. Schedule: Refer to approved Graphic Schedule for location(s).
SIGNAGE
101400-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Toilet Room Signs:
1. Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
2. Color: TBD.
3. Perimeter: Unframed.
4. Wall Signs:
a. Copy: Tactile and Braille on surface.
b. Character Style: TBD.
c. Text: According to requirements in the ADA or of authorities having
jurisdiction, whichever are more stringent.
1) "MEN"
2) "WOMEN"
d. Message: Fixed.
e. Sizes: See Drawings for code requirements goveming size and geometry.
5. Door-Mounted Symbol of Accessibility: Clear acrylic, back-painted contrasting
color selected by Architect; as required by City Building Department and Title 24.
a. MEN: Equilateral triangle, 12 inches per side.
b. WOMEN: Circle, 12 inch diameter.
E. Toilet Room Signs: Gender Neutral:
1. Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
2. Color: To be selected.
3. Perimeter: Unframed.
4. Wall Signs:
a. Copy: Tactile and Braille on surface.
b. Character Style: TBD.
c. Character Color: White.
d. Message: Fixed.
e. Sizes: See Drawings for code requirements goveming size and geometry.
5. Door Sign: Equilateral triangle, 12 inches per side over 12 inch diameter circle,
a. Pictogram: None.
6. Wall Signs: Rectangular sign
a. Wall Sign Text: "Gender Neutral Restroom"; same text in Braille undemeath.
b. Placement: On wall strike side ofthe door.
F. Elevator Lobby Map:
1. Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
2. Color: To be determined.
3. Perimeter: Unframed.
4. Wall Signs:
a. Copy: Raised.
b. Size: See Drawings for code requirements goveming size and geometry.
5. Message: Fixed.
a. Text: According to requirements in the ABAAS or of authorities having
jurisdiction, whichever are more stringent.
6. Diagram: Coordinate with Architect.
G. Assistive Listening Signs:
1. Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
2. Color: To be determined.
SIGNAGE
101400-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
3. Perimeter: Unframed.
4. Wall Signs:
a. Copy: Raised.
b. Character Style: To be determined.
c. Size: As required by IBC.
d. Text: "Assistive Listening Systems Available".
1) According to requirements in the ABAAS or of authorities having
jurisdiction, whichever are more stringent.
5. Diagram: Intemational symbol of access for hearing loss.
H. Tactile Exit Sign:
1. Material: Cast-acrylic sheet.
2. Color: To be determined.
3. Perimeter: Unframed.
4. Wall Signs:
a. Copy: Raised.
b. Character Style: To be determined.
c. Size: As required by IBC.
d. Text: According to requirements in the ABAAS or of authorities having
jurisdiction, whichever are more stringent.
e. Symbols: Raised, design and shape as required by IBC.
END OF SECTION 101400
SIGNAGE
101400-7
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch H- Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
SIGNAGE
101400-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 102226 - OPERABLE PARTITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Operable Partitions: Manually operated, side stacking, top supported operable wall with
panels hinged in groups of two for separation of Group Study Rooms.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel carrier beams for operable partition top track.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Material descriptions, constmction details, finishes, installation details, and
operating instmctions for each type of operable panel partition, component, and accessory
specified. Included data on acoustical performance, surface-buming characteristics, and
durability.
B. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of operable panel partitions. Include plans,
elevations, sections, details, attachments to other constmction and accessories. Indicate
dimensions; weights; conditions at openings and for storage; and required installation,
storage, and operating clearances. Indicate location and installation requirements for
hardware and track, and direction of ttavel. Show blocking to be provided by others.
Include the following:
1. Calculations: Calculate requirements for supporting operable panel partitions and
verify capacity of carriers and ttack components to support loads; indicate deflection
limits for partition and adjacent constmction.
C. Setting Drawings: For embedded items and cutouts required in other work, including
support beam-punching template.
D. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following
items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items
involved:
1. Suspended ceiling components.
2. Stmctural members to which suspension systems will be attached.
3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.
4. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following:
a. Lighting fixtures.
b. HVAC ductwork, outlets, and inlets.
c. Speakers.
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-1
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
d. Sprinklers.
e. Smoke detectors,
f Access panels.
E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed material, finish, covering, or facing
indicated, prepared on Samples of size indicated below:
1. Textile: Full width by not less than 36-inch- (914-mm-) long section of fabric from
dye lot to be used for the Work, with specified treatments applied. Show complete
pattem repeat.
2. Panel Edge Material: Not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long.
F. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
2. Certificates for chain-of-custody certificates certifying that products specified to be
made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include
evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification
body.
a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product.
3. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
4. Product Data for the following:
a. For each composhe-wood product used, documentation indicating that the
bonding agent contains no urea formaldehyde.
b. For each adhesive used, documentation indicating that the adhesive contains
no urea formaldehyde.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Submit acoustical test reports showing product conformance with ASTM E90 and ASTM
C423.
B. Seismic Qualification Certificates:
components, from manufacturer.
For operable panel partitions, accessories, and
1.
3.
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual
test of assembled components or on calculation.
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and
locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices ^on which the certification is
based and their installation requirements.
C.
D.
Product Certificates: Submit letter signed by manufacturer certifying that operable walls to
be fumished on this project comply with the requirements of the specification.
Product Test Reports: From an independent testing agency indicating that each operable
panel partition complies with requirements. Submit the following:
1. Report for STC.
2. Proof load testing of track/trolley/bracket/hanger rod assembly.
3. Other proof load tests as may be identified in the "PART 2" of this specification.
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
E. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements.
1. The Owner reserves the right to field sound test the operable wall within 60 days of
the date of substantial completion. Cost for field sound testing shall the responsibility
of the Owner.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For operable panel partitions to include in maintenance
manuals. In addition to items specified in Division I Section "Operation and Maintenance
Data," include the following:
1. Panel finish facings and finishes for exposed trim and accessories. Include
precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to finishes
and performance.
2. Seals, hardware, track, carriers, and other operating components.
B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Fumish extra materials from the same production mn that match products installed and that
are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Panel Finish-Facing Material: Fumish full width in quantity to cover both sides of
two panels when installed.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified in writing by the operable
wall manufacturer as qualified to install the manufacturer's partition system for work similar
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent NVLAP-accredited testing laboratory with
experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E548. NVLAP-accredited laboratories must document accreditation, based on a
"Certificate of Accreditation" and a "Scope of Accreditation" listing the test methods
specified.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide panels with finishes meeting one of the
following as determined by testing identical products by UL or another testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:
1. Surface-Buming Characteristics: As determined by testing per ASTM E84.
a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.
b. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.
2. Fire Growth Conttibution: Textile wall coverings comply with the acceptance
criteria of NFPA 265.
D. Forest Certification: Provide components made with not less than 50 percent of wood
products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.9 DELFVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protectively package and sequence panels in order for installation. Clearly mark packages
and panels with numbering system used on Shop Drawings. Do not use permanent
markings on panels.
B. Deliver materials in order as required by schedule for installation.
C. Handle materials in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of operable panel parthion openings by
field measurements before fabrication.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of operable panel parthions that fail in materials, fabrication, or
installation within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Faulty operation of operable panel partitions.
b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
wear.
2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
B. Certified Wood: Use wood based products made from wood obtained from forests certified
by an FSC accredited certification body to comply with the Forest Stewardship Councils
"Principles and Criteria."
C. VOC Content: Adhesives, paints, welding, and coatings applied on-site on the interior of
the building and products used on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits.
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Use only composite wood and agrifiber products free of
added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Corlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Hufcor.
2. Modemfold, Inc.; a DORMA Group Company.
2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Operable panel partitions shall withstand the effects of earthquake
motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7.
I. The term "withstand" means "the panels will remain in place without separation of
any parts from the system when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
B. Acoustical Performance: Provide operable panel partitions tested by a qualified testing
agency for the following acoustical properties according to test methods indicated:
1. Sound-Transmission Requirements: Operable panel partition assembly tested for
laboratory sound-transmission loss performance according to ASTM E90, determined
by ASTM E413, and rated for not less than the STC indicated.
2. Noise-Reduction Requirements: Operable panel partition assembly, identical to
partition tested for STC, tested for sound-absorption performance according to
ASTM C423.
3. Noise Isolation Class: 42.
4. STC: 50 minimum.
2.4 PANEL CONSTRUCTION
A. Operable Acoustical Panels: Operable acoustical panel partition system, including panels,
seals, finish facing, suspension system, operators, and accessories.
B. Panel Operation: Manually operated, paired.
C. Panel Constmction: Provide top reinforcement as required to support panel from
suspension components and provide reinforcement for hardware attachment. Fabricate
panels with tight hairline joints and concealed fasteners. Fabricate panels so finished in-
place partition is rigid; level; plumb; aligned, with tight joints and uniform appearance; and
free of bow, warp, twist, deformation, and surface and finish irregularities.
1. Steel Channel Frames: 16 gauge.
2. Panel Skins: 24 gauge.
D. Dimensions: Fabricate operable acoustical panel partitions to form an assembled system of
dimensions indicated and verified by field measurements.
1. Panel Width: As indicated.
2. Thickness: 4-inches.
E. Panel Closure: Manufacturer's standard.
F. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard as required to operate operable panel partition and ^""tk
accessories; with decorative, protective finish.
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard.
2. Exit Device: Manufacturer's standard.
G. Panel Edge Trim: Fumish with protective vertical edge trim that overlaps the panel face
and secures finish at the vertical edge.
H. Panel Trim Finish: Clear satin anodized panel trim.
I. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard as required to operate operable panel partition and
accessories; with decorative, protective finish to match panel ttim finish.
2.5 SEALS
A. General: Provide types of seals indicated that produce operable panel partitions complying
with acoustical performance requirements and the following:
1. Manufacturer's standard seals.
2. Seals made from materials and in profiles that minimize sound leakage.
3. Seals fitting tight at contact surfaces and sealing continuously between adjacent
panels and between operable panel partition perimeter and adjacent surfaces, when
operable panel partition is extended and closed.
B. Horizontal Top Seals:
1. Continuous-contact, extmded-PVC seal exerting uniform constant pressure on ttack.
C. Vertical Seals: Deep-nesting, interlocking astragals mounted on each edge of panel, with
continuous PVC acoustical seals.
D. Top Seals: Panel top seals shall be fixed, flexible multi-fin.
E. Horizontal Bottom Seals: PVC-faced, mechanical, retractable, constant-force-contact seal
exerting uniform constant pressure on floor when extended, ensuring horizontal and vertical
sealing and resisting panel movement.
1. Automatically Operated for Acoustical Panels: Extension and rettaction of bottom
seal automatically operated by movement of partition, with operating range not less
than 2 inches (50 mm) between retracted seal and floor finish.
2.6 SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Suspension Tracks: Steel or aluminum as noted below with adjustable steel hanger rods for
overhead support, designed for type of operation, size and weight of operable panel
partitions as indicated. Size track to support partition operation and storage without damage
to suspension system, operable panel partitions, or adjacent constmction. Limit track
deflection to no more than 0.10 inch between bracket supports. Provide a continuous system
of track sections and accessories to accommodate configuration and layout indicated for
partition operation and storage.
B. Carriers: Trolley system as required for configuration type, size, and weight of partition
and for easy operation; with ball-bearing wheels.
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
C. Steel Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied, corrosion-resistant, protective
coating unless otherwise indicated.
D. Proof Load Testing: Submit test report from nationally recognized independent laboratory
showing that assembly of track/trolley/bracket/hanger rod sustains a load of 8,000 pounds at
mid-point of 48-inch simple span. Load applied to ttolley via pendant bolt.
2.7 FINISH FACING
A. General: Provide finish facings that comply with indicated fire-test-response characteristics
and that are factory applied to operable parthions with appropriate backing, using mildew-
resistant non-staining adhesive.
1. Apply one-piece facings free from air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects,
with no gaps or overlaps. Tightly secure and conceal raw and selvage edges of facing
for finished appearance.
B. Finish Facing Material: Maharam, Parallel 901180, color to be selected from full range of
available colors.
2.8 ACCESSORIES
A. Pass Doors: Fabricated to comply with ADA requirements. Swinging door built into and
matching panel finish and thickness; complete with frames and operating hardware. Hinges
finished to match other hardware.
1. Swinging Door: Buih into and matching panel materials, constmction, acoustical
qualities, finish, and thickness, complete with frames and operating hardware.
Hinges finished to match other exposed hardware.
2. Single Pass Door/s: 36 by 80 inches (914 by 2032 mm), provide with concealed door
closer equipped with hold open device.
3. Latchset: Passage set.
4. Exit Sign: Provide above pass doors, flush mounted, self-illuminated.
B. Storage Pocket Door: Full height at end of partition mns to conceal stacked partition of
same basic design, materials, thickness, and acoustical qualities as panels. Hinges in finish
to match other exposed hardware, with acoustical seals at soffit, floor, and jambs.
C. Final Closure: Hinged closure panel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAME^ATION
A. Examine flooring, stmctural support, and opening, with installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
operable panel parthions.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-7
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set - April 10, 2015
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with ASTM E557 except as otherwise required by operable panel
partition manufacturer's written installation instmctions.
B. Install operable panel partitions and accessories after other finishing operations, including
painting, have been completed.
C. Install panels from marked packages in numbered sequence indicated on Shop Drawings.
D. Broken, cracked, chipped, deformed, or unmatched panels are not acceptable.
E. Broken, cracked, deformed, or unmatched gasketing or gasketing with gaps at butted ends is
not acceptable.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Optional Testing: Owner reserves the right to field sound test partition installation within 60
days of installation. Owner shall engage a qualified, professional, acoustical engineer to
perform field tests and to prepare test reports. Cost of the field sound tests shall be
responsibility of the Owner.
B. Testing Methodology: Perform testing of installed operable panel partition for noise
isolation according to ASTM E336, determined by ASTM E413, and rated for not less than
NIC indicated. Adjust and fit partitions to comply with NIC test method requirements.
C. Repair or replace operable panel partitions that do not comply with requirements.
1. Should operable panel partitions fail to achieve the specified NIC, partition supplier
shall make corrections/adjustments and pay for the cost of retesting.
2. In the event that the specified NIC is not achieved after corrections/adjustments and
retesting and the partition supplier has not been able to demonstrate that flanking
sound through the surrounding building constmction is the cause for failure then the
partition supplier, at its own cost, shall replace the operable partition with a new
partition that is capable of achieving the specified NIC and pay for the cost of field
sound testing this partition installation.
D. Prepare written test and inspection reports and submit to the Owner.
3.4 ADJUSTE^JG
A. Adjust operable panel partitions to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free from binding,
warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, dismption, or
malfunctioning, throughout entire operational range. Lubricate hardware and other moving
parts as indicated by wall manufacturer.
B. Adjust storage pocket doors to operate smoothly and easily, without binding or warping.
Check and readjust operating hardware. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately
and securely without forcing or binding.
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-8
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean soiled surfaces on completing installation of operable panel partitions, to remove
dust, adhesives, and other foreign materials according to manufacturer's written instmctions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer
and Installer that ensure operable panel partitions are without damage or deterioration at
time of Substantial Completion.
C. Replace panels that cannot be cleaned and/or repaired, in a manner approved by Architect,
before time of Substantial Completion.
D. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 017419 Constmction Waste Management and Disposal.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel
to adjust, operate, and maintain operable panel partitions.
1. Test and adjust seals, hardware, carriers, tracks, pass doors, pocket doors, controls,
safety devices and other operable wall components. Replace damaged or
malfunctioning operable components.
2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.
3. Review data in maintenance manuals.
END OF SECTION 102226
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-9
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
City of Corlsbad Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
OPERABLE PARTITIONS
102226-10
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
SECTION 102623 - IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Bumper rails, kick plates and comer guards in staff workspaces and the sorting room.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include constmction details, material descriptions, impact strength, fire-test-
response characteristics, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for
each impact-resistant wall-protection unit.
B. Shop Drawings: For each impact-resistant wall-protection unit showing locations and
extent. Include sections, details, attachments to other work, backing required, and fasteners.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of
size indicated below.
1. Comer and Wall Guards: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include examples of joinery,
comers, end caps, top caps, and field splices.
2. Protection Sheet: 12-inch (300 mm) square.
D. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been exttacted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
2. Product Data for installation adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content
and chemical composition of each product used.
3. Product Data for each adhesive used, documentation indicating that the adhesive
contains no urea formaldehyde.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Material Test Reports: For each impact-resistant plastic material.
B. Material Certificates: For each impact-resistant plastic material, signed by manufacturer.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For each impact-resistant wall-protection unit to include in maintenance
manuals.
IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
102623-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.6 MAESfTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Fumish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Comer-Guard Covers: Full-size plastic covers of maximum length equal to 2 percent
of each type, color, and texture of units installed, but no fewer than two, 4-foot- (1.2-
m-)] long units.
B. Include mounting and accessory components. Replacement materials shall be from same
production mn as installed units.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain impact-resistant wall-protection units through one source from
a single manufacturer.
B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of impact-
resistant wall-protection units and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to
Division 1 Section "Product Requirements."
1. Do not modity intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with
Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive
explanatory data to Architect for review.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide impact-resistant, plastic wall-protection units
with surface-buming characteristics as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E84, NFPA 255, or UL 723 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store impact-resistant wall-protection units in original undamaged packages and containers
inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures,
and humidity.
1. Maintain room temperature within storage area at not less than 70 deg F (21 deg C)
during the period plastic materials are stored.
2. Store plastic wall-protection components for a minimum of 72 hours, or until plastic
material attains a minimum room temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C).
a. Store comer-guard covers in a vertical position.
1.9 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install impact-resistant wall-protection units
until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work is complete and dry, and HVAC
system is operating and maintaining temperature at 70 deg F (21 deg C) for not less than 72
hours before beginning installation and for the remainder of the constmction period.
B. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, columns, and other constmction
contiguous with impact-resistant wall-protection units by field measurements before
fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
102623-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Librory
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius ofthe project site.
B. VOC Content: Adhesives applied on-site on the interior of the building and products used
on the interior of the building shall comply with VOC limits .
1. Use materials that have the lowest possible VOC content in units of g/L when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Use adhesives free of added urea formaldehyde resin binders.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Balco, Inc.
2. Bobrick.
3. Constmction Specialties, Inc.
4. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems; Division of InPro Corporation.
2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide components identical to those tested in accordance with ASTM E84 for fire
performance characteristics indicated. Identify components with appropriate markings from
the testing organization.
1. Flame Spread: 25 or less.
2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less.
3. Impact Strength: Provide components with minimum impact resistance of 25.4 ft. lbs
per sq. ft. when tested in accordance with ASTM D256 (Izod impact, ft. lbs per inch
notch).
2.4 MATEIOALS
A. Extmded Rigid Plastic: ASTMD 1784, Class 1, textured, chemical- and stain-resistant,
high-impact-resistant PVC or acrylic-modified vinyl plastic with integral color throughout;
thickness as indicated.
1. Impact Resistance: Minimum 25.4 ft-lbf/in. (1356 J/m) of notch when tested
according to ASTM D256, Test Method A.
2. Chemical and Stain Resistance: Tested according to ASTM D543.
3. Self-extinguishing when tested according to ASTM D635.
4. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.
5. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.
B. Colors and Textures of Plastic Material: Provide material that matches selections made
from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors and textures.
IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
102623-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Aluminum Extmsions: Alloy and temper recommended for use and finish indicated, but
with not less than strength and durability properties in ASTM B221 for 6063-T5.
D. Stainless Steel: Type 304.
1. Thickness: Minimum 0.0625 inch (1.6 mm).
2. Finish: Directional satin. No. 4.
E. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other noncorrosive metal screws,
bolts, and other fasteners compatible with components, hardware, anchors, and other items
being fastened. Use theft-proof fasteners where exposed to view.
F. Adhesive: Constmction grade adhesive supplied by manufacturer.
1. VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D
(EPA Method 24).
2.5 CORNER GUARDS
A. Surface-Mounted, Metal Comer Guards: Fabricated from 1-piece, formed or extmded
metal with formed edges; with 90- or 135-degree tum to match wall condition.
1. Wing Size: 3-1/2 by 3-1/2 inches (90 by 90 mm).
2. Height: 48-inches.
2.6 KICK PLATES
A. Kick Plates: Countersunk installation.
1. Minimum Thickness: 1/16-inch; bevel 4 sides.
2. Finish: Stainless steel as specified.
2.7 BUMPER RAILS
A. Rail: Nominal 8-inch-high by 1-inch-deep heavy duty assembly consisting of a snap-on
plastic cover installed over continuous aluminum retainer.
B. Cover: Extmded, impact-resistant plastic, minimum 0.08 inch thick, in profile indicated.
C. Retainer: Continuous one-piece extmded aluminum retainer, minimum 0.08 inch thick,
with continuous bumper cushion centered in the extmsion.
D. Mounting Type: Surface mounted flush on wall.
2.8 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate impact-resistant wall-protection units to comply with requirements indicated for
design, dimensions, and member sizes, including thicknesses of components.
B. Assemble components in factory to greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly.
Disassemble only as necessary for shipping and handling.
C. Fabricate with tight seams and joints, with exposed edges rolled. Provide surfaces free of
wrinkling, chipping, uneven coloration, dents, or other imperfections. Fabricate members
and fittings to produce flush, smooth, and rigid hairline joints.
IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
102623-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Library
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and wall areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances, fire rating, and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Examine walls to which impact-resistant wall protection will be attached for
blocking, grounds, and other solid backing that have been installed in the locations
required for secure attachment of support fasteners.
2. For impact-resistant wall-protection units attached with adhesive or foam tape, verify
compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing
finishes or primers.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Complete finishing operations, including painting, before installing impact-resistant wall-
protection system components.
B. Prior to installation clean substrates to remove dust, debris, and loose particles.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and the required field-verified dimensions.
B. Install plumb, level, and tme to line without distortion. Do not use material with chips,
cracks, voids, stains, or other defects that might be visible in the finished work.
C. Install aluminum retainers, mounting brackets, and other accessories in accordance with the
manufacturer's instmctions.
D. Do not install rigid plastic wall protection unless temperature at the time of installation is
between 65-75°F (18-24°C) and be maintained for at least 48 hours after the installation to
allow for proper adhesive set up.
1. Relative Humidity: Do not exceed 80%.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Upon completion, clean plastic covers and accessories using standard ammonia-based
household cleaning agent. Clean metal components in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Clean metal components in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Remove surplus materials, mbbish, and debris resulting from installation upon completion
of work and leave installation in neat, clean condition.
IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
102623-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Library
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
D. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 102623
IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
102623-6
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
City of Carlsbod Controct 40301
Bid Set-April 10, 2015
SECTION 104400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fire extinguishers and cabinets.
B. Brackets for fire extinguishers.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Roughed-in wall openings.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size of fire-protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire
extinguishers indicated are accommodated.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include constmction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection cabinets.
1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
B. Samples for Verification: For verification purposes in of each type of cabinet finish
indicated, and each color, texture, and pattem specified prepared on Samples of size
indicated below.
1. Size: 6 by 6 inches (150 by 150 mm) square.
C. Sustainabiiity Submittals:
1. Product Data for each material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight
that is considered regional and that has been exttacted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.
2. Product Data for clean-agent fire-extinguishing systems indicating absence of HCFC
and Halon.
1.6 INFOmATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening
coordination requirements.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
104400-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and fire-protection cabinets through one
source from a single manufacturer.
B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10,
"Portable Fire Extinguishers."
C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide extinguishers which are UL listed with UL listing mark for
type, rating, and classification of extinguisher.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
A. Local/Regional Materials: Give preference to manufacturer's whose facilities are within a
500 mile radius of the project site. Also give preference to materials that are harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius ofthe project site.
B. Fire Extinguishing Agent: Provide clean agent which does not contain halons or HCFCs.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Larsen's Manufacturing Company; Architectural Series.
2. J.L. Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Constmction Products Group;
Cosmopolitan Series.
2.3 MATEIUALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for
type of use and finish indicated, and as follows:
1. Sheet: ASTM B209.
2. Extmded Shapes: ASTMB221.
C. Transparent Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, Category A-l (cell-cast sheet), 3 mm thick, with
Finish 1 (smooth or polished).
2.4 EXTINGUISHERS
A. Dry Chemical Type: UL 299, cast steel tank, with pressure gage; UL Rating 2A-10B:C.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
104400-2
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
2.5 CABINETS
A. Semi-Recessed Cabinet: Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of
trim indicated.
1. Configuration: Semi-recessed projection type, 4 inch rough opening depth, sized to
accommodate accessories.
2. Rolled-Edge Trim: 2-1/2-inch (64-mm) backbend depth.
B. Door Material: Formed, enameled 18 gage, hollow metal design, reinforced for flatness and
rigidity. Provide fire rated tubs where cabinets are to be installed in 1-hour rated areas.
C. Door Style: Vertical duo panel with frame.
1. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter
style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect,
a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire-protection cabinet with the words "FIRE
EXTINGUISHER".
1) Location: Applied to cabinet door.
2) Application Process: Silk-screened.
3) Lettering Color: Red.
4) Orientation: Vertical.
D. Door Glazing: Acrylic sheet.
1. Acrylic Sheet Color: Clear transparent acrylic sheet.
E. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for
cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated.
1. Handle: Manufacturer's standard.
2. Hinge Type: Continuous, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to
open 180 degrees.
3. Lock: Steel cam type designed to permit opening of the cabinet door in and
emergency by pulling sharply on the handle.
a. Factory Applied Lettering: "IN CASE OF FIRE ONLY - PULL FIRMLY ON
HANDLE".
F. Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Manufacturer's standard for cabinet.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame,
door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
1. Weld joints and grind smooth.
2. Constmct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0428-inch- (1.1-
mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch- (16-mm-) thick,
fire-barrier material.
a. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes.
B. Form cabinet enclosure with right angle inside comers and seams. Form perimeter trim
accurately.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
104400-3
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Library
City of Carlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research H- Plonning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
C. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials
indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected.
1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design,
minimum 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.
2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.
D. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with comers mitered, welded, and ground
smooth.
E. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with continuous piano hinge. Provide cam latch.
F. Weld, fill, and grind components smooth.
2.7 FINISHES
A. Extinguisher: Steel, red enamel color.
B. Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: White baked enamel finish; painted to match adjacent
wall surface.
C. Cabinet Interior: White, baked enamel finish; paint to match adjacent wall color.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located.
B. Identify locations intended for installation of cabinets.
C. Notify Fire Marshal to allow inspection and adjustment of final locations of extinguishers.
Obtain approval of locations from Fire Marshal prior to installation.
D. Examine walls and partitions for thickness and framing for cabinets to verify cabinet depth
and mounting prior to cabinet installation.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions.
B. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings, 27 inches from finished floor to inside
bottom of cabinet.
C. Install fire-rated cabinets in rated wall as required to maintain fire separation integrity of
partition.
D. Attach mounting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets securely to studs or backing plates,
square, plumb and level, in compliance with their manufacturer's instmctions; do not attach
to gj^sum board with Molly or toggle bolts.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
104400-4
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Dove Ubrary
Group 4 Architecture Research H- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Contract 40301
Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015
E. Secure rigidly in place.
F. Touch-up damaged finish, when the results are acceptable to the Architect, otherwise
replace damaged components, at no cost to the Owner.
G. Place extinguishers in cabinets.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire-protection
specialties are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufactiu-er's written installation
instmctions.
B. Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral
locking devices operate properly.
C. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire-protection cabinets that cannot be restored to
factory-finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or fumished
by fire-protection cabinet manufacturer.
D. Replace fire-protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond
successfiil repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
3.4 CLEANING
A. On completion of fire-protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as
recoinmended by manufacturer.
B. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with
provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management.
END OF SECTION 104400
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
104400-5
CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Dove Ubrary
City of Corlsbod Contract 40301 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc.
Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
104400-6